UNITED STATES
                  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                        Washington, D.C. 20549

                              FORM 40-F


[ ] REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE SECURITIES
                         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
                                   OR
              [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13(A) OR 15(D)
                    OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2003   Commission File Number 000-24876

                           TELUS Corporation

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its charter)
                         British Columbia, Canada
(Province or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
                                 4812
(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number (if applicable))

                      8 - 555 Robson Street
           Vancouver, British Columbia  V6B 3K9, Canada
                        (604) 697-8044

(Address and telephone number of Registrant's principal executive offices)

        CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, 13th Floor
                  New York, New York 10011
                       (212) 590-9200
(Name, Address (including zip code) and Telephone Number of Agent
            for Service in the United States)

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the Act.

					Name of each exchange
Title of Each Class			On Which Registered
Non-Voting Shares			New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

                             None
                      (Title of Class)

===============================================================================

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to
Section 15(d) of the Act.

             6.75% Convertible Unsecured Subordinated Debentures
                     Warrants to Purchase Non-Voting Shares

                            7.5% Notes due 2007

                            8.0% Notes due 2011
                             (Title of Class)

For annual reports, indicate by check mark the information filed with this
Form:

      [X] Annual information form      [X] Audited annual financial statements

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer's classes of
capital or common stock as of December 31, 2003:

190,800,015 Common Voting Shares and 161,042,369 Non-Voting Shares.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant by filing the information
contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the
Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
(the "Exchange Act"). If "Yes" is marked, indicate the filing number assigned
to the Registrant in connection with such Rule.

Yes     82-				No 	X

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was
required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes 	X				No

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        TABLE OF CONTENTS

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	                            1
AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT	                            1
CODE OF ETHICS	                                                    1
PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES	                            1
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS	                                    2
TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS	                    2
IDENTIFICATION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE	                            3
UNDERTAKING	                                                    3
SIGNATURES	                                                    3
EXHIBIT INDEX	                                                    4


------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                        DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Based on the Registrant's evaluation as of December 31, 2003 of the
effectiveness of the design and operations of the Registrant's disclosure
controls and procedures under the supervision of the Audit Committee, including
the Registrant's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Chief
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the
Registrant's disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") are
effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Registrant
in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the
Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms.


                        AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT

The information provided under the heading "Mandate and Report of the Audit
Committee" (page 19) identifying the Audit Committee Financial Experts, and
confirming the independence of the Audit Committee Financial Experts, as set
forth in the Registrant's Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and
Information Circular (dated March 18, 2004), filed as Exhibit 5 to this annual
report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

                        CODE OF ETHICS

The Registrant has adopted an Ethics Policy that applies to all directors,
officers, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial
Officer, and employees. The Ethics Policy has been posted on the Registrant's
Internet website at telus.com and filed as Exhibit 6 to this annual report on
Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein. No waivers were granted under
the policy.

                        PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The following table is a summary of billing by Deloitte & Touche LLP, as
auditors of TELUS, during the period from January 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003:

Summary of billings for TELUS for the period January 1 to December 31, 2003




Type of Work            Deloitte & Touche      Deloitte Consulting(1)     Total Fees            Percentage
					       		      		     
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Audit fees              $1,849,595             --                     $1,849,595              35.4
Audit related fees         304,298             --                        304,298               5.8
Tax fees                 1,033,204             --                      1,033,204              19.8
All other fees              13,930             2,019,960               2,033,890              39.0
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                    3,201,027(2)          2,019,960               5,220,987              100
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)Fees to Deloitte Consulting were paid pursuant to contracts entered into
   before Deloitte & Touche LLP became the auditors of the Company in 2002,
   and were for systems integration services.
(2)This is a correction to a calculation error in the Company's Information
   Circular dated March 18, 2004 which listed the subtotal as $3,115,537.


                             

The following table is a summary of billing by Arthur Andersen LLP and Deloitte
& Touche, LLP, for their respective periods as auditors of TELUS, during the
period from January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002:



			       										
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of                        Deloitte &       Arthur          Sub-total       Deloitte(3)     Total fees      Percentage
Work                           Touche(1)        Andersen(2)                     Consulting
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Audit fees                     $1,224,500       $270,750        $1,495,250      --              $1,495,250       42.5
Audit related fees                124,435         33,500           157,935      --                 157,935        4.5
Tax fees                           77,390         68,775           146,165      --                 146,165        4.2
All other fees                     60,250         45,800           106,050      1,611,830        1,717,880       48.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                          $1,486,575       $418,825        $1,905,400      $1,611,830      $3,517,230      100.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)For the period from June 3, 2002 to December 31, 2002 while Deloitte
   & Touche, LLP were the external auditors of TELUS.
(2)For the period from January 1, 2003 to June 2, 2002 while Arthur Andersen
   LLP were the external auditors of TELUS.
(3)With regard to the non-audit fees paid to Deloitte Consulting, all of the
   fees were paid pursuant to contracts entered into before Deloitte & Touche
   LLP became the auditors of the Company in 2002, and were for systems
   integration services.



TELUS' policy regarding pre-approval of all audit, audit related and non-audit
services provided by its External Auditor is based upon compliance with the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the subsequent implementation rule from the U.S.
Securities Exchange Commission (SEC) titled "Final Rule: Strengthening the
Commission's Requirements Regarding Auditor Independence" and any additional
determination's regarding impermissible services issued by the Public Company
Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB).

All requests for non-prohibited audit, audit related and non audit services
provided by TELUS' External Auditor and its affiliates to TELUS are required to
be pre-approved by the Audit Committee of TELUS' Board of Directors. To enable
this, TELUS has implemented a process by which all requests for services
involving the External Auditor are routed for review by the VP Risk Management
and Chief Internal Auditor to validate that the requested service is a
non-prohibited service and to verify that there is a compelling business reason
for the request. If the request passes this review, it is then forwarded to the
CFO for further review. Pending the CFO's affirmation, the request is then
presented to the Audit Committee for its review, evaluation and pre-approval or
denial at its next scheduled quarterly meeting. If the timing of the request is
urgent, it is provided to the Audit Committee Chair for his review, evaluation
and pre-approval or denial on behalf of the Audit Committee (with the full
committee's review at the next scheduled quarterly meeting). Throughout the
year, the Audit Committee monitors the actual versus approved spend for each of
the approved requests.

                        OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

The information provided under the heading "Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and
Contractual Liabilities" set forth in the "Management's Discussion and
Analysis" filed as Exhibit 4 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is
incorporated by reference herein.

                        TABULAR DISCLOSURE OF CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

The information provided under the heading "Contractual Obligations" (page 71)
set forth under the heading "Commitments and Contingent Liabilities" set forth
in the notes to the audited consolidated financial statements filed as Exhibit
4 to this annual report on Form 40-F, is incorporated by reference herein.

                             

                        IDENTIFICATION OF AUDIT COMMITTEE

The information provided under the heading "Mandate and Report of the Audit
Committee" (page 19) identifying the Registrant's Audit Committee and
confirming the independence of the Audit Committee as set forth in the
Registrant's Notice of Annual Meeting of Shareholders and Information Circular
(dated March 18, 2004), filed as Exhibit 5 to this annual report on Form 40-F,
is incorporated by reference herein.

                        UNDERTAKING

Registrant undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone,
representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to
furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information
relating to: the securities registered pursuant to Form 40-F; the securities in
relation to which the obligation to file an annual report on Form 40-F arises;
or transactions in said securities.

                        SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Exchange Act, the Registrant certifies that
it meets all of the requirements for fling on Form 40-F and has duly caused
this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly
authorized.

Registrant:   TELUS Corporation


        By:   /s/ James W. Peters
              ---------------
              James W. Peters
              Corporate Secretary

      Date:   May 3, 2004

                             

                        EXHIBIT INDEX

The following documents are filed as exhibits to this Form 40-F:

Exhibit
Number		Document
-------         --------

1. Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
   Act.

2. Certification of CEO and CFO pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
   Act

3. Annual Information Form dated April 30, 2004

4. Audited Consolidated Financial Statements as at and for the year ended
   December 31, 2003 and Management's Discussion and Analysis

5. Information Circular of the Company as of March 18, 2004

6. Code of Ethics

7. Consent of Auditor




Exhibit 1:   Certification of CEO
==============================================================================

I, Darren Entwistle, President and Chief Executive Officer of TELUS
Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of TELUS Corporation.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
   statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
   to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
   such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
   covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial
   information included in this report, fairly present in all material
   respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows
   of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this report.

4. The issuer's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
   establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
   defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer
   and have:

   (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
       disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
       to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including
       its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
       those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
       being prepared;

   (b) evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls and
       procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
       effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
       of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   (c) disclosed in this report any change in the issuer's internal control
       over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the
       annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
       materially affect, the issuer's internal control over financial
       reporting.

5. The issuer's other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
   based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
   reporting, to the issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the
   issuer's board of directors (and persons performing equivalent
   function):

    a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
       operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
       reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer's ability to record,
       process, summarize and report financial information; and

    b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
       employees who have a significant role in the issuer's internal control
       over financial reporting.


Date: May 3, 2004.


/s/Darren Entwistle
----------------
Darren Entwistle
President and Chief Executive Officer

------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                        Certification

I, Robert G. McFarlane, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of TELUS Corporation, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 40-F of TELUS Corporation.

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue
   statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
   to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which
   such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period
   covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other
   financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
   material respects the financial condition, results of operations and
   cash flows of the issuer as of, and for, the periods presented in this
   report.

4. The issuer's other certifying officer and I are responsible for
   establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as
   defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the issuer
   and have:

   (a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such
       disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision,
       to ensure that material information relating to the issuer, including
       its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
       those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is
       being prepared;

   (b) evaluated the effectiveness of the issuer's disclosure controls
       and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
       effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end
       of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

   (c) disclosed in this report any change in the issuer's internal
       control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered
       by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably
       likely to materially affect, the issuer's internal control over
       financial reporting.

5. The issuer's other certifying officer and I have disclosed,
   based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial
   reporting, to the issuer's auditors and the audit committee of the
   issuer's board of directors (and persons performing equivalent
   function):

    a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or
       operation of internal control over financial reporting which are
       reasonably likely to adversely affect the issuer's ability to record,
       process, summarize and report financial information; and

    b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other
       employees who have a significant role in the issuer's internal control
       over financial reporting.


Date: May 3, 2004.


/s/Robert G. McFarlane
-------------------
Robert G. McFarlane
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 2:
==============================================================================

                        Certifications

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, the undersigned officers of TELUS
Corporation ("TELUS") hereby certify that to his or her knowledge, (a) the
annual report for the period ended December 31, 2003 (the "Report") fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the
Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and (b) the information contained in the
Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and
results of operations of TELUS.

Dated: May 3, 2004.


/s/Darren Entwistle
-------------------
Darren Entwistle
President and Chief Executive Officer


Dated May 3, 2004.

/s/Robert G. McFarlane
----------------------
Robert G. McFarlane
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer



Exhibit 3: Annual Information Form dated April 30, 2004.
==============================================================================

                       TELUS Corporation

                     Annual Information Form

              for the year ended December 31, 2003




                        April 30, 2004

==============================================================================


                     TABLE OF CONTENTS

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS	                                     1
TELUS	                                                             1
GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELUS AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES	             3
OPERATIONS AND ORGANIZATION OF TELUS	                             3
DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS	                                     6
EMPLOYEE RELATIONS	                                            10
CAPITAL ASSETS AND GOODWILL	                                    11
ALLIANCES	                                                    13
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	                                            15
FOREIGN OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS	                                    16
REGULATION	                                                    17
COMPETITION	                                                    23
SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION	                                    26
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS	                            26
DIVIDENDS DECLARED	                                            26
CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF TELUS	                                    26
DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS	                                            29
MARKET FOR SECURITIES	                                            33
INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS	    33
TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS	                                    33
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION	                                            33

Exchange Rate Information

TELUS publishes its consolidated financial statements in Canadian dollars. In
this annual information form, except where otherwise indicated, all reference,
to "dollars" or "$" are to Canadian dollars. The Bank of Canada noon spot
exchange rate on April 14, 2004 was Cdn. $1.3440 = U.S. $1.00. The following
table sets forth, for the fiscal years and dates indicated, certain exchange
rate information based on the noon spot rate:

December 31, 2001	                                            1.5926
December 31, 2002	                                            1.5796
December 31, 2003	                                            1.2924

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
--------------------------

This annual information form and management's discussion and analysis
incorporated by reference hereto, contain statements about expected future
events and financial and operating results of TELUS Corporation ("TELUS" or the
"Company") that are forward looking. By their nature, forward-looking
statements require the Company to make assumptions and are subject to inherent
risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that predictions and other
forward-looking statements will not prove to be accurate. Readers of this
document are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking
statements as a number of factors could cause actual future results,
conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets,
expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-looking
statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially
include but are not limited to: competition; economic fluctuations; financing
and debt requirements; tax matters; dividends; human resources (including the
outcome of outstanding labour relations issues); technology (including reliance
on systems and information technology); regulatory developments; process risks;
health and safety; strategic partners; litigation; business continuity events
and other risk factors discussed herein and listed from time to time in TELUS'
reports, comprehensive public disclosure documents, including the Annual
Report, and in other filings with securities commissions in Canada and the
United States ("U.S."). See the risks and uncertainties section in
"Management's Discussion and Analysis" for further information.

The Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise.

TELUS
-----

TELUS was incorporated under the Company Act (British Columbia) (the "BC
Company Act") on October 26, 1998 under the name BCT.TELUS Communications Inc.
("BCT"). On January 31, 1999, pursuant to a court-approved plan of arrangement
under the Canada Business Corporations Act ("CBCA") among BCT, BC TELECOM Inc.
("BC TELECOM") and the former Alberta-based TELUS Corporation ("TC"), BCT
acquired all of the shares of BC TELECOM and TC in exchange for Common Shares
and Non-Voting Shares of BCT, and BC TELECOM was dissolved. On May 3, 2000, BCT
changed its name to TELUS Corporation. TELUS maintains its registered office at
Floor 21, 3777 Kingsway, Burnaby, British Columbia ("B.C.") and its executive
office at Floor 8, 555 Robson, Vancouver, B.C.

Subsidiaries of TELUS

The only material subsidiaries of TELUS are TELUS Communications Inc. ("TCI")
and TELE-MOBILE COMPANY ("TELUS Mobility"), each owning assets which constitute
more than 10 per cent of the consolidated assets of TELUS as at December 31,
2003 and each generating sales and operating revenues which exceed 10 per cent
of the consolidated sales and operating revenues of TELUS for the year ended
December 31, 2003. TELUS owns 100 per cent of the voting shares in TCI
directly, and 100 per cent of the partnership interests in TELUS Mobility
indirectly.

In addition, TELUS Quebec Inc. ("TELUS (Quebec)") through its wholly-owned
subsidiary, TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc. ("TELUS Communications
(Quebec)"), and TELUS Services Partnership ("TELUS Services Partnership") also
provide communication services that form part of the TELUS Communications
business segment.


The following organization chart sets forth these TELUS subsidiaries and
partnerships, as well as their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or
establishment and TELUS ownership:


                         [Organization Graph]


(1) On March 25, 2004, TCI gave notice to redeem all of its publicly issued
preference and preferred shares at varying times from July 1 to August 1, 2004
for total consideration of approximately $72.8 million. TCI issued to TELUS
Corporation two special redeemable subordinate preferred shares on January 1,
2003 and 11,000 special redeemable subordinate preferred shares on November 3,
2003 and 65,085 special redeemable subordinate preferred shares on December 31,
2003.

In this annual information form, references to "TELUS" are to TELUS Corporation
and all of its subsidiaries and partnerships as a whole, except where it is
clear that these terms mean only TELUS Corporation. References to "TELUS
Quebec" mean TELUS (Quebec) and, where the context requires, its subsidiaries.



GENERAL DEVELOPMENT OF TELUS AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES
-------------------------------------------------

General development and operations of TELUS

TELUS currently provides data, Internet protocol ("IP"), high-speed Internet
services and portals and local and long-distance voice services primarily
through TCI and TELUS Quebec; information technology outsourcing and e-business
solutions services through TCI and TELUS Services Partnership; and wireless
data, IP, and voice services through TELUS Mobility (see "Operations and
Organization of TELUS").

On January 1, 2001, TELUS Communications (B.C.) Inc., TELUS Communications
Inc., TELUS Mobility Cellular Inc. and 3759709 Canada Inc. amalgamated to form
TELUS Communications Inc.

On July 1, 2001, through an internal reorganization, the wireless operations of
TELUS Communications Inc. in Alberta and British Columbia ("B.C."), the
wireless operations of TELUS Solutions (Quebec) Inc. in Quebec and the wireless
operations of Clearnet PCS Inc. were transferred to TELUS Mobility. This
effectively consolidated all of TELUS' wireless operations into a single
entity, TELUS Mobility.

On September 1, 2001, Clearnet PCS Inc. amalgamated with TELUS Communications
Inc. pursuant to an internal reorganization to form TCI. On December 30, 2001,
predecessor Clearnet Inc. and Clearnet Communications amalgamated to form
Clearnet Inc. ("Clearnet"). On September 30, 2002, Clearnet was wound up into
TCI.

On March 26, 2004, TCI and TELUS Communications (Quebec) jointly issued a press
release announcing that TCI will acquire substantially all of the assets of
TELUS Communications (Quebec) (the "Proposed Transaction").

Under the terms of the Proposed Transaction, TCI will assume the liabilities
and obligations of TELUS Communications (Quebec). The obligations and
liabilities being assumed by TCI include the $30 million principal amount of
First Mortgage Bonds of TELUS Communications (Quebec) (the "Bonds") that are
held by institutional investors (the "Bondholders") and the $70 million
principal amount of Medium Term Notes of TELUS Communications (Quebec) that are
publicly held.

The Company expects that the Proposed Transaction will allow TELUS to provide
better service to its national customers and to comply with regulatory
requirements. By combining network assets in a single legal entity, TCI expects
to be able, over the long-run, to build common systems and processes that
otherwise would have been more difficult to build due to regulatory
requirements. These changes will allow TELUS to better serve customers whose
service requirements span Canada.

OPERATIONS AND ORGANIZATION OF TELUS
------------------------------------

TELUS is the largest telecommunications company in western Canada and the
second largest telecommunications company in Canada. TELUS is a leading
Canadian telecommunications provider whose subsidiaries provide a full range of
communication products and services. TELUS provides its communications services
through two business segments: TELUS Communications and TELUS Mobility.

TELUS Communications is a full-service incumbent local exchange carrier
("ILEC") in western Canada and eastern Quebec offering local, long-distance,
data, Internet and other services to consumers and businesses. TELUS
Communications provides comprehensive local and long distance wireline
services, data, IP, and managed services, and telecommunications equipment
sales nationally. TELUS Mobility is a national facilities-based wireless
provider with more than 3,400,000 subscribers. The business of TELUS Mobility
includes the provision of digital Personal Communications Services ("PCS"),
Enhanced Specialized Mobile Radio ("ESMR") services, wireless Internet and
analogue cellular services.

The customer facing business units within the TELUS Communications segment are:

* Consumer Solutions, which provides wireline, Internet, voice and
  entertainment services to households and individuals in Alberta and
  B.C.;

* Business Solutions, which delivers innovative wireline data, IP, voice
  and business process in-sourcing solutions to small and medium-sized
  businesses and entrepreneurs;

* Client Solutions, which brings customized wireline, voice, data, IP,
  Information Technology ("IT") and e.business solutions to large
  multinational, corporate and public sector customers;

* TELUS Quebec, which focuses on the unique needs of the Quebec
  marketplace by offering targeted businesses and consumers comprehensive
  and integrated wireline telecommunications solutions, including data,
  Internet and voice; and

* Partner Solutions, which provides the wireline needs of wholesale
  customers, including telecommunications carriers, resellers, Internet
  service providers, wireless communications companies, competitive local
  access providers and cable TV operators.

The TELUS Communications customer facing business units receive essential
support from the business capabilities units comprised of Business
Transformation, Technology and Operations and TELUS Ventures, as well as, from
the business enabling units comprised of Corporate Affairs, Corporate Strategy.
& Enterprise Marketing, Finance, Government and Regulatory Affairs and Human
Resources.,

TELUS Mobility receives essential support for employee services, engineering,
finance, information systems, legal, sales and marketing, operations, and
regulatory from departments within TELUS Mobility.


TELUS' national growth strategy

Since the January 1999 merger transaction between BC TELECOM and TC, the
Company has been pursuing a national wireline and wireless growth strategy
outside Alberta and B.C. into the rest of Canada, most particularly into
central Canada. This is being implemented by both organic start-up operations
and through a series of acquisitions.

In 2000, TELUS acquired control of the shares of The QuebecTel Group Inc., the
second largest telecommunications provider in Quebec. It was subsequently
renamed TELUS Quebec. In 2001, TELUS purchased the balance of the shares not
owned by it in TELUS Quebec. TELUS Quebec provides TELUS with a regional full
service presence in the province of Quebec and an established foundation of
management, employees, systems and customer relationships with which to execute
an expansion strategy targeted at businesses.

The acquisition of Clearnet Communications Inc. ("Clearnet Communications") in
October 2000 provided TELUS with two separate national digital wireless
communications networks and subscribers, experienced management, employees,
infrastructure and sales distribution channels in central and eastern Canada. It
also provided TELUS Mobility with PCS and wireless spectrum nationally.

In 2001, TELUS opened two world-class Intelligent Internet Data Centres
("IDCs") in Calgary and Toronto and completed six strategic acquisitions
primarily focused on the provision of data and IP in central Canada. The
acquisitions added new customer relationships, skilled employees and a third
IDC located in Toronto. TELUS has become a leading managed data hosting
provider in Canada with TELUS' national network of IDCs.

That same year, the Company also activated its 10,000 kilometre coast-to-coast
backbone fibre optic network, which interconnects cities between Halifax and
Vancouver and extends into the U.S. via points of presence in Albany, Buffalo,
Chicago, Detroit, New York and Seattle. This network is fully integrated with
TELUS' extensive metropolitan networks in Alberta and B.C. and connects into
networks constructed in Montreal, Ottawa, Toronto and other cities. As at
December 31, 2003, the total amount of network fibre has been expanded to
11,800 kilometres.

In 2002, TELUS Communications continued to expand its operations in central
Canada by signing numerous long-term data, IP and long distance contracts.

TELUS also started migrating toll voice traffic onto its Next Generation
Network ("NGN") in July 2003, beginning the transformation of the TELUS network
to a single IP network designed to carry high quality voice, data and video
applications. The NGN provides TELUS with a competitive advantage in the
business marketplace by becoming the first major incumbent telecommunications
provider to provide this service. For business customers, TELUS provides a full
suite of IP-based advanced application services and the ability to integrate
voice mail, e-mail, data and video through a user-friendly online Web portal.
In October 2003, TELUS expanded its management of data solutions for business
customers by signing a major national managed data solutions seven-year
sub-contract with IBM Canada for the TD Bank Financial Group.

In addition, the Company sold non-core assets in 2000 and 2001 for proceeds of
approximately $1.3 billion. These dispositions included the sale of real estate
and the directory advertising business, and the equipment leasing business.
Non-core assets were also sold in 2002 and 2003 for total proceeds of
approximately $59 million.

In 2001, TELUS Mobility extended wireless service into Winnipeg, Manitoba. In
2001 and 2002, TELUS Mobility completed the successful integration of the TELUS
wireless operations in Alberta and B.C. with the national operations of
Clearnet Communications and the operations of QuebecTel Mobilite. TELUS
Mobility completed five major billing system conversions by October 2002 after
an 18-month integration period. In conjunction with the ongoing buildout of
TELUS' wireless networks, in 2002, TELUS Mobility entered into enhanced and
extended roaming/resale agreements with Bell Mobility and certain affiliates
and Aliant Wireless, a division of Aliant Telecom Inc. ("the Roaming/Resale
Agreements"). These agreements significantly expanded TELUS Mobility's digital
PCS coverage areas outside of major urban markets in Ontario, Quebec and
Atlantic Canada.

In 2002, TELUS Mobility launched a new next generation 1X wireless data network
across Canada, and amended the Roaming/Resale Agreements to include 1X network
services. In 2002, TELUS Mobility also became Verizon Wireless' preferred
roaming partner in Canada.

During 2003, TELUS Mobility continued the enhancement of digital wireless
coverage and commenced construction of significant microwave facilities aimed
at reducing future leased line costs.

DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
---------------------------

TELUS is one of Canada's largest telecommunications companies, providing a full
range of telecommunications products and services. The Company is the largest
incumbent telecommunications service provider in western Canada and provides
data, IP, voice and wireless services to central and eastern Canada. The
Company earns the majority of its revenue (voice local, voice contribution,
voice long distance, data and mobility network revenue) from access to, and
usage of, the Company's telecommunication infrastructure. The majority of the
balance of the Company's revenue (other revenue and mobility equipment revenue)
arises from providing products that facilitate access to, and usage of, the
Company's telecommunication infrastructure.

The wireline business segment is operated in TELUS Communications and the
wireless business segment is operated in TELUS Mobility.

TELUS Communications - wireline business segment

TELUS Communications is an incumbent local exchange carrier ("ILEC") in
Alberta, B.C. and eastern Quebec where it provides comprehensive local, long
distance, data, Internet and information services in its incumbent or ILEC
territories and is a competitive local exchange carrier ("CLEC") offering
services primarily in central Canada through its non-incumbent or non-ILEC
operations. TELUS Communications' ILEC operations service a population of
approximately 7.2 million in its incumbent western Canada service territory,
and a population of approximately 544,000 in its incumbent eastern Quebec
territory. On a combined basis, the services of TELUS Communications accounted
for revenue of $4,786 million for the year ended December 31, 2003,
representing 67 per cent of the total revenue of TELUS for 2003.

In 2003, TELUS completed its operational efficiency program ("OEP") and
achieved its goal of improving the profitability of TELUS Communications,
through the reduction of positions and closure and consolidation of customer
contact centres in its ILEC region. The operating loss of non-ILEC operations
was also reduced significantly as a result of cost containment efforts and
increasing services provided on TELUS facilities ("on-net"). TELUS started
migrating toll voice traffic onto its NGN in July 2003. See "TELUS' national
growth strategy". In addition, a partnership with the Calgary Health Region was
established to deliver human resources solutions to healthcare and other
organizations while a new call centre business was established in Montreal to
in-source Internet help desk services from a third party and offer call centre
solutions to other external customers.

      Local

Local wireline services allow customers to complete calls in their local
calling areas and to access long distance networks, wireless networks and the
Internet. Virtually all homes and businesses in the TELUS Communications
incumbent service areas have access to some or all of its local services. In
addition to local calling, local services generally include enhanced calling
features, such as call display, call waiting, call forwarding and voice mail;
Centrex for business customers; public pay telephones; and competitive long
distance carrier access. Local access or exchange service is the largest
component of local wireline service, and is generally provided on a monthly
flat rate basis.

CLECs operating in Canada provide service to their customers over facilities
they have constructed or leased from ILECs in a given region or by reselling
the local services of the ILECs (e.g. TELUS Communications). CLECs that use
their own facilities or facilities leased from TELUS Communications are
eligible to receive a subsidy when they provide service to residential
customers living in areas where TELUS Communications, as an ILEC, receives a
subsidy (see "Regulation - Regulation of Local Services").

TELUS Communications is competing outside its incumbent territories as a
non-dominant carrier and has obtained approval to operate as a CLEC in certain
targeted markets in central Canada where it concentrates on providing business
wireline services. TELUS is continuing to pursue CLEC status in other areas in
central and eastern Canada.

      Long distance

Wireline long distance services interconnect customers in different local
calling areas, and also provide domestic and international connectivity. TELUS
Communications offers its residential and business customers a range of long
distance savings plans, billing options, and call options. The largest
component of wireline long distance services is message toll services, which
are transmitted through fibre optic cables, microwave radio systems, cable
carrier systems and satellite channels. National and international wireline
long distance services are provided through TELUS Communications' national
network and by way of interconnection with the networks of other
facilities-based carriers and resellers.

      Data, Internet and information services

TELUS Communications provides both "traditional" data services and "enhanced"
data services. Traditional data services include circuit switched, packet
switched and dedicated private lines. Enhanced data services provide greater
functionality to the customer, allowing a customer to compress their
telecommunications applications onto a single infrastructure. The major
enhanced data services offered by TELUS Communications are Internet access,
private intranets, wide area network outsourcing and electronic commerce.
Customers may choose from a wide range of data services to suit the complexity
of their requirements, including required speed and volume.

TELUS Communications is the second largest Internet service provider in Alberta
and B.C. and is the third largest wireline Internet service provider in Canada.
As at December 31, 2003, TELUS had 881,400 Internet subscribers, including
561,600 asymmetrical digital subscriber line ("ADSL") high-speed subscribers.
The number of ADSL subscribers increased by 37 per cent during 2003. TELUS
Communications has seen an increase in the use of data services such as
business Intranets by business customers and in the use of personal computer
and Internet access by residential customers. TELUS also offers a range of
broadcast, teleconferencing and advanced intelligent network services -
services that can be customized to meet the specific needs of individual
customers through software changes to network switches. These services include
special number services such as toll free 1-800 and 1-900 and enhanced call
routing.

TELUS Communications provides businesses with IT services such as IT
outsourcing, application development and sustainment and national IT
consulting. As a leader in Web hosting services, TELUS Communications also
offers managed hosting, co-location including shared Web and e-mail hosting
services, media streaming, data storage and security services. In addition,
TELUS Communications offers managed applications services and software such as
online backup Web conferencing, expense management, customer relationship
management and sales force automation. These services are available across
Canada and can be enhanced by connection with TELUS Communications'
infrastructure through points of presence throughout Alberta and B.C.,
Winnipeg, Regina, Saskatoon, and 38 cities in Ontario and Quebec.

The following table sets forth certain statistical information with respect to
TELUS Communications:




TELUS Communications                                                        December 31
                                                        2003                    2002                   2001

													
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Network access lines (000's)                            4,870                   4,911                   4,967
Dial-up Internet net additions (000's)(1)               (71.9)                  (63.4)                  41.8
Dial-up Internet subscribers (000's)(1)                 319.8                   391.7                   455.1
High-speed Internet net additions (000s)(1)             151.6                   195.2                   131.2
High-speed Internet subscribers (000's)(1)              561.6                   410.0                   214.8
Full-time equivalent employees                          18,430                  19,668                  ---(2)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total employees                                         19,029                  20,332                  25,545
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) As a result of a subscriber audit following a billing system
    conversion in the third quarter of 2002, Internet subscriber counts and
    net additions for 2003 are net of reductions of approximately 13,000
    dial-up subscribers and approximately 4,700 high-speed Internet
    subscribers. Similarly, Internet net additions and year-end subscriber
    counts for 2002 include a reduction of approximately 21,100 dial-up
    subscribers and approximately 3,400 high-speed Internet subscribers as a
    result of this post-implementation review.

(2) The number of full-time equivalents is not available for 2001, as a
    result of several acquisitions and two divestitures throughout the year
    which made the calculation of a meaningful comparable figure
    difficult.



      TELUS Communications' network

TELUS Communications' network includes the Alberta and B.C. portion of the
transcontinental high-density fibre optic transmission system used by the
various ILECs across Canada. As part of TELUS' national strategy, TELUS
Communications has also built its own national inter-city fibre optic backbone
network that interconnects the network in Alberta and B.C. with major centres
in Ontario and Quebec. This fibre optic network commenced operations in 2001,
and is supplemented by new local fibre optic networks in 30 CLEC metropolitan
areas. TELUS Communications' network also interconnects with the networks of
Verizon Communications Inc. ("Verizon") and other carriers in the U.S. for the
exchange of U.S. and international traffic.

TELUS Mobility - wireless business segment

TELUS Mobility is a major Canadian facilities-based wireless service provider
and offers a number of wireless services nationally as well as various services
on a regional basis. TELUS Mobility is licensed to operate a national digital
PCS network and analogue/digital cellular facilities in Alberta, B.C., and
eastern Quebec. TELUS Mobility also operates Canada's only national ESMR
network. Its national PCS wireless network utilizes 1X code division multiple
access ("CDMA")digital technology. TELUS Mobility offers wireless voice and
data services to consumers and businesses nationally on both the ESMR and the
PCS/cellular networks, and competes principally with three other major carriers
in Canada. As a result of acquisitions and purchases completed in recent years,
TELUS Mobility holds the leading mobile spectrum position of all wireless
carriers within Canada. TELUS Mobility is also a leading wireless
communications service provider in Canada in terms of average monthly revenue
per subscriber unit ("ARPU"), churn, and operating cash flow growth based on
publicly available information. For the year ended December 31, 2003, TELUS
Mobility accounted for revenue of $2,360 million, representing 33 per cent of
the total revenue of TELUS for 2003.

In 2001, TELUS Mobility entered into the Roaming/Resale Agreements, which
extended and enhanced then existing roaming and resale arrangements by, among
other things, reducing the wholesale pricing for such services, to encourage
the use of existing CDMA networks. The implementation of these agreements in
2002 expanded TELUS Mobility's addressable PCS market by close to 7 million
people, while allowing TELUS Mobility to avoid estimated capital expenditures
of approximately $800 million over the 10-year term of the agreements. In 2002,
these Roaming/Resale Agreements were amended to include 1X network services. At
the end of 2003, TELUS Mobility's national digital networks covered
approximately 29.5 million Canadians.

The following table sets forth certain statistical information with respect to
TELUS Mobility:




TELUS Mobility                                                                December 31
                                                        2003                    2002                    2001
													
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net subscriber additions (000's)(1)                     431                     418                      418
Gross subscriber additions (000's)                      987                     1,017                    985
Wireless subscribers (000's) (1)                        3,424                   2,996                    2,578
Penetration rate (2)                                    11.5%                   10.9%                    10.5%
Wireless market share, subscriber based                 25.5%                   25.0%                    24.1%
Average monthly revenue per subscriber unit             $57                     $55                      $57
Minutes of use per subscriber per month ("MOU")         350                     290                      270
Cost of acquisition, per gross addition                 $430                    $425                     $446
Monthly deactivations (churn rate)(1)                   1.5%                    1.8%                     2.0%
Digital population coverage (millions) (3)              29.5                    27.4                     24.2
Total population coverage (millions) (3)                29.9                    27.5                     24.6
Full-time equivalent employees                          5,387                   5,161                    4,851
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total employees                                         5,690                   5,420                    5,156
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Based on an audit of the prepaid platform in 2003, a one-time
    adjustment was made to the prepaid subscriber base. Cumulative
    subscribers were reduced by approximately 7,600. Of the 7,600, net
    additions as recorded for 2003 reflected a 5,000 adjustment for current
    year deactivations. Management believes the deactivations related to the
    prior period are immaterial and therefore net additions have not been
    restated. Furthermore, 2003 churn was calculated to reflect the 5,000
    deactivations in the current year.
(2) Subscribers divided by population coverage.
(3) Includes expanded population coverage of close to 7 million in
    the PCS coverage area due to the Roaming/Resale Agreements.



TELUS Mobility networks

TELUS Mobility owns and operates a national digital PCS network, and analogue
and digital cellular networks in Alberta, B.C., and eastern Quebec, with 40 to
45 MHz of spectrum throughout all major population regions of Canada. TELUS
Mobility has commenced building significant microwave facilities in order to
reduce future costs. TELUS Mobility has combined these networks under one
national brand. Substantially all of TELUS Mobility's digital subscribers are
provided extended coverage in Canada, the U.S. and various other countries
through analogue and digital roaming arrangements with other carriers by means
of dual-mode or tri-mode, dual-band handsets.

TELUS Mobility also owns and operates an ESMR digital wireless business
communications service under the MikeTM trademark using the integrated digital
enhanced network ("iDEN") technology. The Mike network covers the larger
population centers and surrounding areas in Alberta, B.C., Manitoba, Ontario
and Quebec (including Montreal and Toronto), and many non-urban areas in
Ontario, Quebec and western Canada. The Mike network utilizes frequencies in
the 800 MHz range which have propagation advantages over higher frequencies
such as those used in digital 1900 MHz PCS networks, resulting in more cost
effective geographic coverage. While the amount of 800 MHz spectrum licensed to
TELUS Mobility varies by region, TELUS Mobility has in excess of 10 MHz of
spectrum available for its Mike network in Montreal, Toronto and Vancouver,
Canada's three most populous metropolitan areas. The Mike service is marketed
primarily through independent and corporate-owned dealers to businesses and
other organizations as a digital PCS-like service with the added unique benefit
of Mike's Direct Connect TM functionality, which provides low-cost instant
connectivity for work groups.

TELUS Mobility also operates analogue specialized mobile radio ("SMR") systems
in most major urban centres in Canada. TELUS Mobility operates paging networks
in Alberta, B.C., and eastern Quebec.

EMPLOYEE RELATIONS
------------------

As at December 31, 2003, TELUS had a total of approximately 24,719 employees,
of which 22,183 were regular full-time or regular part-time employees and the
balance were temporary employees. Approximately 12,986 employees were unionized
of which approximately 11,747 unionized employees were part of the TELUS
Communications business segment and approximately 1,239 unionized employees
were employed through TELE-MOBILE COMPANY's wholly-owned subsidiary, TM Mobile
Inc. and were part of the TELUS Mobility business segment. In 2003, the Company
completed its OEP, which included a focus on reducing staff. During the year,
there was a net staff reduction of approximately 1,500 employees including
approximately 1,300 unionized employees by way of early retirement and early
departure voluntary incentive plans (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis
- Restructuring and workforce reduction costs").

TELUS Communications

The Telecommunications Workers Union ("TWU") represents approximately 10,163
unionized employees in TELUS Communications in Alberta and B.C.

Prior to the establishment of a single consolidated bargaining unit of TCI's
unionized employees with the TWU as bargaining agent, bargaining unit employees
in Alberta and B.C. were included in four separate bargaining units, each with
a separate collective agreement. These collective agreements all expired on or
before December 31, 2000 and collective bargaining between TCI and the TWU has
been in progress since November 2000. During the fourth quarter of 2002, TCI's
application to the Federal Minister of Labour requesting the appointment of
federal conciliators was granted. TCI and the TWU agreed to an extension of the
conciliation process, however, the outstanding issues were not resolved.
Subsequently, the Federal Minister of Labour appointed the two conciliators as
mediators under the Canada Labour Code to assist the parties. On January 28,
2004 in response to an unfair labour practice complaint filed by the TWU, the
Canada Industrial Relations Board ("CIRB") ruled that certain communications to
employees violated the Canada Labour Code and ordered TCI to offer binding
arbitration to the TWU to settle the collective agreement between the parties.
That offer was made by TCI on January 29, 2004 and on January 30, 2004 the TWU
accepted TCI's offer of binding arbitration. On February 16, 2004, TCI filed an
application with the CIRB for reconsideration of its earlier decisions in
January 2004. Related to this application TCI also filed an appeal with the
Federal Court. Both filings stem from TCI's disagreement with the CIRB over its
findings that TCI's communications to its employees violated accepted practices
and laws regarding employer communications during collective bargaining. Until
a new collective agreement is concluded between TCI and the TWU, the terms and
conditions of the expired collective agreements continue to apply (see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis -Risks and Uncertainties - Human
Resources").

TELUS Quebec

Approximately 1,584 unionized employees of TELUS Quebec are represented by two
bargaining agents. The two unionized groups are:

* Approximately 1,048 office, clerical and technical employees,
  represented by the Syndicat Quebecois des employes de TELUS. The
  collective agreements relating to these employees are in effect until
  December 31, 2005.

* Approximately 536 professional and supervisory employees, represented
  by the Syndicat des agents de maitrise de TELUS. The collective
  agreements relating to these employees are in effect until March 31,
  2005.

TELUS Mobility

Approximately 1,239 unionized employees of TELE-MOBILE COMPANY are represented
by three bargaining agents in the provinces of Alberta, B.C., and Quebec. The
unionized employees of TELE-MOBILE COMPANY are employed by its wholly-owned
subsidiary, TM Mobile Inc. TELE-MOBILE COMPANY, through TM Mobile Inc., is
currently in collective bargaining for renewal agreements for their wireless
clerical and professional employees in Rimouski, Quebec. Negotiations with the
TWU are pending for the unionized employees in the wireless operations in
Alberta and B.C. The TELE-MOBILE COMPANY employees that were formerly employed
by Clearnet remain non-unionized. All of these relationships remain subject to
the outcome of CIRB proceedings brought by the TWU (see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties - Human Resources").

The unionized groups are:

* Approximately 563 former BC TEL Mobility employees represented by the
  TWU and who continue to be covered by the terms of the BC TEL/TWU
  collective agreement, which expired in December 2000.

* Approximately 607 former TELUS Mobility (Alberta) employees
  represented by the TWU and who continue to be covered by the terms of
  the Communications Energy & Paperworker Union/former TELUS Mobility
  (Alberta) collective agreement, which expired in December 2000.

* Approximately 53 former QuebecTel Mobilite employees represented by
  the Syndicat Quebecois des employes de TELUS and who continue to be
  covered by the terms of a collective agreement that expired in December
  2000 and was further extended by agreement with the union to December
  2002.

* Approximately 16 former QuebecTel Mobilite professional and
  supervisory employees represented by the Syndicat des Agents de Maitrise
  de Quebec-Telephone and who are covered by the terms of a collective
  agreement that expired in March 2002. A renewal agreement is currently
  being negotiated.

Until new collective agreements are concluded, the terms and conditions of each
of the above expired collective agreements continue to apply to the applicable
bargaining units.

CAPITAL ASSETS AND GOODWILL
---------------------------

As at December 31, 2003, the total investment of TELUS in capital assets and
goodwill was recorded at a net book value of $14.7 billion on a consolidated
basis.

Capital assets and goodwill

The principal capital assets of TELUS consist of telecommunications property,
plant and equipment and intangible assets and do not lend themselves to
description by exact location. As at December 31, 2003, the total investment of
TELUS in capital assets was recorded at a net book value of $11.6 billion on a
consolidated basis. Such assets, located principally in Alberta, B.C., Ontario
and Quebec, include network facilities, relay and transmission towers,
switching equipment, terminal devices, computers, motor vehicles, tools and
test equipment, furniture, office equipment and intangible assets. Spectrum
licenses, which had a net book value of $3.0 billion as at December 31, 2003,
comprise the majority of identifiable intangible assets.

With the exception of terminal devices located at customer premises, most of
the Company's communications plant and equipment are located on land owned, or
on rights-of-way obtained, by TELUS.

The properties of TELUS include: (i) office space; (ii) work centres for field
service and materials management personnel; and (iii) space for exchange, toll
and mobile radio equipment. A small number of buildings are constructed on
leasehold land and the majority of the relay stations for TELUS Mobility's
public service radio-telephone network located in remote areas of B.C. are
situated on Crown lands held under licenses from the Province of B.C. for
varying terms. Some buildings, switch centres and relay stations for TELUS
Mobility's public mobile network are situated on land held under long-term
leases. The network facilities of TELUS are constructed under or along streets
or highways pursuant to rights-of-way granted by the owners of land including
municipalities and on land owned by the Crown or on freehold land owned by
TELUS. Other communications property, plant and equipment consist of plant
under construction and materials and supplies used for construction and repair
purposes. Intangible assets include wireless spectrum licenses, subscriber base
and computer software.

TELUS monitors its operations for compliance with applicable environmental
requirements and standards, and implements preventative and remedial actions as
required. TELUS' business of telecommunications services does not generate
significant waste products that would be considered hazardous. For these
reasons, remedial action has not been significant to the ongoing operations and
expenditures of TELUS. As at December 31, 2003, goodwill had a net book value
of $3.1 billion. Goodwill represents the excess of cost of acquired businesses
over the fair value attributed to the net identifiable assets.

Value of intangible assets and goodwill

TELUS conducted an impairment review of intangible assets and goodwill in the
first quarter of 2002, pursuant to the then required accounting and reporting
standards in respect of goodwill and intangible assets. Under that standard,
intangible assets, to the extent they are determined to have an indefinite
life, will no longer be subject to amortization but are subject to a
fair-value-based impairment test at least annually. Similarly, goodwill is no
longer subject to amortization over its estimated useful life. Rather, goodwill
is subjected to at least an annual assessment for impairment by applying a
fair-value-based test at the reporting unit level. Intangible assets with
finite lives ("intangible assets subject to amortization") are amortized on a
straight-line basis over their estimated lives, which are annually reviewed.

TELUS assessed its intangible assets with indefinite lives, which are its
spectrum licences, in the first quarter of 2002 and recorded a transitional
impairment amount of $595.2 million ($910.0 million before tax).

The Company's annual review of impairment for intangible assets with indefinite
lives and goodwill is conducted in December of each year. No impairment was
recorded as a result of the December 2003 review.

ALLIANCES
---------

Long-term Relationship Agreement with Verizon

TELUS and certain Verizon subsidiaries are parties to the Long Term
Relationship Agreement dated January 31, 1999. This agreement was entered into
at the time of the merger of BC TELECOM with TC, and has a 10-year term. The
agreement contains restrictions on Verizon's ability to acquire or sell TELUS
shares beyond specified thresholds, and its ability to solicit or initiate
business combinations involving TELUS. It also provides Verizon with
anti-dilution rights, the right to designate (proportionate to its ownership of
voting shares) nominees who will become part of the management slate proposed
for election to the TELUS Board, and representation on TELUS Board committees.
In particular, subject to certain exceptions and foreign ownership rules,
except with the prior approval of a majority of the independent directors on
the TELUS Board, Verizon and its subsidiaries may not own or control more than
approximately 34.2 per cent of TELUS shares or voting shares, or less than
approximately 19.9 per cent of TELUS shares. "As at April 14, 2004, Verizon,
through Verizon Canada Holdings Corporation, owned 48,551,972 TELUS Common
Shares (25.3 per cent of the TELUS Common Shares) and 24,942,368 TELUS
Non-Voting Shares (15.4 per cent of the TELUS Non-Voting Shares) or
approximately 20.8 per cent of the outstanding TELUS shares (19.1 per cent on
a fully diluted basis)."

Verizon software and related technology and services

Verizon has adopted, with certain changes, the February 1, 1999 agreement (the
"GTE Agreement") made between TELUS and a predecessor to Verizon, GTE
Corporation, with respect to certain GTE intellectual property rights and
services. The agreement between TELUS and Verizon (the "Verizon Agreement") was
made effective January 1, 2001 and contains provisions which, subject to
existing third party rights and certain other exceptions and conditions, give
TELUS and its affiliates certain rights to purchase exclusive licences of
Verizon software and other technology, trademarks and service marks as
specified by TELUS, and to use exclusively the remaining Verizon software and
other technology, trademarks and service marks, in each instance in connection
with the provision of Telecommunications Services (as defined in the Verizon
Agreement) in Canada. Telecommunications Services do not include the provision
of content for broadcasting, video, cable or Internet services, or the sale,
publication or provision of directories. If Verizon proposes to transfer all or
a substantial portion of the software and other technology underlying the
intellectual property rights sold or licensed to TELUS to a third party
unrelated to Verizon, and the transferred software and other technology were in
fact used in the U.S. (excluding Puerto Rico) or Canada by Verizon at the time
of transfer, Verizon must use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for
TELUS substantially the same rights obtained by Verizon to use all upgrades,
enhancements, additions and modifications to the transferred software and other
technology developed by the third party transferee.

Verizon's obligation to provide intellectual property rights, or any other
right, service or product called for in the Verizon Agreement is subject to
compliance with U.S. regulatory requirements by Verizon and its affiliates.

The Verizon Agreement requires Verizon to provide certain functional and
consulting services to TELUS as requested by TELUS. The parties have also
agreed, subject to existing obligations, to use reasonable efforts to provide
services and products that are seamless with each other and each has agreed to
use reasonable efforts to purchase for itself and its customers the
Telecommunications Services of the other party in that party's territory. The
Verizon Agreement also contains certain joint marketing and non-competition
provisions, which do not apply to Verizon Wireless or TELUS Mobility.

The Verizon Agreement applies to Verizon and its American and Canadian
affiliates, but specifically excludes Verizon Wireless. Independent of the
Verizon Agreement, TELUS Mobility and Verizon Wireless have negotiated and
implemented mutually beneficial changes to their reciprocal roaming
arrangements.

The initial term of the Verizon Agreement was for one year ending December 31,
2001. The term is renewable annually for successive one-year periods at TELUS'
sole discretion with a last renewal right for a term ending December 31, 2008.
Any renewal beyond December 31, 2008 requires the mutual agreement of the
parties. TELUS has renewed the Verizon Agreement for 2004.

The Verizon Agreement provides for the following annual payments to be made by
TELUS (including both licence purchase prices and fees to be paid for all other
property rights and services provided or granted to TELUS under the Verizon
Agreement): U.S. $155 million during the initial term (2001), U.S. $100 million
in the first renewal term (2002), U.S. $20 million in 2003 and in each
subsequent annual renewal term up to December 31, 2008. In the event of
termination, there will be in most instances a two-year transition period and
TELUS will have a licence to use the then current software and other technology
on a non-exclusive basis, allowing TELUS to properly manage the transition to
new technology.

Genuity software and related technology and services

In order to obtain regulatory approvals for the merger between GTE Corporation
and Bell Atlantic Corporation, GTE Corporation transferred substantially all of
its Internet business into a separate public corporation known as Genuity Inc.
(formerly GTE Internetworking) prior to the closing of the merger.

Effective June 30, 2000, Genuity Inc. and its subsidiary, Genuity Solutions
Inc. (collectively, "Genuity"), and TELUS entered into a Brand, Technology and
Co-Marketing Agreement (the "Genuity Agreement"). Similar to the GTE Agreement,
and subject to existing third party rights and certain exceptions and
conditions, the Genuity Agreement gave TELUS and its affiliates the exclusive
right to use Genuity's software and other technology in connection with the
provision of Telecommunications Services in Canada, and the exclusive right to
use Genuity's trademarks and service marks in connection with the provision of
Telecommunications Services in Canada where the Telecommunications Services
were based on or use Genuity software and other technology or were in lines of
business in which Genuity had been or was engaged. Genuity agreed to provide
certain functional and consulting services to TELUS as requested. The parties
also agreed, subject to existing obligations, to use reasonable efforts to
provide services and products that were seamless with each other and each
agreed to use reasonable efforts to purchase for itself and its customers the
Telecommunications Services of the other party in that party's territory, with
Genuity being the first preferred supplier to TELUS over Verizon on IP Services
(as defined in the Genuity Agreement) and Verizon being the first preferred
supplier to TELUS over Genuity on the remaining Telecommunications Services.
The Genuity Agreement also contained certain joint marketing and
non-competition provisions. Subject to rights of early termination in certain
instances, the initial term of the Genuity Agreement was to expire on January
31, 2009, during which term TELUS was not required to make any payments
directly to Genuity and TELUS' payments to Verizon under the Verizon Agreement
constituted sufficient consideration in that regard.

On or about July 24, 2002, Verizon announced that it would not exercise its
right to reacquire control of Genuity Inc. On November 27, 2002, Genuity Inc.,
together with Genuity Solutions Inc. and certain other affiliates
(collectively, the "Debtors") filed voluntary petitions for relief under
chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. On February 4, 2003, the
Debtors sold substantially all of their assets and operations to Level 3
Communications Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries (collectively, "Level 3").

Level 3 Communications Inc.

By consensus of the interested parties, the Genuity Agreement was terminated as
of the closing of the sale of the Debtors' assets to Level 3, and TELUS and
Genuity ended their further rights and obligations with respect to each other
under the Genuity Agreement. Effective as of June 25, 2003, the Genuity
Agreement was reinstated, with certain modifications, between TELUS and Level
3. Level 3 was, in large measure, substituted as the contracting party in place
of Genuity. Such modified agreement between TELUS and Level 3 (the "Level 3
Agreement"), among other things, designates Level 3 as the first preferred
supplier to TELUS over Verizon on IP Services (as defined in the Level 3
Agreement) and Verizon as the first preferred supplier to TELUS over Level 3 on
the remaining Telecommunications Services, provides for continued rights to
certain pre-existing Genuity software and other intellectual property, and sets
out joint marketing and non-compete provisions. The Level 3 Agreement has a
two-year term.

TELUS had negotiated wholesale agreements with Verizon and Level 3 including
agreements to route traffic onto Verizon's and Level 3's U.S. and international
network.

Directory Business

In 2001, TELUS sold its directory advertising services business to Verizon
Information Services - Canada Inc. ("VIS"), a subsidiary of Verizon. At the
same time, various TELUS subsidiaries and VIS entered into a series of
commercial arrangements whereby VIS acquired the exclusive right to publish
TELUS directories and provide on-line directories on TELUS portals, in Canada
and within 40 miles of the Canada-U.S. border, for an initial term of 30 years
with certain renewal rights thereafter, and TELUS agreed not to compete with
this business for the terms of the agreement.

Agreements with Canadian carriers

Effective January 1, 2000, the major Canadian wireline telecommunication
companies replaced the then existing connecting agreement, which expired on
December 31, 1999, with a series of bilateral connecting and support services
agreements that set out the terms and conditions of the interconnection of
members' networks, the terms and conditions associated with the provisions of
certain services on such networks, and the method of settlement of revenues
from certain communications services. As TELUS has developed its own national
network, services and processes it has progressively been limiting its reliance
on the arrangements described in these agreements.

TCI, together with the former Canadian incumbent wireline carriers, continue to
be shareholders in Stentor Resources Centre Inc. ("SRCI"). SRCI, a former
Stentor alliance company, is now limited to owning and managing a portfolio of
trademarks licensed to the Canadian carriers. As each carrier pursues its own
branding strategy, the trademarks will be distributed to the shareholders and
the affairs of SRCI will be wound up.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
-----------------

On May 8, 1998, an action was commenced against BC TEL (now TCI) by certain
holders of the $117.75 million principal amount of First Mortgage Bonds, 11.35
per cent Series AL (the "Bonds") which were redeemed by BC TEL on December 30,
1997. The action alleged that the Bonds were improperly redeemed and claimed
damages as a result thereof. TELUS successfully defended the action, which was
dismissed by the Ontario Superior Court of Justice in January 2003. The
plaintiffs are appealing that decision to the Ontario Court of Appeal, and it
is anticipated that the appeal will be heard in the second half of 2004.

On December 16, 1994, the TWU filed a complaint against BC TEL with the
Canadian Human Rights Commission (the "CHRC"), alleging that wage differences
between unionized male and female employees in British Columbia were contrary
to the equal pay for work of equal value provisions in the Canadian Human
Rights Act. In December 1998, the CHRC advised it would commence an
investigation of the TWU complaint. In February 2003, the Commission offered to
mediate a settlement of the complaint, but the Company declined the offer. The
complaint is still in the investigation phase. TELUS believes that it has good
defences to the TWU's complaint and has taken the position that it should be
dismissed.

In January 2002, TELUS became aware of two statements of claim filed in the
Alberta Court of Queen's Bench on December 31, 2001 and January 2, 2002 by
plaintiffs alleging to be either members or business agents of the TWU. In one
action, the three plaintiffs alleged to be suing on behalf of all current or
future beneficiaries of the TELUS Corporation Pension Plan ("TCPP"), and in the
other action, the two plaintiffs allege to be suing on behalf of all current or
future beneficiaries of the TELUS Edmonton Pension Plan ("TEPP"). The statement
of claim in the TCPP-related action named TELUS, certain of its affiliates and
certain present and former trustees of the TCPP as defendants, and claims
damages in the sum of $445 million. The statement of claim in the TEPP-related
action named TELUS, certain of its affiliates and certain individuals who are
alleged to be trustees of the TEPP and claims damages in the sum of $15.5
million. On February 19, 2002, TELUS filed statements of defence to both
actions and also filed notices of motion for certain relief, including an order
striking out the actions as representative or class actions. On May 17, 2002,
the statements of claim were amended by the plaintiffs and include allegations,
inter alia, that benefits provided under the TCPP and TEPP are less
advantageous than the benefits provided under the respective former pension
plans, contrary to applicable legislation, that insufficient contributions were
made to the plans and contribution holidays were taken and that the defendants
wrongfully used the diverted funds, and that administration fees and expenses
were improperly deducted. TELUS filed statements of defence to the amended
statements of claim on June 3, 2002. An application for an order striking out
the actions as representative or class actions was dismissed on December 17,
2003. TELUS believes it has good defences to the actions. However, at this
stage of the litigation, it is too early to determine if there is a material
likelihood of the actions being determined adversely against TELUS.

FOREIGN OWNERSHIP RESTRICTIONS
------------------------------

Each of TCI, TELUS Communications (Quebec), TELUS Solutions d'Affairs Inc. and
TELUS Mobility (the "Canadian Carriers") is required by the Telecommunications
Act (Canada) (the "Telecommunications Act") and the regulations thereunder to
be a Canadian-owned and controlled corporation incorporated or continued under
the laws of Canada or a province of Canada, or, in the case of the TELUS
Mobility partnership, each of the partners must meet these requirements. The
same rules apply to TELUS Mobility as a partnership under the
Radiocommunication Act (Canada) (the "Radiocommunication Act"). Each of the
Canadian Carriers is considered, under the Telecommunications Act, to be
Canadian-owned and controlled as long as: (a) not less than 80 per cent of the
members of its board of directors are individual Canadians; (b) Canadians
beneficially own not less than 80 per cent of its issued and outstanding voting
shares; and (c) it is not otherwise controlled in fact by persons who are not
Canadians. TELUS intends that each will remain controlled by TELUS and that it
will ensure that each remains "Canadian" for the purposes of these ownership
requirements.

The Telecommunications Act also provides that in order for a company that holds
shares in a carrier to be considered Canadian, not less than 66-2/3 per cent of
the issued and outstanding voting shares of that company must be owned by
Canadians and that such company must not otherwise be controlled in fact by
non-Canadians. Accordingly, not less than 66-2/3 per cent of the issued and
outstanding voting shares of TELUS must be owned by Canadians and TELUS must
not otherwise be controlled in fact by non-Canadians. To the best of TELUS'
knowledge, Canadians beneficially own and control in the aggregate not less
than 66-2/3 per cent of the issued and outstanding Common Shares and TELUS is
not otherwise controlled in fact by non-Canadians.

The regulations under the Telecommunications Act provide Canadian carriers and
carrier holding companies, such as TELUS, with the time and ability to rectify
ineligibility resulting from insufficient Canadian ownership of voting shares.
Under these regulations, such companies may restrict the issue, transfer and
ownership of shares, if necessary, to ensure that they and their subsidiaries
remain qualified under such legislation. For such purposes, in particular but
without limitation, a company may, in accordance with the provisions contained
in such regulations:

 (i)   refuse to accept any subscription for any voting shares;

 (ii)  refuse to allow any transfer of voting shares to be recorded in
       its share register;

 (iii) suspend the rights of a holder of voting shares to vote at a
       meeting of its shareholders; and

 (iv)  sell, repurchase or redeem any voting shares.

To ensure that TELUS remains Canadian and that any subsidiary of TELUS is and
continues to be eligible to operate as a telecommunications common carrier
under the Telecommunications Act, to be issued radio authorizations or radio
licences as a radiocommunications carrier under the Radiocommunication Act, or
to act as a Broadcast Distribution Undertaking under the Broadcasting Act,
provisions substantially similar to the foregoing have been incorporated into
TELUS' Articles permitting the directors to make determinations to effect any
of the foregoing actions.

The Government of Canada is currently reviewing proposals for changes to the
current foreign ownership restrictions, however, no changes to the current
restrictions are anticipated in the near term.

REGULATION
----------

General

The provision of telecommunications service in Canada is regulated by the
Canadian Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission (the "CRTC")
pursuant to the Telecommunications Act. In addition, the provision of cellular
and other wireless services using radio spectrum is subject to regulation and
licensing by Industry Canada pursuant to the Radiocommunication Act.

The Telecommunications Act gives the CRTC the power to forbear from regulating
certain services or classes of services if it finds that the service or class
of service is subject to a degree of competition which is sufficient to protect
the interests of users. In December 1996, the CRTC confirmed an earlier
decision to forbear from regulating the rates for cellular, ESMR digital and
PCS digital services. These services continue to be subject to CRTC regulation
for certain matters, including network access and interconnection issues. Other
wireless services, such as paging, are subject to unconditional forbearance
from CRTC regulation. Although the CRTC has also forborne from regulation of a
number of wireline services, such as long distance services and certain data
services, wireline services are in general subject to a much greater degree of
regulation than wireless services.

Regulation of local services

In 1997, the CRTC issued Decision 97-8. This decision, together with several
later decisions and orders, effectively opened Canada's local switched services
voice market to full competition. Additionally, in Decision 97-9 the CRTC
adopted a four-year price cap regulatory regime for a number of local services
provided by the ILECs, which placed price caps on the amount by which rates for
these services could be increased but which also allowed the ILECs to respond
more quickly and flexibly to competitive conditions in their local markets than
under the previous regulatory system. This decision was followed in 2002
(Decision 2002-34), with a second four-year price cap period for TCI.

TCI is subject to regulation as an ILEC in Alberta and B.C., and TELUS
Communications (Quebec) is subject to regulation as an ILEC in its incumbent
serving territory in Quebec. On July 31, 2002, the CRTC issued Decision 2002-43
adopting the first price cap regulatory regime for TELUS Communications
(Quebec) similar to the manner adopted in Decision 2002-34 for the larger
ILECs. Local competition in the operating territory of TELUS Communications
(Quebec) was allowed in September 2002 following Telecom Order CRTC 2001-761.

In other areas of Canada, TELUS operates as a CLEC. TELUS has received
regulatory approval to operate as a CLEC in Brampton, Chatham, Cooksville,
Guelph, Hamilton, Kanata, Kingston, Kitchener, London, Malton-Mississauga,
Oshawa, Ottawa-Hull, St. Catherines, Toronto, Unionville, and Windsor in
Ontario and in other cities in the province of Quebec such as Boucherville,
Chicoutimi, Chomeday, Drummondville, Lac Megantic, Levis, Longueuil, Montreal,
Pont Viau, Quebec City, Riviere-du-Loup, Saint-Hyacinthe, Sherbrooke, and
Trois-Rivieres.

Price cap regulation

Price cap regulation applies to a basket of local services provided by ILECs.
On May 30, 2002, the CRTC issued Decision 2002-34 and established a second
four-year price cap period. The CRTC modified the price cap basket structure
and established multiple baskets for price capped services. In the initial
four-year price cap period, there was one overall price cap basket and three
sub-baskets. The new price cap basket structure has separate baskets for
residential services in non high-cost service areas, residential services in
high-cost service areas, business services, other capped services, competitor
services, services with frozen rates and payphones. Each of these baskets is
subject to pricing constraints.

Annual price changes in residential services in the non high-cost service areas
("non-HCSAs") basket will be limited to the rate of inflation as measured by
the chain-weighted Gross Domestic Product Price Index less a productivity
off-set of 3.5 per cent when inflation is greater than 3.5 per cent. When
inflation is less than 3.5 per cent, an amount equal to the revenue reduction
required by the pricing constraint will be placed in a deferral account. The
Company may recognize the deferred amounts upon undertaking qualifying actions,
such as service improvement programs ("SIPs"), rate reductions including those
provided to competitors and/or rebates to customers. Overall, rates in the
non-HCSA basket cannot be increased when inflation is less than 3.5 per cent
and annual rate increases for individual rate elements are limited to 5 per
cent.

Similarly, the overall rate increase for the basket of residential services in
high-cost service areas is limited to inflation minus 3.5 per cent when
inflation is greater than 3.5 per cent. However, when inflation is less than
3.5 per cent, no overall rate reduction is required for this basket.

The business service basket has an overall pricing constraint equal to
inflation, and rate increases for individual rate elements in this basket are
limited to 10 per cent per year. The other capped services basket (including
Megaroute and Digital Network Access) is subject to an overall pricing
constraint of inflation minus 3.5 per cent. The rates for services in the
competitor services basket will be reduced annually by inflation minus 3.5 per
cent, except services whose rates explicitly include productivity gains. The
rates for most competitor services were reduced by the CRTC in the price cap
decision to reflect a reduction in the mark-up from 25 per cent to 15 per cent
on incremental costs used to set rates. The services with frozen rates basket
freezes rates over the price cap period with respect to certain services
including toll restriction and message relay service. The rates for payphone
services will remain at current levels until the CRTC reviews payphone service
policy issues.

TELUS Communications (Quebec) became subject to price cap regulation in 2002,
after previously being regulated on a rate of return basis. In Decision
2002-43, issued on July 31, 2002, the CRTC established a regulatory framework
for TELUS Communications (Quebec) that is directly comparable to the price cap
regime set out in Decision 2002-34 for the large ILECs.

Local competition framework

The regulatory framework for local services competition has a number of
components, the more important of which are summarized below.

Unbundling of Essential Facilities.
In 1997, the CRTC determined in Decision 97-8 that all local exchange carriers
(both incumbent and competitive) must be interconnected with one another's
facilities in order to create a network of fully interoperable networks. In
order to facilitate these objectives, ILECs must make certain "essential
facilities" available to CLECs, at incremental cost plus an appropriate
mark-up. The CRTC has defined essential facilities as facilities which are
monopoly controlled, required by competitors as an input to provide services
and which cannot be economically or technically duplicated by competitors. The
CRTC determined that essential facilities should include central office codes,
subscriber listings and certain local loops in high-cost service areas.
Initially, for a five-year period, the ILECs must provide certain non-essential
facilities, which the CRTC deemed to be near essential, such as local loop
facilities in low cost areas and transiting arrangements, at prices determined
as if they were essential facilities (that is, incremental cost plus an
appropriate mark-up). In Order CRTC 2001-184, the CRTC extended the period of
time during which near-essential facilities in low-cost areas must be made
available to competitors at mandated rates. This obligation on the part of the
ILECs will continue until such time as the market for near essential loops and
transiting arrangements is competitive.

Traffic termination arrangements.
A "bill and keep" mechanism applies to traffic that is interchanged between
local service carriers and terminated within the same exchange. Under this
mechanism, all local services carriers terminate each other's traffic but do
not specifically compensate each other for the traffic termination functions
that they perform. Where the exchange of traffic between local exchange
carriers is not balanced, a local carrier is compensated for terminating
traffic in accordance with a mutual per-minute traffic termination scheme based
on CRTC-approved cost based tariffs.

Mandated resale.
With the exception of subscriber listings, the ILECs are required to make all
of their residential local services available for resale. In contrast to
regulatory decisions in the U.S., the CRTC did not mandate the provision of
these services to resellers at discounted or wholesale rates, deciding, among
other things, that the rates for residential local services are already priced
below cost.

Regulation of CLECs.
CLECs own or operate local transmission facilities, which means that they must
be a "Canadian carrier" as defined in the Telecommunications Act. Canadian
carriers are subject to foreign ownership restrictions. CLECs are required to
file intercarrier agreements and tariffs for services provided to other local
carriers but not for services that they provide to end-users. They are also
subject to certain obligations, including the provision of 9-1-1 and message
relay services, the protection of customer privacy, and the provision of
information to their customers and the CRTC regarding their billing and payment
policies.

Contribution and portable subsidies.
The CRTC previously determined that contribution payments from interconnected
interexchange service providers (including voice, data and wireless service
providers) would be used to subsidize the costs of below-cost residential
telephone services through portable subsidies available to all eligible local
exchange carriers that provide residential telephone services in high-cost
service areas. The calculation of this portable subsidy was based on ILEC costs
and revenues, and was paid from a central fund to all eligible local exchange
carriers. Although the contribution regime and the portable subsidy mechanism
were to remain unchanged until the end of 2001, Decision 2000-745 made several
significant changes. Effective January 1, 2001, the CRTC changed the method
used to collect contribution payments from a per-minute charge on long distance
services to a percentage of revenue charge on all telecommunications service
providers, including wireline, wireless, data and other services. Internet,
paging and terminal equipment revenues are exempt from the revenue charge. The
2001 contribution requirement was based on the estimated contribution revenues
that would have been collected under the per-minute mechanism and the 2001
revenue-percentage charge was 4.5 per cent. The CRTC also changed the way in
which contribution was pooled for subsequent distribution from separate
company-specific contribution pools to one national contribution pool. This
change resulted in a net positive revenue impact for TELUS in 2001.

In 2002, the per cent of revenue collection method and the national pooling of
contribution payments continued but the method of calculating the amount of
contribution that was received by companies providing residential basic service
in high-cost service areas changed. In 2002, the contribution requirement was
the difference between the incremental costs to provide residential telephone
services in high-cost service areas (which include a 15 per cent mark-up
towards the recovery of fixed common costs) less the revenues and an implicit
subsidy of $60 per year per customer from optional local services. In Decision
2001-238, the CRTC reduced the amount of contribution to be collected by
excluding certain costs that can be recovered through the contribution regime.
As a result, the amount of contribution to be collected has been significantly
reduced and the percentage of revenue charge applied to all telecommunications
service providers was reduced to 1.4 per cent on an interim basis for 2002. The
result was an estimated year-over-year reduction in EBITDA of $205 million for
TELUS in 2002. In December 2002, the CRTC finalized the revenue percentage
charge for 2002 at 1.3 per cent and retained the charge at 1.3 per cent on an
interim basis for 2003. TELUS applied to the CRTC to review and vary Decision
2000-745 and Decision 2001-238 to reinstate a 25 per cent mark-up and to
recognize TELUS' actual incremental costs in the calculation of the
contribution requirement. In Decision 2002-67, the CRTC denied TELUS' review
and vary application. TELUS subsequently filed a petition with the federal
Cabinet, on January 22, 2003, requesting that it order the CRTC to determine
rates for regulated services and the Company's subsidy requirement based on
actual company-specific costs. On July 28, 2003, the Cabinet upheld Decision
2002-67 and encouraged the CRTC to undertake a review of the methodology used
to determine corporation-specific costs. In December 2003, the CRTC finalized
the revenue percentage charge for 2003 at 1.1 per cent and will retain the
charge at 1.1 per cent on an interim basis for 2004 (see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis - Financial impact of Price cap decisions"
"Management's Discussion and Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties - Regulatory").

Local business contribution.
Previously, the CRTC excluded local business exchange services as a source of
subsidy for residential local services. The CRTC concluded that the exclusion
of this subsidy source would lead to more immediate benefits from competition
in the local services market since there would be more room for price
competition in business local services. Since January 1, 2001, the
revenue-percentage charge has been applied to local business exchange services
to contribute towards the subsidy requirement of local residential service in
high-cost service areas.

Co-location.
Co-location is an arrangement that allows ILEC customers and competitors to
place their transmission facilities in the ILECs' central offices, thereby
allowing competitors to configure their networks in a more efficient manner. In
Decision 97-15, the CRTC ruled that, subject to space availability, both
physical and virtual co-location must be provided to "Canadian carriers"
pursuant to a tariffed service or an interconnection agreement. This decision
has been subsequently extended to registered ADSL providers.

Telecommunications access to public rights-of-way.
On January 25, 2001, the CRTC issued Order CRTC 2001-23, which ruled on a
dispute over Ledcor Industries Limited's access to rights-of-way in the City of
Vancouver. In this order, the CRTC confirmed its jurisdiction over
telecommunications access to public rights-of-way; determined that
municipalities cannot charge carriers rent for access to, or occupancy of,
rights-of-way; indicated that carriers are responsible for the out-of-pocket
expenses associated with gaining access to rights-of-way; and decided that it
is not appropriate for municipalities to impose upon carriers a requirement to
construct additional capacity beyond their needs. The principles established in
this proceeding will generally be applicable to other municipalities. However,
the Federation of Canadian Municipalities appealed the CRTC's order to the
Federal Court of Appeal. In its decision, the Federal Court of Appeal upheld
the CRTC's order and affirmed the CRTC's jurisdiction to regulate on matters
respecting access to public rights-of-way by telecommunications companies and
cable-TV undertakings. On February 28 and March 3, 2003, a number of
municipalities filed an application for leave to appeal the Federal Court of
Appeal's decision to the Supreme Court of Canada. On September 4, 2003, the
Supreme Court of Canada decided not to hear the appeal and the significant
claims for annual fees by the cities will not be payable. As a result, TELUS
was put in a more favourable position to negotiate fair and reasonable terms of
access to municipal rights-of-way for placement of facilities.

Building access.
TELUS is participating in a CRTC proceeding to establish terms of access to
tenants in multi-unit dwellings such as apartment buildings and office
complexes. Building owners are currently demanding substantial fees for such
access. An interim decision was issued by the CRTC in September 2001 whereby
local exchange carriers, such as TELUS, would "own" in-building wires in
existing buildings. As for new buildings, the building-proprietors would "own"
the in-building wires. On June 30, 2003, the CRTC issued Decision 2003-45 which
sets out the principles for access by all local telephone companies to
equipment and wiring in multi-dwelling units. The decision reduced considerably
the uncertainty TELUS faced in gaining access to such buildings. From a
financial perspective, the decision reduced TELUS' exposure to potential
significantly increased costs of building access. However, on November 8, 2003,
an association representing building owners was granted leave to appeal
Decision 2003-45 to the Federal Court of Appeal.

Pricing safeguard review.
The CRTC has initiated a proceeding to review pricing safeguards and is
proposing modifications to the service bundle pricing rules as well as the
introduction of a new pricing safeguard for volume and term contracts for
retail tariffed services. The CRTC is also proposing to modify the imputation
test that is used when ILECs propose rate decreases. If the CRTC implements the
proposed changes to the pricing safeguards, ILECs will have less pricing
flexibility and TELUS expects its ability to respond to competitive pressures
to be constrained. The CRTC is not expected to render its decision in this
proceeding before late 2004.

Regulation of long distance services

In 1992, the CRTC issued Decision 92-12. This decision removed most of the
restrictions on resale in the Canadian public long distance voice market and
established the terms and conditions for entry by service providers which own
and operate their own transmission facilities. This decision also established
the rules which mandate the provision of equal ease of access to services of
long distance carriers, the protection of competitor confidential information,
the methods for interconnection by long distance carriers and resellers to the
local telephone networks of local exchange carriers and the requirement for the
payment of a contribution by long distance carriers and resellers to local
exchange carriers which is used to subsidize the costs of providing below-cost
local telephone services. In Decision 93-17, the CRTC extended the terms and
conditions for long distance competition established in Decision 92-12 to the
Alberta market.

In Decision 97-19, issued in December 1997, the CRTC concluded that the long
distance and toll-free markets were sufficiently competitive to protect the
interests of customers, and that it would be appropriate to forbear from
regulation of these services. As a result, TELUS is no longer required to file
and obtain CRTC approval of tariffs specifying rates for such services.
However, TELUS is required to provide the CRTC, and to make publicly available,
rate schedules setting out the rates for North American basic long distance
service, and to update them within 14 days of any change in such rates. In
addition, the CRTC has placed a cap on these schedules so that the weighted
average rate for each schedule will not be allowed to increase. These
conditions were reviewed and retained by the CRTC as part of the review of the
price cap regulation regime that applies to TELUS.

Regulation of wireless services

The use of radio spectrum is subject to regulation and licensing by Industry
Canada pursuant to the Radiocommunication Act, which is administered by
Industry Canada. All of TELUS Mobility's wireless communications services
depend on the use of radio frequencies.

The Minister of Industry has the authority to suspend or revoke radio spectrum
licences if the licence holder has contravened the Radiocommunication Act,
regulations or terms and conditions of its licence and after giving the holder
of the licence a reasonable opportunity to make representations. Licence
revocation is rare; licences are usually renewed upon expiration (see
"Management's Discussion and Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties - Regulatory -
"Radiocommunications licences regulated by Industry Canada" and "Foreign
ownership restrictions").

Radiocommunications spectrum licences

TELUS Mobility holds radiocommunication spectrum licences and authorizations
for a variety of wireless services and applications, both mobile and fixed.
TELUS Mobility holds significant 1.9 GHz PCS spectrum throughout Canada, is the
leading holder of 800 MHz SMR/ESMR spectrum in all of the major Canadian
markets, and holds 25 MHz of cellular 800 MHz spectrum in Alberta, B.C. and
eastern Quebec. In addition, TELUS Mobility holds various radio spectrum
licences for paging services, analogue two-way radio services, and legacy
mobile-telephone and other miscellaneous wireless services.

PCS/cellular.
Including the acquisition of TELUS Quebec, but before the 2001 PCS spectrum
auction and the acquisition of Clearnet Communications, TELUS Mobility held
authorizations for 10 MHz of 1.9 GHz PCS spectrum and 25 MHz of cellular
spectrum in Alberta, B.C. and eastern Quebec. With the acquisition of Clearnet,
TELUS acquired an additional 30 MHz national PCS licence, but was required to
return 20 MHz of PCS spectrum in Alberta, B.C. and the TELUS Quebec territory
to Industry Canada to comply with Industry Canada's spectrum cap limitation. In
the PCS spectrum auction held in early 2001, TELUS Mobility obtained 10 MHz of
additional PCS spectrum in the Industry Canada defined tier 2 licence areas of
Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island, southern Quebec, eastern Ontario,
southern Ontario and Manitoba (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis -
Risks and Uncertainties - Regulatory - Foreign ownership restrictions").

SMR/ESMR.
TELUS Mobility offers its unique digital Mike ESMR service in all major
Canadian markets using 800 MHz SMR/ESMR spectrum. TELUS Mobility holds varying
amounts of SMR/ESMR spectrum in different areas of Canada, but has in excess of
10 MHz of ESMR spectrum available to it in each of the major Canadian market
areas.

Other.
TELUS Mobility provides one-way messaging service (alpha-numeric and numeric
paging) regionally and nationally with spectrum in the 150 and 931 MHz range in
Alberta, B.C., the TELUS Quebec region of the province of Quebec and via
roaming arrangements. TELUS Mobility currently operates a variety of other
two-way radio services across the country in various spectrum bands. TELUS
also operates the Autotel mobile telephone service in B.C. in the 150 MHz band
and a number of microwave transmission links.

Licence terms and renewals.
Currently, spectrum licences in Canada for PCS and cellular spectrum are
renewed every five years. TELUS Mobility's PCS and cellular spectrum licenses
were renewed effective April 2001 (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis -
Risk and Uncertainties - Regulatory - Radiocommunications licences regulated by
Industry Canada" and "Foreign Ownership Restrictions") The spectrum licences
for the auctioned 24/38 GHz and PCS spectrum have a ten-year term from the date
of issuance. Most other radiocommunications spectrum licences are renewed
annually (see "Management's Discussion and Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties -
Regulatory - Radiocommunication licences regulated by Industry Canada").

Broadcasting services

The provision of broadcasting services in Canada is regulated by the CRTC
pursuant to the Broadcasting Act (Canada) (the "Broadcasting Act"). This act
applies to all types of broadcasting activities including commercial off-air
radio and television broadcasting as well as the distribution of cable
television service and the provision of cable television services like
video-on-demand ("VOD").

The Broadcasting Act and its associated regulations give the CRTC the authority
to issue licences for specific categories of broadcasting undertakings and to
regulate the content provided and rates charged by each category of
broadcasting undertaking. In August 1996, the federal government issued its
policy under which "telecommunications common carriers" (as defined in the
Telecommunications Act) would be allowed to apply for broadcasting distribution
undertaking licenses to provide cable television service. In 1997, the CRTC
confirmed that new entrant broadcasting distribution undertakings, including
telecommunications common carriers, would not be rate regulated and would not
have an obligation to serve. However, the CRTC confirmed that entrants would
have to meet all the same content and carriage obligations as incumbent
distribution undertakings.

Bundled services

In March 1998, the CRTC issued Decision 98-4, in which it removed restrictions
on the joint marketing of wireless and wireline services and, subject to
certain regulatory requirements, permitted telephone companies to offer bundled
wireless and wireline services.

COMPETITION
-----------

TELUS expects continued strong competition within its wireline voice, data and
IP, and wireless businesses within both its ILEC and non-ILEC territories. The
following is a summary of TELUS' competitive position in each of its principal
markets and geographic areas:

TELUS Communications - wireline business segment

Local

Subsidiaries of TELUS have faced competition in the market for local services
since 1998.

A number of companies operate as CLECs within TELUS' ILEC territories,
competing primarily for business customers. These competitors offer local
service through a combination of their own facilities and unbundled network
elements provided by TELUS. In addition, resellers of primary local exchange
services have been in operation in Alberta and B.C. for several years. CRTC
Decision 2002-34, effective for four years beginning June 1, 2002, outlines the
regulation of ILECs with respect to pricing rules for local tariffed retail
services and services purchased from the ILECs by competitors.

In its non-ILEC territories, TELUS' major competitors on local access are the
incumbent carriers. In most cases these competitors are subsidiaries or
affiliates of BCE Inc. In its ILEC territories, TELUS' local access competitors
include Allstream, Call-Net Enterprises and Bell West, as well as a number of
other smaller carriers. Certain of these competitors have built extensive local
fibre optic networks in TELUS' traditional service territories. These
competitors are increasingly integrating or bundling services in order to
provide both discounted and more extensive service offerings to customers.
Also, wireless service providers offer services that might be considered to
compete with ILEC local services

While not significant at present, there are a number of emerging technologies
that are beginning to compete with traditional wireline local access service.
Voice over IP technology has evolved to allow non-traditional competitors like
cable TV and software companies to enter the market. Competition from voice
over IP competitors is expected to intensify in coming years (see "Management's
Discussion and Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties - Voice over Internet
protocol").

Long distance

Subsidiaries of TELUS have experienced long distance competition since 1993.
Significant competitors in long distance services include Sprint Canada,
Allstream, Primus Telecommunications Canada and Bell West. In addition, there
are a number of smaller competitors. Competitors have attempted to gain market
share through various methods, including acquisitions, business alliances,
construction of alternative network facilities, price reductions and
repackaging of service offerings.

As non-traditional competitors, such as cable TV and software companies, enter
the market for local services they may also become viable competitors in long
distance voice services. At this time these competitors have negligible market
share.

Competitors, other than the ILECs, are not required to file tariffs for review
and approval by the CRTC. As such, they continue to have a regulated
competitive advantage over ILECs, who must file rates with the CRTC when
bundling forborne services (toll services) with tariffed services.

Data and Internet

TELUS Communications is an Internet service provider in Alberta, B.C., and in
parts of Ontario and Quebec. TELUS Communications had approximately 881,400
Internet consumer and business subscribers as of December 31, 2003 (801,800 as
of December 31, 2002), including 561,600 ADSL subscribers (410,000 on December
31, 2002).

In the residential sector and, to a lesser extent, the business sector, cable
TV companies are also providing high-speed Internet access and represent
significant competition to the ILECs. The cable TV companies who compete with
TELUS in the provisioning of high-speed Internet services to consumers had
approximately 62 per cent market share in Alberta and British Columbia as at
December 31, 2003 (down from approximately 64 per cent a year earlier).

For higher bandwidth and other data services to businesses nationally, TELUS
competes with a number of companies including Bell Canada and Allstream, as
well as systems integrators such as IBM Canada and EDS.

TELUS Mobility - wireless business segment

Wireless services

TELUS Mobility had 3,424,000 subscribers at December 31, 2003. TELUS Mobility's
national wireless network runs on 1X, the latest evolution in high speed
wireless digital technology standard, CDMA. TELUS Mobility has entered into the
Roaming/Resale Agreements with Bell Mobility allowing access to each other's 1X
network outside of the urban centers. Rogers AT&T Wireless also has a national
digital network but uses a different technology standard. A third competitor,
Microcell Telecommunications, has digital coverage in major urban areas but
relies on analogue coverage from roaming partners in other areas.

TELUS Mobility also competes with numerous national, regional and local-paging
companies for paging customers in Alberta, B.C., and eastern Quebec. TELUS
Mobility offers a number of wireless Internet offerings using the networks
noted above as well as wireless LAN services such as WiFi (802.11) in so-called
"hotspots" and other areas utilizing unlicensed spectrum. In offering wireless
Internet and LAN access service, TELUS Mobility competes, to a limited extent,
with business Internet access providers. It also competes with major equipment
manufacturers for private radio engineered systems.

Other emerging competitive services

Over the longer term there are a number of factors that will increase
competition in the communications industry. Competition is escalating as a
result of the continuing convergence of cable TV, satellite, computer, wireline
and wireless technologies. The Internet is expected to facilitate the entry of
additional non-network based competitors in all sectors. Competition is also
escalating as TELUS continues its growth into emerging markets such as Web
hosting and IP based application services.

In 2002, TCI applied to the CRTC for two broadcasting distribution-undertaking
licenses to provide cable television service to a number of communities in
Alberta and B.C. These applications would allow TELUS to provide television
programming to its subscribers using the Company's ADSL network, and would
allow the Company to provide a complete package of voice, data, Internet access
and cable television services in these communities in competition with Shaw
Communications, StarChoice Communications, and Bell ExpressVu. On August 20,
2003, the CRTC approved the applications by TCI to provide broadcasting
services to various communities in these provinces.

In 2002, TCI applied to the CRTC for a programming undertaking licence to
provide VOD service. This license would allow TCI to offer real-time VOD
service as part of its proposed broadcasting distribution licence. On September
9, 2003, the CRTC approved the application by TCI to provide its VOD service on
a national basis.


SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
------------------------------

Selected three-year consolidated financial information, contained in
Management's Discussion and Analysis on pages 21 and 22 of the 2003 Annual
Report, is hereby incorporated by reference.


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
------------------------------------

Management's Discussion and Analysis, contained on pages 11 to 46 in the 2003
Annual Report, is hereby incorporated by reference.


DIVIDENDS DECLARED
------------------

The dividends per common share and non-voting share declared with respect to
each quarter by TELUS, during the three-year period ended December 31, 2003,
are shown below.



Quarter ended (1)                                       2003                    2002                    2001
													
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
March 31                                                $0.15                   $0.15                   $0.35
June 30                                                 $0.15                   $0.15                   $0.35
September 30                                            $0.15                   $0.15                   $0.35
December 31                                             $0.15                   $0.15                   $0.15
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)   Paid on the first business day of the next month.



TELUS' Board of Directors reviews its dividend policy quarterly. In October
2001, TELUS reduced the quarterly dividend on its Common Shares and Non-Voting
Shares from 35 cents to 15 cents, effective January 1, 2002, to align the
dividend level with its growth strategy (see "Management's Discussion and
Analysis - Risks and Uncertainties - Dividends"). On July 25, 2002, TELUS
announced that it had no intention of reducing the dividend further and that it
was committed to the maintenance of the existing dividend policy. TELUS'
quarterly dividend policy will depend on an ongoing assessment of free cash
flow generation and financial indicators including leverage, dividend yield and
payout ratio.


CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF TELUS
--------------------------

The authorized capital of TELUS consists of 4,000,000,000 shares, divided into:
1) 1,000,000,000 Common Shares without par value; 2) 1,000,000,000 Non-Voting
Shares without par value; 3) 1,000,000,000 First Preferred shares without par
value and; 4) 1,000,000,000 Second Preferred shares without par value. The
Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares are listed for trading on the Toronto Stock
Exchange and the Non-Voting Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock
Exchange. See "Market for Securities".

TELUS Common Shares and TELUS Non-Voting Shares

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of First Preferred shares and Second
Preferred shares, the Common Shares and the Non-Voting Shares are entitled to
participate equally with each other with respect to the payment of dividends
and the distribution of assets of TELUS on the liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of TELUS.

Neither the Common Shares nor the Non-Voting Shares can be subdivided,
consolidated, reclassified or otherwise changed unless the other class is
changed in the same manner.

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of, attend, be
heard and vote at any general meeting of the members of TELUS on the basis of
one vote per Common Share held. The holders of Non-Voting Shares are entitled
to receive notice of, attend and be heard at all general meetings of the
members of TELUS and are entitled to receive all notices of meetings,
information circulars and other written information from TELUS that the holders
of Common Shares are entitled to receive from TELUS, but are not entitled to
vote at such general meetings unless otherwise required by law.

The Articles of TELUS provide for cumulative voting. Cumulative voting is a
mechanism which permits proportional board representation of significant
shareholder minorities. In the absence of cumulative voting, a shareholder is
entitled to cast one vote for each share held. Under cumulative voting,
directors are elected through a rule that permits a sufficiently large minority
to win one or more seats. For each voting share held, a shareholder will
receive votes equal to the number of directors to be elected and may cast all
votes in favour of one candidate or distribute the votes among the candidates
as the shareholder chooses. The greater the number of directors to be elected,
the smaller the minority shareholding necessary to elect one director.

In order to ensure that the holders of the Non-Voting Shares can participate in
any offer which is made to the holders of the Common Shares (but is not made to
the holders of Non-Voting Shares on the same terms), which offer, by reason of
applicable securities legislation or the requirements of a stock exchange on
which the Common Shares are listed, must be made to all or substantially all
the holders of Common Shares who are in any province of Canada to which the
requirement applies (an "Exclusionary Offer"), each holder of Non-Voting Shares
will, for the purposes of the Exclusionary Offer only, be permitted to convert
all or part of the Non-Voting Shares held into an equivalent number of Common
Shares during the applicable conversion period. In certain circumstances
(namely, the delivery of certificates, at specified times, by holders of 50 per
cent or more of the issued and outstanding Common Shares to the effect that
they will not, among other things, tender to such Exclusionary Offer or make an
Exclusionary Offer), these conversion rights will not come into effect.

If the Telecommunications Act is changed so that there is no restriction on any
non-Canadians holding Common Shares, holders of Non-Voting Shares will have the
right to convert all or part of their Non-Voting Shares into Common Shares on a
one for one basis, and TELUS will have the right to require holders of
Non-Voting Shares who do not make such an election to convert such shares into
an equivalent number of Common Shares.

TELUS will provide notice to each holder of Common Shares before a general
meeting of members at which holders of Non-Voting Shares will be entitled to
vote as a class. In such event, holders of Common Shares will have the right to
convert all or part or their Common Shares into Non-Voting Shares on a one for
one basis provided and to the extent that TELUS and its subsidiaries remain in
compliance with the foreign ownership provisions of the Telecommunications Act.

The Common Shares are subject to constraints on transfer to ensure TELUS'
ongoing compliance with the foreign ownership provisions of the
Telecommunications Act. As well, holders of Common Shares will have the right,
if approved by the Board of Directors of TELUS, to convert Common Shares into
Non-Voting Shares in order that TELUS be in compliance with the foreign
ownership provisions of the Telecommunications Act.

In all other respects, each Common Share and each Non-Voting Share have the
same rights and attributes.

First Preferred shares

The First Preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more
series, each series comprising the number of shares, and having attached
thereto the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions which
the board of directors of TELUS determines by resolution and subject to filing
an amendment to the Memorandum and Articles of TELUS. No series of First
Preferred shares may have attached thereto the right to vote at any general
meeting of TELUS or the right to be convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Shares. Except as required by law, the TELUS holders of the First Preferred
shares as a class are not entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any
meeting of the members of TELUS. The First Preferred shares rank prior to the
Second Preferred shares, Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares with respect to
priority in payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets in the event
of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of TELUS.

Second Preferred shares

The Second Preferred shares may be issued from time to time in one or more
series, each series comprising the number of shares, and having attached
thereto the designation, rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions, which
the board of directors of TELUS determines by resolution and subject to filing
an amendment to the Memorandum and Articles of TELUS. No series of Second
Preferred shares may have attached thereto the right to vote at any general
meeting of TELUS or the right to be convertible into or exchangeable for Common
Shares. Except as required by law, the holders of the Second Preferred shares
as a class are not entitled to receive notice of, attend or vote at any meeting
of the members of TELUS. The Second Preferred shares rank, subject to the prior
rights of the holders of the First Preferred shares, prior to the Common Shares
and Non-Voting Shares with respect to priority in payment of dividends and in
the distribution of assets in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding
up of TELUS.

TELUS Rights Plan

TELUS adopted a shareholder rights plan (the "Rights Plan") in March 2000 and
issued one right (a "Series A Right") in respect of each Common Share
outstanding as at such date and issued one right (a "Series B Right") in
respect of each Non-Voting Share outstanding as of such date. The Rights Plan
has a term of 10 years subject to shareholder confirmation every three years.
The Rights Plan was amended and confirmed as amended by the shareholders in
2003 and will again require confirmation in 2006. Each Series B Right, other
than those held by an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Plan) and
certain of its related parties, entitles the holder in certain circumstances
following the acquisition by an Acquiring Person of 34.2 per cent or more of
the voting shares of TELUS (otherwise than through the "Permitted Bid"
requirements of the Rights Plan) to purchase from TELUS $320 worth of
Non-Voting Shares for $160 (i.e., at a 50 per cent discount).



DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
----------------------

Directors

The names, municipalities of residence, principal occupations of the directors
of TELUS and the date the person became a director of TELUS are as set out
below. Currently, there are 13 directors on the TELUS Board.



     Directors of TELUS
Name and municipality of residence          Director since (1)     Principal occupation
					    			   
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck(3)(4)                2003                   Corporate Director
Calgary, Alberta

A. Charles Baillie(2)                       2003                   Corporate Director
Toronto, Ontario

Micheline Bouchard(2)                       2004                   President and Chief Executive Officer, ART
Saint-Bruno, Quebec                                                Advanced Research Technologies
                                                                   (biomedical company)

R. John Butler  (4)(5-Chair)                1995                   Counsel, Bryan & Company
Edmonton, Alberta                                                  (law firm)

Brian A. Canfield (5)(6)                    1993                   Chair,
Point Roberts, Washington                                          TELUS Corporation

Peter D. Charbonneau                        2001                   Partner, Skypoint Capital Co.
Ottawa, Ontario                                                    (venture capital)

Darren Entwistle                            2000                   President and Chief Executive Officer,
Vancouver, B.C.                                                    TELUS Corporation

John S. Lacey (3-Chair) (4)                 2000                   Chairman, The Alderwoods Group
Toronto, Ontario                                                   (funeral home operator)

John J. Lack(6)                             2003                   Senior Vice President of Verizon International
Colleyville, Texas                                                 Operations (the division overseeing
                                                                   international telecommunications operations
                                                                   of Verizon Communications Inc.)

Brian F. MacNeill (2 - Chair)               2001                   Chairman, Petro Canada
Calgary, Alberta                                                   (oil and gas company)

Daniel C. Petri(6)                          2002                   Group President, International,
Bedford, New York                                                  Verizon Communications Inc.
                                                                   (a holding company of consolidated group of
                                                                   telecommunications companies)

Ronald P. Triffo (4 - Chair) (5)            1995                   Chairman, Stantec Inc.
Edmonton, Alberta                                                  (engineering company)

Donald Woodley (3) (5)                      1998                   President,
Orangeville, Ontario                                               The Fifth Line Enterprise
                                                                   (strategic advisory services to IT industry)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  TELUS or its predecessors
(2)  Member of Audit Committee
(3)  Member of Human Resources and Compensation Committee
(4)  Member of Corporate Governance Committee
(5)  Member of Pension Committee
(6)  Verizon nominee designated pursuant to the Long-Term Relationship
     Agreement dated January 31, 1999 among the Company and Verizon's
     subsidiaries, GTE Corporation and Anglo-Canadian Telephone Company.



All of the directors of TELUS have held the principal occupations set forth
above or executive positions with the same companies or firms referred to, or
with affiliates or predecessors thereof, for the past five years except as
follows: Dick Auchinleck was employed by Gulf Canada for 25 years, retiring in
2001 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Gulf Canada Resources after
the sale of the company to Conoco Inc.; Charles Baillie was Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of the Toronto-Dominion Bank from 1998 until 2003; Micheline
Bouchard was Corporate Vice-President and General Manager, Enterprise Services
Organization of Motorola Inc. in Chicago from 2001 to 2002 and Corporate
Vice-President and then President and Chief Executive Officer of Motorola
Canada Inc. from 1998 to 2000; Peter D. Charbonneau was Executive Vice
President of March Networks Corporation from June 2000 to January 2001, Vice
Chairman of Newbridge Networks Corporation from June 1998 to May 2000 and
President and Chief Operating Officer of Newbridge Networks Corporation prior
to May 1998; Darren Entwistle was President, Global Services of Cable &
Wireless, UK & Ireland from May 2000 to July 2000, Chief Commercial Officer of
Cable & Wireless, UK & Europe, from August 1999 to April 2000, Managing
Director, Business of Cable & Wireless, Communications plc. from May 1997 to
August 1999, Merger Director, Cable & Wireless plc. prior to May 1997; John S.
Lacey was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Oshawa Group Ltd. from
August 1998 to December 1998 and President and Chief Executive Officer of
Western International Communications prior to July 1998; Brian F. MacNeill was
President and Chief Executive Officer of Enbridge Inc. prior to January 2001;
and Donald P. Woodley was President of Oracle Corporation Canada Inc. from
February 1997 to September 1999.

Peter D. Charbonneau will not be standing for re-election at the Company's
annual general meeting on May 5, 2004.

Officers

The name, municipality of residence and present and principal occupations of
each of the officers of TELUS, as of April 14, 2004, are as follows:



Officers of TELUS
Name and municipality of residence          Position held with TELUS
					    
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Brian A. Canfield                           Chair,
Point Roberts, Washington                   TELUS Corporation

Darren Entwistle                            President and Chief Executive Officer,
Vancouver, B.C.                             TELUS Corporation

Barry A. Baptie                             Executive Vice President,
Surrey, B.C.                                Technology & Operations

Christopher B. Carty                        Executive Vice President, Corporate Strategy &
Vancouver, B.C.                             Chief Marketing Officer

George A. Cope                              Executive Vice President and
Toronto, Ontario                            President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                            TELUS Mobility

Robert G. Cruickshank                       Executive Vice President, Strategic Bid Solutions
Vancouver, B.C.

Daniel H. Delaloye                          Executive Vice President and President,
Edmonton, Alberta                           Consumer Solutions

Robert S. Gardner                           Vice President and Treasurer
Vancouver, B.C.

Joseph R. Grech                             Executive Vice President and President,
Vancouver, B.C.                             Partner Solutions

Audrey T. Ho                                Vice President, Legal Services, General Counsel and
Vancouver, B.C.                             Deputy Corporate Secretary

Robert G. McFarlane                         Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Vancouver, B.C.

John D Maduri                               Executive Vice President and President,
Calgary, Alberta                            Business Solutions

James W. Peters                             Executive Vice President,
Burnaby, B.C.                               Corporate Affairs and Chief General Counsel and
                                            Corporate Secretary

Hugues St-Pierre                            Executive Vice President and
Rimouski, Quebec                            President and Chief Executive Officer,
                                            TELUS Quebec

Kevin Salvadori                             Executive Vice President, Business Transformation
Vancouver, B.C.                             and Chief Information Officer

Mark W. Schnarr                             Executive Vice President,
Vancouver, B.C.                             Corporate Development

Joe Natale                                  Executive Vice President and President,
Toronto, Ontario                            Client Solutions

Judy A. Shuttleworth                        Executive Vice President,
Surrey, B.C.                                Human Resources

Janet S. Yale                               Executive Vice President,
Ottawa, Ontario                             Government and Regulatory Affairs

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


All of the officers above have been engaged for the past five years in the
specified present principal occupations or in other executive capacities with
TELUS, its subsidiaries, affiliates or predecessors thereof, except as
described above and as follows: Christopher B. Carty held various positions
with AT&T, the last of which was Vice President Revenue Assurance Management,
AT&T Business Services from January 2001 to March 2002; Robert G. Cruickshank
was President of Mobile Data Solutions Inc. from February 1999 to April 2001;
Joseph R. Grech held various executive positions with Cable & Wireless plc.,
the last of which was the President, Global Carrier Services of Cable &
Wireless plc., from October 1999 to June 2000; John M. Maduri was an Executive
Vice President of Maxxcom Inc. and MDC Corporation from September 1999 to April
2000, Executive Vice President, Finance and Planning and Chief Financial
Officer of Rogers Cantel Mobile Communications Inc. from June 1996 to August
1999; and Janet Yale was President and Chief Executive Officer of the Canadian
Cable Television Association from 1999 until she joined TELUS in 2003.

TELUS shares held by directors and officers

As at April 14, 2004, the directors and executive officers of TELUS, as a
group, beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or
direction over 145,446 Common Shares, which represented approximately 0.08 per
cent of the outstanding Common Shares and 616,270 Non-Voting Shares, which
represented approximately 0.38 per cent of the outstanding Non-Voting Shares.
As of April 14, 2004, the executive officers of TELUS, as a group, beneficially
owned, directly or indirectly, or exercised control or direction over 99,220
Common Shares, which represented approximately 0.05 per cent of the outstanding
Common Shares and 495,964 Non-Voting Shares, which represented approximately
0.31 per cent of the outstanding Non-Voting Shares.

Cease Trade Orders, Bankruptcies, Penalties or Sanctions

Other than as disclosed, for the ten years ended December 31, 2003, TELUS is
not aware that any current director or officer of TELUS had been a director or
officer of another issuer which, while that person was acting in that capacity,
became bankrupt or made a proposal under any legislation relating to bankruptcy
or insolvency or was subject to or instituted any proceedings, arrangements or
compromises with creditors or had a receiver, receiver manager or trustee
appointed to hold its assets. B.A. Canfield was a director of Royal Trust Co.
in 1994 when it entered into a plan of arrangement with creditors. In December
1998, J.S. Lacey was asked by a group of shareholders to lead the Loewen
restructuring, as Chairman of the Board, a position he held at the time of
Loewen's filing under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the Companies'
Creditors Arrangement Act (Canada).

For the ten years ended December 31, 2003, TELUS is not aware that any current
director or officer of TELUS had been a director or officer of another issuer
which, while that person was acting in that capacity, was the subject of a
cease trade or similar order or was subject to an event that resulted, after
the director or executive officer ceased to be a director or executive officer,
of the company being the subject of a cease trade or similar order that denied
the company relevant access to any exemption under securities legislation for a
period of more than 30 consecutive days.

MARKET FOR SECURITIES
---------------------

TELUS Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares are listed on the Toronto Stock
Exchange under "T" and "T.A." respectively and the TELUS Non-Voting Shares are
listed on the New York Stock Exchange under "TU". TELUS 6.75% unsecured
subordinate redeemable convertible debentures trade on the Toronto Stock
Exchange under " T.DB".

INTEREST OF MANAGEMENT AND OTHERS IN MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS
----------------------------------------------------------

Verizon owns approximately 48,551,972 Common Shares and 29,942,368 Non-Voting
Shares of TELUS. Furthermore, pursuant to the Long-term Relationship Agreement
there are restrictions on Verizon's ability to acquire or sell TELUS shares
beyond specific thresholds and its ability to solicit or initiate business
combinations involving TELUS (see "Alliances"). Verizon had an interest in the
sale of the Company's directory advertising services business in July 2001 to
Verizon Information Services - Canada Inc. ("VIS"), a subsidiary of Verizon for
$810 million and the commercial agreements between VIS and certain TELUS
subsidiaries which were entered into at the same time. See heading "Alliances -
Directory Business" on page 15.



TRANSFER AGENTS AND REGISTRARS
------------------------------

The Company's transfer agent and registrar is Computershare Trust Company of
Canada. Computershare maintains the Company's registers at 600, 530 - 8th
Avenue SW, Calgary, Alberta T2P 3S8.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
----------------------

Additional information, including directors' and officers' remuneration,
indebtedness and options to purchase securities, is contained in the TELUS
information circular dated March 18, 2004 for the annual general meeting to be
held on May 5, 2004. Additional financial information, including supplementary
quarterly financial data and the audited TELUS consolidated financial
statements for the year ended December 31, 2003, are set out in the 2003 annual
report.

Requests for additional information

TELUS will provide to any person, upon request to the Corporate Secretary of
TELUS at Floor 21, 3777 Kingsway, Burnaby, B.C., V5H 3Z7:

(a)  when the securities of TELUS are in the course of a distribution
     pursuant to a short form prospectus or a preliminary short form
     prospectus filed in respect of a distribution of its securities:

    (i)  one copy of this annual information form together with one copy
         of any document, or the pertinent pages of any document, incorporated
         by reference in this annual information form;

   (ii)  one copy of the 2003 annual report of TELUS, including the
         audited consolidated financial statements of TELUS for the year ended
         December 31, 2003;

  (iii)  one copy of the TELUS information circular dated March 18, 2004;
         and

   (iv)  one copy of any other documents that are incorporated by
         reference into the preliminary short form prospectus or the short
         from prospectus and are not required to be provided under (i) to (iii)
         above; or

(b)  at any other time, one copy of any of the documents referred to
     in (a)(i) to (iv) above, provided that TELUS may require the payment of
     a reasonable charge if the request is made by a person who is not a
     security holder of TELUS.

TCI and TELUS Communications (Quebec) also each files an annual information
form with certain provincial securities commissions, a copy of which may be
obtained by writing to the Corporate Secretary of TELUS at the address provided
above or on the SEDAR website at www.SEDAR.com.






Exhibit 4: Management's Discussion and Analysis and Audited Consolidated
           Financial Statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2003
==============================================================================


             TELUS Management's Discussion and Analysis
                              and
       TELUS Corporation Consolidated Financial Statements

              for the year ended December 31, 2003

------------------------------------------------------------------------------



            TELUS Management's Discussion and Analysis
          =============================================




Forward-looking statements

==============================================================================

This document and the management's discussion and analysis contain statements
about expected future events and financial and operating results of TELUS
Corporation (TELUS or the Company) that are forward-looking. By their nature,
forward-looking statements require the Company to make assumptions and are
subject to inherent risks and uncertainties. There is significant risk that
predictions and other forward-looking statements will not prove to be accurate.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on our forward-looking
statements as a number of factors could cause actual future results,
conditions, actions or events to differ materially from the targets,
expectations, estimates or intentions expressed in the forward-looking
statements.

Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially include but are
not limited to: competition; economic fluctuations; financing and debt
requirements; tax matters; dividends; human resources (including the outcome of
outstanding labour relations issues); technology (including reliance on systems
and information technology); regulatory developments; process risks; health and
safety; strategic partners; litigation; business continuity events and other
risk factors discussed herein and listed from time to time in TELUS' reports,
comprehensive public disclosure documents, including the Annual Information
Form, and in other filings with securities commissions in Canada and the United
States.

See the Risks and uncertainties section in Management's discussion and analysis
for further information.


The Company disclaims any intention or obligation to update or revise any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise.

==============================================================================

Management's discussion and analysis

The following is a discussion of the consolidated financial condition and
results of operations of TELUS Corporation for the years ended December 31,
2003 and 2002. This discussion contains forward-looking information that is
qualified by reference to, and should be read together with, the Company's
discussion regarding Forward-looking statements (see Forward-looking
statements). The Consolidated financial statements of TELUS have been prepared
in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP),
which differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP. See Note 22 to the
Consolidated financial statements for a summary of the principal differences
between Canadian and U.S. GAAP as they relate to TELUS. The Consolidated
financial statements and Management's discussion and analysis have been
reviewed by TELUS' Audit Committee and approved by TELUS' Board of Directors.
All amounts are in Canadian dollars unless otherwise specified.

Management's discussion and analysis is comprised of the following:

 1. Core business, vision and strategy
 2. Key performance drivers
 3. Capability to deliver results
 4. Results
   * Critical accounting estimates
   * Accounting policy developments
   * Financial impact of price cap decisions
   * Selected financial information
   * Quarterly information
   * Performance to 2003 targets and guidance
   * Results of operations
   * Liquidity and capital resources
   * 2004 Outlook
   * 2004 financial and operating targets and issues
   * 2004 financing plan
 5. Risks and uncertainties

1. Core business, vision and strategy
=====================================

Core business

TELUS Corporation, as the largest telecommunications company in Western Canada
and the second largest in Canada, provides a full range of telecommunications
products and services including data, Internet protocol (IP), voice and
wireless services. TELUS earns the majority of its revenue from access to, and
usage of, the Company's telecommunications infrastructure, or from providing
products and services that facilitate access and usage of the Company's
infrastructure.

Vision and strategy

TELUS' strategic intent, or vision, is to unleash the power of the Internet to
deliver the best solutions to Canadians at home, in the workplace and on the
move. TELUS' strategy for growth is to focus exclusively on core
telecommunications business in Canada. As a result it has evolved from a
regional telecommunications company in 1999, serving 28% of Canada's
population, to a strong national, facilities-based player in the growth areas
of wireless, data and IP. The Company embarked on this strategy to take
advantage of the significant growth opportunities that the national market
offers.

Corporate background

TELUS Corporation was created from the 1999 merger of BC TELECOM and the former
TELUS - two Western Canadian incumbent local exchange carriers (ILECs) - and
the acquisition in 2000 of both the Eastern Quebec ILEC QuebecTel (now TELUS
Quebec) and the national digital wireless company Clearnet Communications Inc.
(Clearnet). BC TELECOM and TELUS were long-established, regional full-service
telecommunications companies. At the time of the 1999 merger, TELUS announced
its plans to provide telecommunications services in other parts of Canada. From
1999 through 2001, TELUS constructed a national fibre-optic network,
subsequently supplemented by fibre rings in major centres in Central Canada. In
2000, TELUS began offering business voice, data and other services outside its
Western base, principally in the province of Ontario, and wireless resale
services in the provinces of Ontario, Manitoba and Saskatchewan. The purchase
of QuebecTel in June 2000 allowed TELUS to accelerate its market entry into the
province of Quebec. With the acquisition of Clearnet in October 2000, and the
subsequent integration of mobility services, TELUS became a leading Canadian
wireless service provider.

Early in 2001, TELUS acquired additional wireless spectrum in major population
areas in the Industry Canada PCS spectrum auction. During 2001, TELUS sold
non-core assets including its directory advertising business and real estate,
and exited the equipment leasing business. The Company also acquired six
smaller data/IP, hosting and application development companies and assets
largely focused on Central Canada. In 2002, TELUS implemented a new advanced
intelligent national long distance and card service platform, integrated TELUS
Quebec's Internet backbone with TELUS' national Internet backbone, completed
national integration of TELUS' wireless operations in Alberta and B.C. with
Clearnet Communications and QuebecTel Mobilite, upgraded to a next generation
1X wireless data network across Canada, began transforming the Company's
national network to IP-based technology, completed several billing system
integrations and conversions at TELUS Mobility and TELUS Communications, and
began to realize significant operating savings in TELUS Communications from
implementation of the Operational Efficiency Program. In 2003, the Company
became the first in Canada, and one of the first in the world, to deploy an
IP-based network that is designed to carry high-quality voice, data and video
applications. Significant improvements in profitability and free cash flow were
realized in 2003 from TELUS Communications as a result of the Operational
Efficiency Program, and from TELUS Mobility operations as a result of network
revenue growth and scale efficiencies.

The Company's principal subsidiaries are TELUS Communications Inc. (including
TELE-MOBILE COMPANY partnership), TELUS Quebec Inc. (including TELUS
Communications (Quebec) Inc.) and TELUS Services Inc. (including TELUS Services
Partnership).

The Company's reportable segments, which reflect TELUS' organization structure
and are used to manage the business, are TELUS Communications and TELUS
Mobility. The two segments are differentiated based on products and services,
distribution channels, technology, and regulatory treatment. Intersegment sales
are recorded at the exchange value, which is the amount agreed to by the
parties. Segmented information is presented in Note 20 of the Consolidated
financial statements, and discussed in the following sections.

Strategic imperatives

TELUS continues to be guided by its six strategic imperatives established more
than three years ago that serve as a guideline for the Company's actions. Some
examples of TELUS' progress in 2003 against these imperatives follow:

 1. Building national capabilities across data, IP, voice and wireless
   * A call centre was established in Montreal to in-source Internet help
     desk services from a third party.

   * TELUS Mobility enhanced its national Mike's Direct Connect digital
     2-way radio features to allow roaming in different regions in Canada.
     Mike's service area now stretches across most of Canada, and in 2004
     push-to-talk roaming across North America is planned through roaming
     agreements with Nextel.

 2. Providing integrated solutions that differentiate TELUS from its
    competitors
   * TELUS started migrating toll voice traffic onto its next generation
     network (NGN) in July 2003, beginning the transformation of the TELUS
     network to a single IP network designed to carry high-quality voice,
     data and video applications, and giving TELUS a competitive advantage in
     the business marketplace. For business customers, TELUS IP-One was
     launched to provide a full suite of IP-based advanced application
     services and the ability to integrate voice mail, e-mail, data and video
     through a user-friendly online Web portal.

   * For consumers, additional emerging broadband applications are
     currently being explored. The Company now offers a legal high-quality
     music download service. In addition, TELUS received a broadcasting
     distribution licence from the Canadian Radio-television and
     Telecommunications Commission (CRTC) in the fall of 2003 to offer
     digital television service in select communities across
     Alberta and B.C., as well as a licence to offer commercial
     video-on-demand (VOD) services. Using TELUS' existing high-speed
     infrastructure, these licences could enable the Company to compete with
     cable companies and satellite service providers for TV entertainment
     services. TELUS is testing these services and further evaluating them
     for potential introduction in 2004.

 3. Partnering, acquiring and divesting to accelerate the implementation
    of TELUS' strategy and focus TELUS' resources on core business
   * A partnership with the Calgary Health Authority was established to
     deliver end-to-end human resources solutions to health care and other
     organizations.

   * TELUS Mobility, with Spotnik Mobile, began a national roll-out of
     public Wi-Fi Hotspots and have acquired the rights to provide public
     Wi-Fi access in more than 450 sites in transportation facilities,
     hotels, office complexes, food service establishments and other
     high-traffic locations.

   * TELUS continues its strategic relationship with Verizon
     Communications, the largest U.S. provider of wireline communications,
     and a major U.S. wireless service provider.

   * The Company divested several smaller non-strategic properties for cash
     proceeds of $51.2 million in 2003.

 4. Focusing relentlessly on the growth markets of data, IP and wireless
   * TELUS signed a seven-year, $160 million sub-contract with IBM Canada
     to provide TD Bank Financial Group with managed data services across
     Canada. Connecting these sites with TELUS' NGN will represent the
     largest network migration undertaken in the Canadian telecommunications
     industry.

   * High-speed Internet subscribers increased by 37% to 561,600.

   * TELUS Mobility continued to grow its roster of 1X Wireless Web devices
     and services featuring wireless e-mail, text messaging, Web browsers,
     organizer applications and Java(tm) support. A brand campaign that
     highlighted TELUS' new camera phones and picture messaging service
     helped to establish a leadership position for TELUS in this market area.

   * In 2003, 52% of TELUS' revenue came from wireless and data, up from
     48% in 2002 and 28% three and a half years ago.

 5. Going to market as one team, under a common brand, executing a single
    strategy
   * TELUS' brand, with its fresh, nature-based and non-technical approach
     and future-friendly brand promise, achieved high rankings in advertising
     awareness in Canada at the end of 2003.

 6. Investing in internal capabilities to build a high-performance
    culture and efficient operations
   * Closed or consolidated 20 additional customer contact centres into
     call centre campuses in major centres in order to deploy common systems
     and platforms and more effectively handle calls.

2. Key performance drivers
==========================

To focus on the opportunities and challenges and create value for shareholders,
TELUS sets corporate priorities each year.

In 2003, the priorities were as follows:
   * delivering operational efficiency
   * improving levels of customer service
   * enhancing TELUS Mobility's leadership position in North American wireless
     industry
   * strengthening TELUS' financial position
   * improving profitability in Central Canada
   * reaching a collective agreement

In 2004, the priorities are as follows:
   * reaching a collective agreement
   * growing brand value through superior customer service
   * revitalizing wireline growth
   * driving towards leadership in high-speed Internet
   * enhancing TELUS Mobility's leadership position in wireless
   * embracing continual cost efficiency.

Operational efficiency

All of the objectives of the Operational Efficiency Program for 2003 were
achieved or exceeded, as shown in the table below. TELUS Communications plans
to continue to reduce costs and internalize a cost-conscious mentality
throughout the organization. In 2004, approximately $96 million of additional
savings from the Operational Efficiency Program are expected, bringing TELUS
Communications ongoing annual savings of $550 million.

TELUS Communications EBITDA (see Non-GAAP measures used by management in notes
following Selected Financial Information for a description of EBITDA) is
expected to be relatively unchanged in 2004 as low revenue growth, additional
Operating Efficiency Program savings and improvement in non-ILEC operating
efficiency are expected to be offset by further negative price cap decision
impacts and inclusion of share-based compensation expense as adopted from
recently confirmed recommendations in Canadian Institute of Chartered
Accountants (CICA) Handbook Section 3870. Capital expenditure levels are
expected to decrease modestly in 2004 with similar levels of investment for
non-ILEC areas, high-speed Internet (ADSL), and other initiatives.
Communications segment cash flow (EBITDA excluding restructuring less capital
expenditures) is expected to be $1.13 to $1.18 billion in 2004, compared with
$1.14 billion in 2003.



												2003		2004
Operational improvement objectives                          Actual results                      Target (1)      Target
                                                        2003 		Cumulative (2)		Cumulative (2)	Incremental
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer contact centres closed or consolidated		20 		44  			43  		-
Communications segment phone store closures		- 		33  			33  		-
Net staff reductions		                        1,300 		7,500  			7,300  		50 in 2004
Savings ($ millions)		                        304 		454  			450  		Approx. 96
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) As disclosed in Management's discussion and analysis in the 2002
      TELUS annual report.
  (2) Cumulative refers to the duration of the Operational Efficiency
      Program, 2001 through 2003.



Customer service

An important TELUS priority is to grow brand value through superior customer
service, network reliability and customer solutions.

In 2003, TELUS Mobility continued to provide superior customer service as
evidenced by its very low level of customer disconnects called churn - an
average of only 1.5% per month. This was accomplished through the reliability
of the two digital networks, expanded coverage of the networks and excellent
customer care provided from regional centres across Canada.

Service improvements introduced by TELUS Communications during 2003
included:
   * Launch and roll-out of an interactive voice recognition tool
     that directs callers to the appropriate destination for four contact
     centre areas (high-speed Internet, customer care, business billing and
     credit). The number of misdirected calls has been reduced substantially,
     and productivity and quality of service measures have improved;

   * Integration of the Internet support and online billing information Web
     site, telus.net, with the Company's portal mytelus.com, provides a more
     seamless customer experience. This single integrated Web site provides
     customers with 24-hours-per-day, seven-days-per-week access to support,
     information and self-serve tools. The benefits of this site to TELUS
     include more efficient Web management and customer support data
     analysis.

Service levels in most areas in TELUS Communications improved in 2003 as
compared with 2002, with most retail CRTC quality of service measures meeting
or exceeding standards at December 31, 2003.

TELUS Communications' quality of service temporarily deteriorated commencing in
July of 2003 as a result of an unprecedented number of concurrent factors
including fires, windstorms, floods, power outage, computer viruses, heavy
seasonal call volumes, delays in the process of hiring and training contact
centre staff to replace team members who accepted voluntary departure
incentives, and performance and stability problems with a new trouble
management system. The result was short-term service issues and a backlog of
trouble reports, which were reflected in four indicators monitored by the CRTC,
namely: Access to Repair Bureau, Out-of-Service Cleared in 24 Hours, Repair
Appointments Met, and Access to the Business Office.

By the end of December 2003, TELUS was performing well above the CRTC standards
for two of these service areas - Access to Repair Bureau and Access to the
Business Office. Efforts to clear the backlog of trouble reports accumulated
through the fall depressed December service results for Out-of-Service Cleared
in 24 Hours and Repair Appointments Met. By late December and in January 2004,
results to standard were being demonstrated in the urban areas of British
Columbia, and throughout Alberta.

TELUS remains focused on sustaining the improvements made to date and to raise
performance in rural British Columbia above service standard. TELUS call
centres, including operator services, are now outperforming CRTC standards and
historical levels of service. Continued process enhancements and new technology
and tools are expected to help front-line team members deliver industry-leading
levels of customer service in 2004.

Leadership in wireless

In 2003, TELUS Mobility continued to lead the Canadian industry with average
revenue per subscriber unit per month (ARPU) of $57, while maintaining one of
the lowest churn rates in North America at 1.5%. TELUS Mobility EBITDA
(excluding Restructuring and workforce reduction costs) increased by an
industry-leading 52.5%, when compared with 2002. As a result of continued
EBITDA growth and reduced capital expenditures, TELUS Mobility generated
substantially improved cash flow (EBITDA excluding restructuring less capital
expenditures) to a record $455.5 million or 20.9% of Network revenue in 2003,
significantly higher than $75.1 million generated in 2002.

For 2004, TELUS plans to maintain its leadership position in terms of the
financial and operational performance of the wireless business. Innovative
marketing, strong brand, and superior customer service and retention programs
should once again fuel top-quartile industry growth in revenue, profit and cash
flow. TELUS Mobility is targeting 2004 revenue growth of 12 to 14% and EBITDA
growth of 20 to 26%. These are being driven by wireless subscriber growth
expectations of 11 to 12% and continued margin expansion from improved scale
efficiencies. TELUS Mobility 2004 capital expenditures of approximately $350
million are expected to be at a similar level to 2003 and are expected to be
focused on capacity improvements as well as network and efficiency
enhancements. TELUS Mobility cash flow (EBITDA excluding restructuring less
capital expenditures) is expected to increase to $625 to $675 million in 2004,
compared with $455.5 million in 2003.

Wireless revenue and EBITDA as a proportion of TELUS consolidated results are
expected to be approximately 36 and 33%, respectively, in 2004. This compares
with 26 and 14%, respectively, in 2001.

Strengthening TELUS' financial position

In 2003, the Company reduced net debt by $872 million, paid down a portion of
its accounts receivable securitization program and continued to improve its
financial ratios. The net debt to EBITDA ratio decreased from 3.3 times at the
end of 2002 to reach the original 2003 year-end target of 3.0 times by mid
-year, and was reduced to 2.6 times at December 31, 2003. During 2003, the
credit rating agencies improved their outlooks or trend for TELUS debt to one
'positive' and three 'stable' assessments from four 'negative' assessments at
the beginning of the year. On December 18, 2003, Moody's Investors Service
placed the long-term credit rating of TELUS Corporation under review for
possible upgrade, and subsequently announced the upgrade in the credit rating
to Baa3 (investment grade) with a stable outlook on March 2, 2004. In the bond
markets, prices on TELUS Corporation notes have appreciated by approximately
14%, while interest rate spreads over the relevant benchmark government bonds
have narrowed over the last year by 72% on average.

TELUS has set a target for the net debt to EBITDA ratio of 2.5 times or less
for the end of 2004, and 2.2 times or less for the longer term. TELUS'
long-term leverage policy for net debt to total capitalization is 45 to 50%,
compared with an actual 53% at the end of 2003. TELUS' financial targets for
2004 are outlined in more detail (see 2004 financial and operating targets and
issues).

Improving profitability in Central Canada

In 2003, TELUS Communications' non-ILEC EBITDA in Central Canada improved to a
negative $28.7 million, exceeding the original annual target of negative $60
million. This compares favourably with the negative $107.1 million recorded in
2002. Operating performance improved because of cost containment efforts and
increasing services provided on TELUS facilities (on-net). In 2004, non-ILEC
revenues are targeted to increase by approximately $55 million or 10%, while
non-ILEC EBITDA is targeted to improve by approximately $34 million to positive
$5 million.

Reaching a collective agreement

In 2000, TELUS commenced collective bargaining with the Telecommunications
Workers Union (TWU) for a new collective agreement replacing four legacy
agreements from BC TELECOM and Alberta-based TELUS. During 2003, the Company
participated in an extended conciliation process that was completed on January
12, 2004 without an agreement being reached. The parties then entered a 21-day
cooling-off period until February 2, 2004, at which time on 72 hours notice a
legal work stoppage could have occurred.

From January 5 to 26, 2004, the TWU conducted a second strike vote among its
members. On January 15, 2004, the federal Department of Labour appointed the
two conciliators as mediators to continue to work with TELUS and the TWU
towards a possible resolution. On January 19, 2004, TELUS tabled a final offer
to the TWU at a meeting with the mediators. On January 28, 2004, the Canadian
Industrial Relations Board (CIRB), in response to an unfair labour practice
complaint from the TWU, ordered TELUS Communications Inc. to offer binding
arbitration to the TWU as an option to reach a collective agreement. On January
29, 2004, given the arbitration offer, the Company withdrew its final offer and
on the same day the TWU announced that they had 86% support from those voting
for a strike mandate. However, on January 30, 2004 the TWU announced that they
had accepted the offer of binding arbitration in order to reach a new
collective agreement.

Binding arbitration has the following advantages for the parties:

   * a collective agreement should be in place during 2004;
   * when issues cannot be agreed to by the negotiating parties, the
     arbitrator(s) will usually make a determination based on terms of
     reference and typically include the business circumstances of the
     company and the industry; and
   * labour disruption is avoided.

Subsequently, on February 17, 2004, TELUS filed an application with the CIRB
for reconsideration of its various decisions limiting TELUS' ability to
communicate and the direction to offer binding arbitration. At the same time,
TELUS also filed an appeal with the Federal Court related to this
reconsideration application. However, TELUS is continuing to participate in the
arbitration process. At the time of writing, the Company, the TWU and the
mediators were engaged in selecting the arbitrator(s), determining the process
to be used and setting the terms of reference to be used in arbitration and
timeline. This remains an objective to be accomplished in 2004.

The following two corporate priorities are new for 2004.

Revitalizing wireline growth

TELUS Communications revenue growth in 2003 was negative 4%. In 2004 revenue is
expected to range between zero and 1% after further negative regulatory price
cap decision impacts of approximately $24 million. While this is an
industry-wide phenomenon, TELUS is targeting growth in data and IP revenues to
offset declining voice and other revenues.

TELUS plans to set the stage for revitalizing wireline growth through a
step-change improvement in marketing and sales effectiveness, which is an
important component of the Company's growth strategy over the next few years.
TELUS cannot continue to grow its wireline business by simply cutting costs,
and aims to revitalize revenue. TELUS also plans to exploit its lead in
deploying the NGN and launch of innovative data and IP applications like TELUS
IP-One.

Driving towards leadership in high-speed Internet

Another priority is to accelerate TELUS Communications' progress towards a
leadership position in high-speed Internet access. Three years ago, TELUS had a
market share of 8% and at the end of 2003 TELUS served an estimated 38% of the
high-speed market in its incumbent areas. For 2004, the target is to add
approximately 125,000 high-speed Internet subscribers, compared with 151,600
net additions in 2003.

In Alberta, B.C. and Eastern Quebec, growth in high-speed Internet access helps
protect voice revenues and provides a platform for TELUS to roll out advanced
services like TELUS IP-One, wireless local area networks and other potential
services including IP telephony and TV entertainment. TELUS' goal is to present
a unified front to customers and deliver integrated solutions across its
wireline and wireless capabilities.

3. Capability to deliver results
================================

Operational capabilities - TELUS Communications

In addition to continued operating efficiency savings, it is important for
TELUS Communications to begin addressing the decline of its revenue line. The
Company is focused on revitalizing revenue growth through new product
introductions and more effective marketing and sales. Additionally, continued
productivity and improved processes, while operating with a stable staff
levels, are expected to offset inflationary increases and maintain EBITDA
levels.

Operational capabilities - TELUS Mobility

TELUS Mobility is expected to continue to realize scale efficiencies as a
result of growing its operations nationally. A high proportion of each
additional network revenue dollar is expected to continue to flow through to
EBITDA, as TELUS Mobility expects to have sufficient resources to serve its
growing subscriber base, with continued cost control and modest hiring.

Liquidity and capital resources

During 2003, TELUS generated sufficient cash flow internally to fund capital
expenditures, payments under restructuring programs, and a reduction in
securitized receivables and debt. TELUS believes that its internally generated
cash flow, combined with its ability to access external capital, provides
sufficient resources to finance its cash requirements during 2004 and to
maintain appropriate available liquidity. The Company generally expects to
maintain a minimum of $1 billion in unutilized liquidity and to maintain or
improve its credit ratings in 2004.

4. Results
==========

Critical accounting estimates
-----------------------------

TELUS' significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 of the
Consolidated financial statements. The preparation of financial statements in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to
make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

General

   * Unless otherwise specified in the discussion of the specific critical
     accounting estimates, the Company is not aware of trends, commitments,
     events or uncertainties that it reasonably expects to materially affect
     the methodology or assumptions associated with the critical accounting
     estimates, subject to the items identified in the Forward-looking
     statements section of this Management's discussion and analysis.

   * During the last two fiscal years, changes were made to assumptions
     underlying all critical accounting estimates to reflect current economic
     conditions, updating of historical information used to develop the
     assumptions and changes in the Company's debt ratings, where applicable.
     Unless otherwise specified in the discussion of the specific critical
     accounting estimates, it is expected that no material changes in overall
     financial performance and financial statement line items would arise
     either from reasonably likely changes in material assumptions underlying
     the estimate or within a valid range of estimates, from which the
     recorded estimate was selected, were used.

   * All critical accounting estimates are uncertain at the time of making
     the estimate and affect the following consolidated income statement line
     items: income taxes (except for estimates about goodwill) and Common
     Share and Non-Voting Share income. Similarly, all critical accounting
     estimates affect the following consolidated balance sheet line items:
     current assets (income and other taxes receivable); future income tax
     assets or liabilities; and shareholders' equity (retained earnings).
     Generally, the discussion of each critical accounting estimate does not
     differ between the Company's two segments: Communications and Mobility.
     The critical accounting estimates affect the consolidated income
     statement and consolidated balance sheet line items as follows:




Consolidated income statement|						   Operating expenses
                              -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
			     |					    Restructuring 		    Amortization
			     |					    and workforce 		    of intangible      Other
Consolidated balance sheet   |			     Operations	   reduction costs  Depreciation       assets	   expense, net
															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts receivable					 X
Inventories						 X
Capital assets and goodwill(1)								 X		 X
Investments														 X
Payroll and other employee-related liabilities(2)	 X				 X		 X
Restructuring and workforce reduction costs				 X
Employee defined benefit pension plans(2)		 X				 X		 X
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Accounting estimate, as applicable to intangible assets with
      indefinite lives and goodwill, primarily affects the Company's Mobility
      segment.
  (2) Accounting estimate impact due to internal labour
      capitalization rates.




Accounts receivable
General

   * The Company considers the business area that gave rise to the accounts
     receivable, performs statistical analysis of portfolio delinquency
     trends and performs specific account identification when determining its
     allowance for doubtful accounts. This information is also used in
     conjunction with current market-based rates of borrowing to determine
     the fair value of its residual cash flows arising from accounts
     receivable securitization. The fair value of the Company's residual cash
     flows arising from the accounts receivable securitization is also
     referred to as its 'retained interest'.

   * Assumptions underlying the allowance for doubtful accounts include
     portfolio delinquency trends and specific account assessments made when
     performing specific account identification. Assumptions underlying the
     determination of the fair value of residual cash flows arising from
     accounts receivable securitization include those developed when
     determining the allowance for doubtful accounts as well as the effective
     annual discount rate.

   * These accounting estimates are in respect of the Accounts receivable
     line item on the Company's consolidated balance sheet comprising
     approximately 4% of total assets as at December 31, 2003. If the future
     were to adversely differ from management's best estimates of the fair
     value of the residual cash flows and the allowance for doubtful
     accounts, the Company could experience a bad debt charge in the future.
     Such a bad debt charge does not result in a cash outflow.

Key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of residual cash
flows arising from accounts receivable securitization

   * The estimate of the Company's fair value of its retained interest
     could materially change from period to period due to the fair value
     estimate being a function of the amount of accounts receivable sold,
     which can vary on a monthly basis. See Note 9 of the Consolidated
     financial statements for further analysis.

The allowance for doubtful accounts

   * The estimate of the Company's allowance for doubtful accounts could
     materially change from period to period due to the allowance being a
     function of the balance and composition of accounts receivable, which
     can vary on a month-to-month basis. The variance in the balance of
     accounts receivable can arise from a variance in the amount and
     composition of operating revenues, from a variance in the amount of
     accounts receivable sold to the securitization trust and from variances
     in accounts receivable collection performance.

Inventories
The allowance for inventory obsolescence

   * The Company determines its allowance for inventory obsolescence based
     upon expected inventory turnover, inventory aging and current and future
     expectations with respect to product offerings.

   * Assumptions underlying the allowance for inventory obsolescence
     include future sales trends and offerings and the expected inventory
     requirements and inventory composition necessary to support these future
     sales offerings. The estimate of the Company's allowance for inventory
     obsolescence could materially change from period to period due to due to
     changes in product offerings and consumer acceptance of those products.

   * This accounting estimate is in respect of the Inventory line item on
     the Company's consolidated balance sheet, which comprises approximately
     1% of total assets as at December 31, 2003. If the allowance for
     inventory obsolescence was inadequate, the Company could experience a
     charge to operations expense in the future. Such an inventory
     obsolescence charge does not result in a cash outflow.

Capital assets and Goodwill
General

   * The accounting estimates for Capital assets and Goodwill represent
     approximately 66% and 18%, respectively, of the Company's consolidated
     balance sheet, as at December 31, 2003. If the Company's estimated
     useful lives of assets were incorrect, the Company could experience
     increased or decreased charges for amortization of intangible assets or
     depreciation in the future. If the future were to adversely differ from
     management's best estimate of key economic assumptions and associated
     cash flows were to materially decrease, the Company could potentially
     experience future material impairment charges in respect of its
     intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill. If intangible
     assets with indefinite lives were determined to have finite lives at
     some point in the future, the Company could experience increased charges
     for amortization of intangible assets. Such charges do not result in a
     cash outflow and of themselves would not affect the Company's immediate
     liquidity.

The estimated useful lives of assets; the recoverability of tangible assets

   * The estimated useful lives of assets are determined by a continuing
     program of asset life studies. The recoverability of tangible assets is
     significantly impacted by the estimated useful lives of assets.

   * Assumptions underlying the estimated useful lives of assets include
     timing of technological obsolescence, competitive pressures and future
     infrastructure utilization plans. See Note 2(h) of the Consolidated
     financial statements for discussion of changes made to the Company's
     estimated useful lives of assets during the past two fiscal years.

The recoverability of intangible assets with indefinite lives; the
recoverability of goodwill

   * Consistent with current industry-specific valuation methods, the
     Company uses a discounted cash flow model combined with a market-based
     approach in determining the fair value of its spectrum licences and
     goodwill. See Note 10(c) of the Consolidated financial statements for
     further discussion of methodology.

   * The most significant assumptions underlying the recoverability of
     intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill include: future
     cash flow and growth projections including economic risk assumptions and
     estimates of achieving desired key operating metrics and drivers; future
     weighted average cost of capital; and annual earnings multiples. The
     significant factors impacting these assumptions include estimates of
     future market share, key operating metrics such as churn and ARPU, level
     of competition, technological developments, interest rates, market
     economic trends, debt levels and debt ratings. See Note 10(c) of the
     Consolidated financial statements for a discussion of assumption
     sensitivity testing.

Investments
The recoverability of long-term investments

   * The Company assesses the recoverability of its long-term investments
     on a regular, recurring basis. The recoverability of investments is
     assessed on a specific identification basis taking into consideration
     expectations about future performance of the investments and comparison
     of historical results to past expectations.

   * The most significant assumptions underlying the recoverability of
     long-term investments are the achievement of future cash flow and
     operating expectations. The estimate of the Company's recoverability of
     long-term investments could materially change from period to period due
     to the recurring nature of the recoverability assessment and due to the
     nature of long-term investments (the Company does not control them).

   * If the allowance for recoverability of long-term investments were
     inadequate, the Company could experience an increased charge to Other
     expense in the future. Such a provision for recoverability of long-term
     investments does not result in a cash outflow.

Future income tax assets and future income tax liabilities
The composition of future income tax assets and future income tax liabilities

   * Future income tax assets and liabilities are comprised of temporary
     differences between the carrying amount and tax basis of assets and
     liabilities as well as tax losses carried forward. The timing of the
     reversal of the temporary differences is estimated and the tax rate
     substantively enacted for the period of reversal is applied to the
     temporary difference. The carrying amounts of assets and liabilities are
     based upon the amounts recorded in the financial statements and are
     therefore subject to accounting estimates that are inherent in those
     balances. The tax basis of assets and liabilities as well as tax losses
     carried forward are based upon the applicable income tax legislation,
     regulations and interpretations, all of which in turn are subject to
     interpretation. The timing of the reversal of the temporary differences
     is estimated based upon assumptions of expectations of future results of
     operations.

   * Assumptions underlying the composition of future income tax assets and
     future income tax liabilities include expectations about future results
     of operations and the timing of reversal of deductible temporary
     differences and taxable temporary differences. These assumptions also
     affect classification between income and other taxes receivable and
     future income tax assets. See Risks and uncertainties, Tax matters. The
     composition of future income tax assets and future income tax
     liabilities is reasonably likely to change from period to period because
     of the significance of these uncertainties.

   * This accounting estimate is in respect of material asset and liability
     line items on the Company's consolidated balance sheet comprising
     approximately 5% of total assets and 6% of total liabilities and
     shareholders' equity, respectively, as at December 31, 2003. If the
     future were to adversely differ from management's best estimate of future
     results of operations and the timing of reversal of deductible temporary
     differences and taxable temporary differences, the Company could
     experience material future income tax adjustments. Such future income
     tax adjustments do not result in immediate cash outflows and, of
     themselves, would not affect the Company's immediate liquidity.

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (payroll and other employee-related
liabilities)
The accruals for payroll and other employee-related liabilities

   * As discussed elsewhere in this Management's discussion and analysis,
     TELUS Communications Inc. is in collective bargaining with the
     Telecommunications Workers Union and is proceeding to binding
     arbitration. The outcome of achieving a new collective agreement could
     differ from the Company's accrued estimates. Also contained within the
     accruals for payroll and other employee-related liabilities is a
     significant accrual in respect of performance-based, employee incentive
     compensation that may vary by quarter based upon estimates of achieving
     the pre-determined annual corporate objectives.

   * Assumptions underlying the accruals for payroll and other
     employee-related liabilities that are uncertain at the time of making
     the estimate include the decision of the arbitrator in the settlement of
     the collective agreement, personal performance of employees, and
     operational and financial performance as compared to pre-determined
     annual business unit and corporate objectives.

   * These accounting estimates are included in the operating expense line
     within the Company's consolidated income statement. If the settlement of
     the collective agreement or performance objective achievement resulted
     in the Company's associated accrual being materially understated, the
     immediate impact on the Company's financial position could be a larger
     than accrued demand on liquidity and a material adjustment recorded in
     the results of operations.

Restructuring and workforce reduction costs
The accruals for restructuring and workforce reduction costs

   * As required by generally accepted accounting principles, the accrual
     for Restructuring and workforce reduction costs was built up from a
     sufficiently detailed action plan that included a cost estimate for each
     action therein.

   * Assumptions underlying the accruals for Restructuring and workforce
     reduction costs that are uncertain at the time of making the estimate
     include the proportion of eligible participants accepting offers under
     the Operational Efficiency Program.

   * This accounting estimate is in respect of a material line item on the
     Company's consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31,
     2003 and 2002. If the accrual for Restructuring and workforce reduction
     costs was inadequate, the Company could experience an increased charge
     to operations expense in the future.

Employee defined benefit pension plans
Certain actuarial and economic assumptions used in determining defined benefit
pension costs, accrued pension benefit obligations and pension plan assets

   * The Company reviews industry practices, trends, economic conditions
     and data provided by actuaries when developing assumptions used in the
     determination of defined benefit pension costs and accrued pension
     benefit obligations. Pension plan assets are generally valued using
     market prices, however some assets are valued using market estimates
     when market prices are not readily available. Defined benefit pension
     costs are also affected by the quantitative methods used to determine
     estimated returns on pension plan assets. Actuarial support is obtained
     for interpolations of experience gains and losses that affect the
     defined benefit pension costs and accrued benefit obligations. The
     discount rate, which is used to determine the accrued benefit
     obligation, is usually based upon the yield on long-term, high-quality
     fixed term investments. The expected long-term rate of return is based
     upon forecasted returns of the major asset categories and weighted by
     plans' target asset allocations. Future increases in compensation are
     based upon the current benefits policies and economic forecasts.

   * Assumptions used in determining defined benefit pension costs, accrued
     pension benefit obligations and pension plan assets include: discount
     rates, long-term rates of return for plan assets, market estimates and
     rates of future compensation increases. Material changes in overall
     financial performance and financial statement line items would arise
     from reasonably likely changes, because of revising assumptions to
     reflect updated historical information and updated economic conditions,
     in the material assumptions underlying this estimate. See Note 19(g) of
     the Consolidated financial statements for further analysis.

   * This accounting estimate is in respect of a component of the largest
     operating expense line item on the Company's consolidated income
     statement. If the future were to adversely differ from management's best
     estimate of assumptions used in determining defined benefit pension
     costs, accrued benefit obligations and pension plan assets, the Company
     could experience future increased defined benefit pension expense. The
     magnitude of the immediate impact is lessened, as the excess of net
     actuarial gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the
     benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets is amortized
     over the average remaining service period of active employees of the
     plan.

Accounting policy developments
------------------------------

Guarantees

Commencing with the Company's 2003 fiscal year, the new guidelines of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants (CICA) for the disclosure of
guarantees (CICA Accounting Guideline AcG-14) apply to the Company (see Note
17(e) of the Consolidated financial statements). The guideline elaborates on
required disclosures by a guarantor in its financial statements about
obligations under certain types of guarantees that it has issued.

Asset retirement obligations

During the Company's 2003 fiscal year, the Company early adopted the new
recommendations of the CICA for accounting for asset retirement obligations
(CICA Handbook Section 3110) (see Note 1(m) of the Consolidated financial
statements). The new section focuses on the recognition and measurement of
liabilities for statutory, contractual or legal obligations, normally when
incurred, associated with the retirement of property, plant and equipment when
those obligations result from the acquisition, construction, development or
normal operation of the assets. All amounts arising from the application of
this accounting policy were not significant.

Employee future benefits

During the fourth quarter of 2003, the Company adopted the recommendations of
the CICA dealing with incremental disclosure related to employee benefit plans
(CICA Handbook Section 3461) (see Note 19 of the Consolidated financial
statements).

Share-based compensation

Commencing with the Company's 2004 fiscal year, the amended recommendations of
the CICA for accounting for share-based compensation (such amendments arising
in 2003) (CICA Handbook Section 3870) will apply to the Company. The amendments
will result in the Company no longer being able to use the intrinsic method of
accounting for share options granted to employees. The Company has selected the
modified-prospective transition method (also referred to as the retroactive
application without restatement method), which will be implemented effective
January 1, 2004.

Hedging relationships

Commencing with the Company's 2004 fiscal year, the new guidelines of the CICA
for accounting for hedging relationships (CICA Accounting Guideline AcG-13)
apply to the Company. The Company's existing hedge accounting policy is
compliant with the new guideline (see Note 1(g) of the Consolidated financial
statements).

Financial impact of price cap decisions
---------------------------------------

On May 30, 2002 and July 31, 2002, the CRTC announced its decisions on the
Regulatory Framework for the Second Price Cap Period for the ILECs (incumbent
local exchange carriers), or Telecom Decision 2002-34 and Telecom Decision
2002-43, which established the framework for regulation of ILECs, including
TELUS. These decisions cover a four-year period beginning June 2002 for TELUS
Communications Inc. (TCI) and beginning August 2002 for TELUS Communications
(Quebec) Inc. (TCQI). In an effort to foster competition for residential basic
service in non-high cost service areas (non-HCSAs), the concept of a deferral
account mechanism was introduced by the CRTC, as an alternative to mandating
price reductions. The deferral account arises from the CRTC requiring the
Company to defer the income statement recognition of a portion of the monies
received in respect of residential basic services provided to non-HCSAs. The
Company has adopted the liability method of accounting for the deferral
account. Other than for the interest accrued on the balance of the deferral
account, which would be included in financing costs, all income statement
effects of the deferral account are recorded through operating revenues (see
Risks and uncertainties, Regulatory - Price cap regulation).

On March 18, 2003, the CRTC issued Telecom Decision 2003-11, which finalized
for the industry the assignment of tariffed services to the service baskets
established in the Regulatory Framework for the Second Price Cap Period. Also
on March 18, 2003, the CRTC released Telecom Decision-2003-18, TELUS
Communications Inc. - 2002 Annual Price Cap Filing, in which it approved, on a
final basis, the majority of the applications filed in 2002 by TELUS proposing
rate changes pursuant to Decision 2002-34. On August 27, 2003, the CRTC
released Telecom Order 2003-352 - 2003 Annual Price Cap Filing. This order
approved all of TCI's tariff applications, for implementation on a prospective
basis, to meet its 2003 price cap commitments.

On August 22, 2003, the CRTC issued Telecom Decision 2003-56, which finalized
for TCQI the assignment of tariffed services to the service baskets established
in Decision 2002-43. The assignment was made in a manner very similar with the
assignments for large ILECs in Decision 2003-11. Also on August 22, 2003, the
CRTC issued Telecom Decision 2003-57, which approved, with changes,
applications filed by TCQI for rate changes and directed TCQI to file further
rate changes to meet its 2002 price cap commitment. All other TCQI rates were
approved on a final basis.

The impact of these decisions on TELUS was a decrease in Communications segment
Operating revenues of $78.2 million in 2003, when compared with 2002. In
addition, TELUS Communications' EBITDA (excluding restructuring) decreased by
$78.5 million in 2003, when compared with 2002.


Selected financial information
------------------------------

The following selected three-year consolidated financial information has been
derived from and should be read in conjunction with the audited Consolidated
financial statements of TELUS for the year ended December 31, 2003, and its
annual audited Consolidated financial statements for previous years.



Three-year data							2003 			2002 			2001
($ in millions except per share amounts)
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated financial information

Operating revenues						7,146.0 		7,006.7 		7,080.5
Operations expense						4,301.9 		4,488.1 		4,550.9
Restructuring and workforce reduction costs			   28.3 		  569.9 		  198.4
Financing costs and other					  651.3 		  646.8 		  607.5
Income taxes (recovery)						  176.9 		  (42.5)		   93.4
Income (loss) from continuing operations			  331.5 		 (229.0)		 (138.8)
Discontinued operations						     - 			     - 			  592.3
                                                              -------------           -------------           -------------
Net income (loss)						  331.5 		 (229.0)		  453.5
Common Share and Non-Voting Share income (loss)			  320.9 		 (239.3)	 	  443.0
Earnings (loss) per common share(1) - basic
  Continuing operations					 	    0.92 		   (0.75)		   (0.51)
  Discontinued operations					     - 			     - 			    2.02
                                                             --------------           -------------           -------------
  Net income 							    0.92 		   (0.75)		    1.51
Earnings (loss) per common share(1) - diluted
  Continuing operations		 				    0.91 		   (0.75)		   (0.51)
  Discontinued operations					     - 			     - 			    2.02
                                                              -------------           -------------           -------------
  Net income 		 					    0.91 		   (0.75)		    1.51
Cash dividends declared per common share(1)		 	    0.60 		    0.60 		    1.20
Total assets						       17,477.5		       18,219.8 	       19,265.6
Current maturities of long-term debt				  221.1 		  190.3 		  229.9
Long-term debt							6,469.4 		8,197.4 		8,651.4
Pension, post-retirement, deferred hedging liability
  and other long-term liabilities				  983.8 		  193.9 		  188.7
                                                              -------------           -------------           -------------
Total long-term financial liabilities				7,453.2 		8,391.3 		8,840.1
Future income tax liabilities					1,007.0 		  992.3 		1,326.6
Non-controlling interest					   10.7 		   11.2 	 	    8.0
Common equity 							6,442.7 		6,214.4 		6,767.6
Convertible debentures 						  149.6 		  148.5 		  147.4
Preference and preferred share capital 				   69.7 		   69.7 		   69.7
Cash provided by operating activities				2,144.0 		1,741.0 		1,407.8
Capital expenditures						1,252.7 		1,697.9 		2,605.3

Other information

EBITDA (excluding restructuring)(2)				2,844.1 		2,518.6 		2,529.6
EBITDA(3)							2,815.8 		1,948.7 		2,331.2
Free cash flow(4)						  960.6 		   (1.4)	       (1,339.3)
Free cash flow (2004 method)(5)					  844.9 		 (139.6)	       (1,143.9)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Includes Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares.

Non-GAAP measures used by management to evaluate performance of business
units and segments

  (2) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization
     (EBITDA) excluding Restructuring and workforce reduction costs is
      calculated as:






($ in millions)							2003			2002			2001
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues						7,146.0			7,006.7			7,080.5
Less Operations expense						4,301.9			4,488.1			4,550.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA excluding Restructuring and workforce reduction costs	2,844.1			2,518.6			2,529.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


      The Company has issued guidance on and reports EBITDA excluding
      Restructuring and workforce reduction costs because it is a key measure
      used by management to evaluate performance of business units and it is
      utilized in measuring compliance with debt covenants. The Company also
      believes EBITDA is a measure commonly reported and widely used by
      investors as an indicator of a company's operating performance and
      ability to incur and service debt. The Company believes EBITDA assists
      investors in comparing a company's performance on a consistent basis
      without regard to depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash in
      nature and can vary significantly depending upon accounting methods or
      non-operating factors such as historical cost; and without regard to
      Restructuring and workforce reduction costs, which can be transitional
      in nature. EBITDA is not a calculation based on Canadian or U.S. GAAP
      and should not be considered an alternative to Operating income or Net
      income in measuring the Company's performance or used as an exclusive
      measure of cash flow because it does not consider the impact of working
      capital growth, capital expenditures, debt principal reductions and
      other sources and uses of cash, which are disclosed in the consolidated
      statements of cash flows. Investors should carefully consider the
      specific items included in TELUS' computation of EBITDA. While EBITDA
      has been disclosed herein to permit a more complete comparative analysis
      of the Company's operating performance and debt servicing ability
      relative to other companies, investors should be cautioned that EBITDA
      as reported by TELUS may not be comparable in all instances to EBITDA as
      reported by other companies.

  (3) Targets for 2004 have been set based upon EBITDA including
      Restructuring and workforce reduction costs. The definition of EBITDA
      was amended for 2004 to reflect a change in how the Company measures
      operating performance, as restructuring costs are anticipated to occur
      for the foreseeable future. See table below for the calculation. The
      2004 target also reflects adoption of CICA Handbook Section 3870 for
      share-based compensation and other share-based payments on a prospective
      basis, which is expected to be approximately $45 million in 2004.



($ in millions)							2003			2002			2001
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues						7,146.0			7,006.7			7,080.5
Less Operations expense						4,301.9			4,488.1			4,550.9
Less Restructuring and workforce reduction costs		   28.3			  569.9			  198.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA								2,815.8			1,948.7			2,331.2


  (4) Free cash flow excludes Restructuring and workforce reduction costs
      and payments, certain working capital changes, and other sources and
      uses of cash, which are disclosed in the consolidated statements of cash
      flows. Free cash flow is not a calculation based on Canadian or U.S.
      GAAP and should not be considered an alternative to consolidated
      statements of cash flows. Free cash flow is a measure that can be used
      to gauge TELUS' performance over time. Investors should be cautioned
      that Free cash flow as reported by TELUS may not be comparable in all
      instances to Free cash flow as reported by other companies. While the
      closest GAAP measure is Cash provided by operating activities, Free cash
      flow is relevant because it provides an indication of how much cash is
      available before changes in working capital (such as trade payables and
      receivables) and after funding capital expenditures and dividends. This
      measure is useful to reflect ongoing cash flows as restructuring and
      workforce reduction costs and payments can change dramatically and are
      not indicative of ongoing cash flow levels. The following reconciles
      Free cash flow with Cash provided by operating activities:



($ in millions)							2003			2002			2001
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash provided by operating activities				2,144.0			1,741.0			1,407.8
Less Net employee defined benefit plans expense (credits)	   53.0			   (9.8)		  (45.7)
Less Employer contributions to employee defined benefit plans	  (99.8)		  (75.3)		  (48.1)
Less Non-cash working capital changes,
 except change in taxes and interest				   49.2			  279.4			   48.0
Less Other, net operating activities				   44.0			  (11.6)		   (7.8)
Capital expenditures					       (1,252.7)	       (1,697.9)	       (2,605.3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free cash flow (2004 method)					  844.9			 (139.6)	       (1,143.9)
Add back Restructuring and workforce reduction cash payments	  287.7			  273.8			  129.8
Dividends							 (172.0)		 (135.6)		 (325.2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free cash flow							  960.6			   (1.4)	       (1,339.3)


      Free cash flow and free cash flow (2004 method) are calculated below.
      The measures for 2002 and 2001 have been restated on a consistent basis
      to include interest received, which, in 2003 and 2002 was primarily for
      the settlement of tax matters.



($ in millions)							2003			2002			2001
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA (excluding restructuring)				2,844.1			2,518.6			2,529.6
Cash interest paid						 (657.5)		 (675.8)		 (623.3)
Cash interest received						   41.6			   24.5			   14.6
Income taxes received (paid)					  165.5			   18.6			 (329.7)
Capital expenditures					       (1,252.7)	       (1,697.9)	       (2,605.3)
Dividends							 (172.0)		 (135.6)		 (325.2)
Investment tax credits received
  (included in both EBITDA and cash income taxes (recovery))	   (8.4)		  (53.8)		     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free cash flow							  960.6			   (1.4)	       (1,339.3)
Restructuring and workforce reduction cash payments		 (287.7)		 (273.8)		 (129.8)
Add back Dividends						  172.0			  135.6			  325.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free cash flow (2004 method) (5)				  844.9			 (139.6)	       (1,143.9)

   (5) Targets for 2004 have been set based upon free cash flow after
       restructuring payments and before dividend payments. The definition of
       Free cash flow was amended for 2004 to reflect a change in how the
       Company measures operating performance, as restructuring payments are
       anticipated to occur for the foreseeable future, and the level of
       dividend payments is set after consideration of cash flows before
       dividends are paid out.





Quarterly information
---------------------
($ in millions,
except per
share amounts)	   2003 Q4	 2003 Q3	2003 Q2	      2003 Q1	     2002 Q4	   2002 Q3	  2002 Q2	2002 Q1
                                                                                                  
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues   1,825.6 	   1,806.2 	  1,773.3 	1,740.9        1,794.4       1,766.3 	    1,748.0  	  1,698.0
Restructuring and
 workforce reduction
 costs			16.2 	       2.3 	      3.3 	    6.5 	 241.0 	       313.3 		3.1 	     12.5
Net income (loss)	49.6 	     115.9	     74.8 	   91.2 	(139.2)	      (107.4)	       18.4 	     (0.8)
Per weighted average
 Common Share and
 Non-Voting Share
 outstanding
   - basic	 	 0.13 	       0.32 	      0.21 	    0.26 	  (0.41)	(0.35)		0.05 	     (0.01)
   - diluted		 0.13 	       0.32 	      0.21 	    0.26 	  (0.41)	(0.35)		0.05 	     (0.01)
Dividends declared
 per Common Share
 and Non-Voting
 Share outstanding	 0.15 	       0.15 	      0.15 	    0.15 	   0.15 	 0.15 		0.15 	      0.15
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Performance to 2003 targets and guidance
----------------------------------------

TELUS exceeded or met all of its original targets and final guidance for TELUS
Mobility and exceeded or met all of the original targets and final guidance for
consolidated results, except for the original target for consolidated revenue,
which was negatively impacted by performance of the TELUS Communications. The
Communications segment exceeded or met its original targets for non-ILEC
EBITDA, capital expenditures and high-speed Internet subscriber net additions,
however, the original targets for segment revenue and segment EBITDA were not
achieved. The original target for non-ILEC revenue was met, when adjusted for
the revenue impact of asset dispositions. Communications segment results also
did not achieve final guidance for segment revenues and slightly exceeded final
guidance for capital expenditures, while meeting all other final guidance
targets. See the Results of operations for discussion of 2003 results, as
compared with 2002.



Performance to 2003 targets
and guidance			     2003 	          2002 	        	  Met M	     				  Met M
			            Results	      Annual report	 	       	      Revised
 						       targets for		  Not	     guidance for		  Not
							  2003			  Met X		2003			  Met X
				      		   		                		     		   
=================================================================================================================================
Consolidated
  Revenues			  $7.15 billion		$7.2 to 			     $7.1 to $7.2 billion(2)	    M
							$7.3 billion		    X
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EBITDA
  (excluding restructuring)	  $2.84 billion		$2.7 to 		    M	    $2.75 to $2.85 billion(2)       M
							$2.8 billion		 	     $2.8 to $2.85 billion(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Earnings per share - basic	     92 cents		  35 to 55 cents	    M	       50 to 70 cents(1)	    M
											       80 to 90 cents(2)	    M
											       85 to 95 cents(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital expenditures		 $1.253 billion		  Approx. 		    M	     $1.2 to $1.3 billion(2)	    M
							$1.5 billion			     $1.2 to $1.25 billion(3)       ~
											     Approx. $1.25 billion(4)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Free cash flow		   $961 million		$500 to 		    M	     $800 million to
							$600 million			       $1 billion(2)		    M
											     $900 million to
											       $1 billion(3)		    M
											     $915 to $965 million(4)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net debt to EBITDA ratio	    2.6 times		 3.0 times		    M	      2.8 times or less(2)	    M
											      2.7 times or less(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communications segment
  Revenue (external)		  $4.79 billion		$5.0 to			    X	    $4.85 to $4.9 billion(2)	    X
					 	       $5.05 billion			     $4.8 to $4.85 billion(3)	    X
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Non-ILEC revenue		 $555.4 million	        $575 million		    ~ (5)    Approx. $555 million(4)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EBITDA
  (excluding restructuring)	 $2.029 billion	      $2.075 to			    X	     $2.0 to $2.075 billion(2)	    M
						       $2.15 billion			   $2.025 to $2.05 billion(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Non-ILEC EBITDA 		$(28.7) million		  Approx. 		    M	     Approx. $(30) million(2)	    M
						       $(60) million
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital expenditures		   $893 million		  Approx.		    M	     $850 to $900 million(2)	    M
						       $1.05 billion			     $850 to $875 million(3)	    X
											     Approx. $875 million(4)	    X
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  High-speed Internet net additions  151,600		150,000 to		    M	     Approx. 125,000(2)		    M
							  175,000		    M	     Approx. 150,000(3)		    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mobility segment
  Revenue (external)		  $2.36 billion		$2.2 to			    M	    $2.25 to $2.3 billion(2)	    M
						       $2.25 billion		   	     $2.3 to $2.35 billion(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  EBITDA			   $815 million		$625 to			    M	     $675 to $700 million(1)	    M
							$650 million			     $750 to $775 million(2)	    M
											     $775 to $800 million(3)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Capital expenditures		   $360 million		  Approx. 	            M	     $350 to $400 million(2)	    M
						        $450 million			     $350 to $375 million(3)	    M
											     Approx. $375 million(4)	    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Wireless subscriber net additions  431,100		400,000 to	            M	     Approx. 350,000(1)		    M
							  450,000	            M	   350,000 to 375,000(2)   	    M
											     Approx. 400,000(3)		    M
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) First quarter revised guidance.
   (2) Second quarter revised guidance.
   (3) Third quarter revised guidance.
   (4) December 18, 2003 final guidance.
   (5) Revised downward by $20 million for the divestiture of application
       development assets.




Results of operations
---------------------

During the first quarter of 2003, the Canadian economy was operating at near
full production capacity due to strong domestic demand. However, due to
unforeseen developments over the second and third quarters of 2003 (e.g. SARS,
mad cow disease, power blackout in Ontario), economic growth was weaker than
expected. In addition, the 21% appreciation of the Canadian dollar against the
U.S. dollar constrained Canadian economic growth. Softness in wireline services
continued in 2003, and TELUS Communications experienced a decrease of about 4%
in revenues compared with expectations at the beginning of the year of flat to
1% growth. In contrast, strong growth occurred in the wireless industry, and
TELUS Mobility revenues increased by about 17% compared with the 9 to 11%
growth expected at the beginning of 2003.

Consolidated operating revenues increased by 2.0% and consolidated EBITDA
(excluding restructuring) increased by 12.9% for the year ended December 31,
2003, when compared with 2002. Revenue increased primarily because of 18.9%
network revenue growth and 14.3% subscriber growth in the TELUS Mobility, while
TELUS Communications revenues decreased by 4.0% because of negative regulatory
price cap impacts, continued price competition in long distance and lower
customer premises equipment sales. Consolidated EBITDA (excluding
restructuring) increased primarily because of revenue growth and scale
efficiencies in TELUS Mobility, which resulted in a 52.5% increase in TELUS
Mobility EBITDA (excluding restructuring), and savings realized in TELUS
Communications. TELUS Communications savings were a result of the Operational
Efficiency Program and reduced losses in non-incumbent operations, partly
offset by a higher pension expense in 2003 and significant non-recurring
investment tax credits recorded in 2002. TELUS Communications realized $304.0
million of incremental savings in 2003 from a cumulative reduction of
approximately 7,500 staff positions, the cumulative closure or consolidation of
44 customer contact centres, and the closure in 2002 of 33 retail phone stores.

Restructuring and workforce reduction costs decreased by $541.6 million in
2003, when compared with 2002, because the majority of the costs associated
with the second and third phases of the Operational Efficiency Program were
required to be expensed in 2002. Depreciation and amortization expenses
increased by $82.5 million or 5.3%, primarily as a result of the growth in
assets with shorter lives, including software and data network assets.

Interest on long-term and short-term debt decreased by $43.2 million in 2003,
when compared with 2002, primarily as a result of debt repurchases and
retirements. The decrease in interest on long-term and short-term debt was more
than offset by a non-recurring $82.7 million pre-tax gain on debt redemption
recorded in 2002. In addition, interest income increased by $17.4 million in
2003, primarily for the settlement of tax matters relating to prior years.

Net income increased to $331.5 million and earnings per share increased to 92
cents in 2003, compared with a net loss of $229.0 million and a net loss per
share of 75 cents in 2002. The improvement was due primarily to significant
growth in EBITDA and the lower charge for Restructuring and workforce reduction
costs in 2003.

		[Basic income (loss) per Share] Graph

During 2003, the Company generated free cash flow of $960.6 million, including
the receipt of $223.0 million of income taxes and interest for the settlement
of tax matters relating to prior years. Free cash flow after payments under
restructuring and workforce reduction initiatives and before dividend payments
was $844.9 million. As a result of strong free cash flow, TELUS reduced net
debt by $872.0 million in 2003. The net debt to EBITDA ratio improved to 2.6
times from 3.3 times at the start of 2003, while the EBITDA interest coverage
ratio improved to 4.5 times from 3.7 times at the beginning of the year, both
as a result of debt reduction and improvement in EBITDA (excluding
restructuring). Reduced leverage in TELUS was recognized by the four credit
rating agencies, which improved their credit rating outlooks or trends to one
'positive' and three 'stable' assessments at the end of 2003, from four
'negative' assessments at the beginning of the year. On March 2, 2004, Moody's
Investors Service announced it had upgraded TELUS' credit rating to Baa3
(investment grade) with a stable outlook from Ba1 with a positive outlook. In
the bond markets, TELUS Corporation notes appreciated during 2003 by
approximately 14%, while interest rate spreads over the relevant benchmark
government bonds narrowed by 72% on average.




Consolidated highlights
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 		       Change 	 	 %
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions except per share amounts)

Operating revenues					7,146.0 	7,006.7 		  139.3 	  2.0

EBITDA (excluding restructuring)			2,844.1 	2,518.6 		  325.5 	 12.9

Restructuring and workforce reduction costs		   28.3 	  569.9 		 (541.6)	(95.0)

EBITDA							2,815.8 	1,948.7 		  867.1 	 44.5

Net income (loss)					  331.5 	 (229.0)		  560.5 	   -

Earnings (loss) per share (EPS), basic			    0.92 	   (0.75)		    1.67 	   -

Cash dividends per share				    0.60 	    0.60 		     - 		   -

Cash provided by operating activities			2,144.0 	1,741.0 		  403.0 	 23.1
Capital expenditures					1,252.7 	1,697.9 		 (445.2)	(26.2)

Free cash flow						  960.6 	   (1.4)		  962.0 	   -
Free cash flow (2004 method)				  844.9 	 (139.6)		  984.5 	   -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The discussion below for Operating revenues, Operations expense, EBITDA
(excluding restructuring), Restructuring and workforce reduction costs and
Capital expenditures is presented on a segmented basis. All other discussion is
presented for the consolidated financial results.



Operating revenues - Communications segment
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Voice local(1)						2,087.5 	2,106.5 		 (19.0)		 (0.9)
Voice contribution					   73.2 	   89.4 		 (16.2)		(18.1)
Voice long distance(2)					  961.1 	1,016.0 		 (54.9)	 	 (5.4)
Data(3)							1,368.1 	1,366.6 		   1.5 	 	  0.1
Other							  296.5 	  410.8 		(114.3)		(27.8)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
External operating revenue				4,786.4 	4,989.3 		(202.9)		 (4.1)

Intersegment revenue					   94.5 	   95.3 		  (0.8)		 (0.8)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenue					4,880.9 	5,084.6 		(203.7)		 (4.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) Voice local - incremental regulatory price cap reductions of
       $16.0 million for the fourth quarter and $48.2 million for the year
       ended December 31, 2003.
   (2) Voice long distance - incremental regulatory price cap changes of
       positive $0.6 million for the fourth quarter and negative $0.6 million
       for the year ended December 31, 2003.
   (3) Data - incremental regulatory price cap reductions of $4.3 million
       for the fourth quarter and $29.4 million for the year ended December 31,
       2003.




TELUS' Communications segment continued its strategic focus on driving
increased profitability by focusing on operational efficiency and cost control
in the face of declining revenues.

Voice local revenue is generated from access to the Company's network, which is
provided to customers on a monthly subscription basis, and from the Company's
optional and pay-per-use enhanced services. Local access revenue decreased by
$31.5 million in 2003, when compared with 2002, due to price cap decision
impacts and fewer access lines - partly offset by growth in non-ILEC business.
Increased local enhanced services revenue of $12.5 million in 2003 partly
offset the decline in local access revenues. Excluding the negative price cap
impacts, voice local revenue increased by $29.2 million or 1.4% in 2003, when
compared with 2002.

Consumer network access lines decreased by 36,000 in 2003 compared with a
decrease of 32,000 in 2002. Consumer line losses were a result of technological
substitution and competitive activity. Technological substitution included the
loss of lines to wireless services, making the traditional measurement of local
market share based on the share of lines a less useful metric, particularly
when basic wireline services are closely regulated and wireless services are
not. Business network access lines decreased by 5,000 in 2003 compared with a
decrease of 24,000 in 2002. Business lines decreased primarily as a result of
continued migration to more efficient ISDN services, offset by gains in Central
and Eastern Canada exceeding competitive losses in Western Canada. The 0.8%
decrease in total access lines in 2003 was slightly lower than the 1.1%
decrease in 2002.

Voice contribution revenue, which represents TELUS' share of contribution pool
funds for providing service in high cost rural service areas, decreased in
2003, when compared with 2002. The decrease was a result of a lower shortfall
calculated according to the methods prescribed by the CRTC for TELUS and other
industry competitors.

Voice long distance revenue decreased in 2003, when compared with 2002,
primarily as a result of fewer consumer and business minutes and price
competition. Consumer revenues decreased as a result of competitive pressures
including 'dial-around' services, partly offset by an increase in the monthly
long distance plan administration fee from $1.25 to $2.95 in February 2003.
Business revenues decreased as a result of fewer minutes and lower rates.
Wholesale settlement revenues were relatively unchanged in 2003 as higher
volumes were offset by lower prices. Substitution to alternative technologies
such as e-mail, Internet and wireless contributed to long distance revenue and
minute erosion. The traditional measurement of wireline long distance market
share is a less reliable measure as a result of IP and wireless substitution.

Data revenues include Internet access, hosting and applications, LAN/WAN,
gateway service, internetworking and remote access, managed information
technology (IT) services and legacy data services such as private line,
switched data services, data local access, data settlements and data equipment
sales. Wireless data revenues are included in Mobility segment Network
revenues. Communications segment data revenue growth was relatively flat as
increased Internet-related revenues were offset by price cap impacts and lower
revenues for data equipment sales and other services. This included a reduction
of application development revenues by approximately $21 million in 2003, when
compared with 2002, due to the disposal of certain assets during the second
quarter of 2003. Data revenue growth normalized for the disposal of assets and
the negative price cap impacts was $51.8 million or 3.8% in 2003, as compared
with 2002. Internet service revenues increased by $71.9 million in 2003,
primarily as a result of growth in the Internet subscriber base, partly offset
by lower introductory pricing. TELUS high-speed Internet subscriber additions
decreased by 22.4% for the year in line with market growth, but were up 5.3% to
45,500 during the fourth quarter of 2003 due in part to the success of a new
introductory offer, as well as strong market demand.

Other revenue decreased in 2003, when compared with 2002, primarily as a result
of lower voice equipment rental and sales, as well as lower rent from support
structures, lower installation and contract services, and lower individual line
service grants in respect of the conversion of multi-party lines to single
lines in high cost rural areas in Alberta in the early 1990s.

Total external operating revenue discussed above included non-ILEC revenues of
$555.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, compared with $527.2
million for the same period in 2002, an increase of $28.2 million or 5.3%.
Growth in non-ILEC application development revenues was affected by the
disposal of certain assets discussed in data revenues above, reducing the
revenues by approximately $21 million in 2003, when compared with 2002.
Normalized for such asset disposals, non-ILEC revenues increased by
approximately $49.2 million or 9% for the full year.

Intersegment revenues represent services provided by the Communications segment
to the Mobility segment. These revenues are eliminated upon consolidation
together with the associated expense in TELUS Mobility.



Key operating indicators - Communications segment
(000s)							2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at December 31
-----------------
Network access lines, end of year			4,870 		4,911 			(41)		 (0.8)

Total Internet subscribers(1), end of year		  881.4 	  801.7 		 79.7 		  9.9
  Dial-up						  319.8 	  391.7 		(71.9)		(18.4)
  High-speed						  561.6 	  410.0 		151.6 		 37.0

Years ended December 31
-----------------------
Change in network access lines				  (41)		  (56)			 15 		 26.8

Total Internet subscriber net additions(1)		   79.7  	  131.8 		(52.1)		(39.5)
  Dial-up						  (71.9)	  (63.4)		 (8.5)		(13.4)
  High-speed						  151.6 	  195.2 		(43.6)		(22.3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) As a result of a subscriber audit following a billing system
       conversion in the third quarter of 2002, Internet subscriber counts and
       net additions for 2003 are net of reductions of approximately 13,000
       dial-up subscribers and approximately 4,700 high-speed Internet
       subscribers.




           [TELUS Mobility Revenue] Graph



Operating revenues - Mobility segment
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Network revenue						2,183.7 	1,852.7 		  331.0 	 17.9
Equipment revenue					  175.9 	  164.7 		   11.2 	  6.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
External operating revenue				2,359.6 	2,017.4 		  342.2 	 17.0

Intersegment revenue					   15.7 	   17.5 		   (1.8)	(10.3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenue					2,375.3 	2,034.9 		  340.4 	 16.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


TELUS Mobility Network revenue is generated from monthly billings for access
fees, incremental airtime charges, prepaid time consumed or expired, wireless
Internet services and fees for value-added services. Network revenue increased
significantly for the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared with 2002. The
Network revenue growth was a result of the continued expansion of TELUS
Mobility's subscriber base by 14.3% to approximately 3.4 million subscribers
from 3.0 million subscribers one year ago. In addition, ARPU increased to $57
in 2003 as compared with $55 in 2002.

TELUS Mobility's execution of its strategic focus on profitable revenue growth
and subscriber retention resulted in a higher ARPU and an improved churn rate
year over year. The improved ARPU was a result of increased usage and
disciplined pricing changes including per-minute billing and the reduction of
eligible hours included in certain 'free evening and weekend' rate plan
features. Average minutes of use (MOU) per subscriber per month were 350 in
2003 as compared with 290 in 2002. At December 31, 2003, postpaid subscribers
accounted for 82.1% of the total cumulative subscriber base as compared with
83.1% one year earlier and have been stable during the current year. Net
postpaid additions represented 74.5% of all net additions in 2003 as compared
with 72.2% in 2002. Annual total net subscriber additions of 431,000 increased
compared with last year. This was driven in part by a successful fourth quarter
advertising campaign that highlighted TELUS' new camera phones and picture
messaging service. The campaign helped to establish a market leadership
position for TELUS Mobility in the camera phone marketplace.

Blended postpaid and prepaid churn rate improved significantly to 1.5% in 2003,
as compared with 1.8% in 2002 Deactivations for the full year of 2003 were
556,100 as compared with 599,100 for the same period last year, representing a
7.2% decline despite a larger subscriber base. The decline in churn can be
attributed to improved network quality and coverage, improved client service
levels, client contracting as part of loyalty and retention programs, and
specific grandfathered rate plans related to per-second billing and the change
to certain 'free evening and weekend' rate plan features.

Equipment sales, rental and service revenue in 2003 increased by $11.2 million
or 6.8% to $175.9 million despite a decline in gross subscriber additions from
1,016,900 to 987,200, principally due to product mix and higher handset prices.

Intersegment revenues represent services provided by the Mobility segment to
the Communications segment and are eliminated upon consolidation along with the
associated expense in TELUS Communications.



Key operating indicators - Mobility segment
(000s for subscribers and additions)			2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
As at December 31
-----------------
Subscribers - postpaid					2,811.8 	2,490.6 		  321.2 	   12.9
Subscribers - prepaid(1)				  612.2 	  504.9 		  107.3 	   21.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscribers - total					3,424.0 	2,995.5 		  428.5 	   14.3

Total POPs(2) covered including
  roaming/resale (millions)(3)				   29.9 	   27.5 		    2.4 	    8.7

Years ended December 31
-----------------------
Net subscriber additions - postpaid			  321.2 	  301.6 		   19.6 	    6.5
Net subscriber additions - prepaid(1)			  109.9 	  116.2 		   (6.3)	   (5.4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net subscriber additions - total			  431.1 	  417.8 		   13.3 	    3.2

Churn, per month (%)(1)(4a)				    1.5 	    1.8 		   (0.3)	     -
Acquisition COA(4b)
  per gross subscriber addition ($)(4c) (5)		  430 		  425 			    5 		    1.2
ARPU ($)(4d)						   57 		   55 			    2 		    3.6

EBITDA(4e) to network revenue (%)			   37.3 	   28.9 		    8.4 	     -
Retention COA to network revenue (%)			    4.7 	    3.9 		    0.8 	     -
EBITDA(4e) excluding
  Acquisition COA ($ millions)(4f)			1,240.0 	  944.0 		  296.0 	   31.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Based on an audit of the prepaid platform in the fourth quarter of
      2003, a one-time adjustment was made to the prepaid subscriber base.
      Cumulative subscribers were reduced by approximately 7,600 in the
      period. Of the 7,600, net additions as recorded for 2003 reflected a
      5,000 adjustment for current year deactivations. Management believes the
      deactivations related to the prior period are immaterial and therefore
      net additions have not been restated. Furthermore, 2003 churn was
      calculated to reflect the 5,000 deactivations in the current year.
  (2) POPs is an acronym for population. A POP refers to one person living
      in a population area, which in whole or substantial part is included in
      the coverage areas.
  (3) TELUS Mobility has not activated all digital-roaming areas. As at
      December 31, 2003, TELUS Mobility PCS digital population coverage was
      22.2 million and 29.5 million including the roaming/resale agreements
      principally with Bell Mobility and Aliant Telecom Wireless.
  (4) The following are not measures under accounting principles generally
      accepted in Canada and the U.S. These measures are industry metrics and
      are useful in assessing the operating performance of a wireless company.
      The definitions of these measures are as follows:
          a. Churn is calculated as the number of subscriber units
             disconnected during the period divided by the average number of
             units on the network,expressed as a rate per month.
          b. Acquisition COA consists of the total of handset subsidies,
             commissions, and advertising and promotion expenses related to the
             initial customer acquisition during a given period.
          c. Acquisition COA per gross subscriber addition is Acquisition COA
             divided by gross subscriber activations during the period.
          d. ARPU is calculated as network service revenue divided by the
             average number of units on the network during the period, expressed
             as a rate per month.
          e. Excluding restructuring of $6.5 million in 2002.
          f. EBITDA excluding Acquisition COA is a measure for operational
             profitability normalized for the period costs of adding new
             customers.
  (5) For the year ended December 31, 2002, Acquisition COA of $425
      excluded the effect of the $21.0 million favourable clarification of tax
      legislation by the Ontario Provincial Sales Tax (PST) authorities,
      representing a reversal of a cumulative COA liability.






Operations expense - Communications segment
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					2,852.2 	3,100.8 		 (248.6)	(8.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Operations expense for the Communications segment decreased in 2003, when
compared with 2002, primarily due to the traction of the Operational Efficiency
Program as well as lower non-ILEC expenses and lower equipment costs of sales,
partly offset by an increased pension expense in 2003. In addition, expenses
for 2002 were reduced by significant investment tax credits as a result of a
settlement of tax matters. The significant changes in operating expenses for
the year ended December 31, 2003, when compared with the same period in 2002,
were:

Operational Efficiency Program and staffing-related changes

Cumulative savings achieved since the inception of the Operational Efficiency
Program in 2001 were $454 million and all of the program targets for the end of
2003 were attained or exceeded.

   * Savings in salaries, benefits, employee-related overhead costs,
     contracting and consulting costs, advertising and promotions expense and
     other such costs under this program were $304.0 million. Net staff
     departures in 2003 under this program were approximately 1,500 for the
     full year. Two small divestitures reduced staff levels by 200 for the
     full year. Partly offsetting these staff reductions were the addition of
     161 staff from a newly formed partnership with the Calgary Health
     Authority (TELUS Sourcing Solutions) and the addition of 215 staff to
     in-source Internet help desk services to a new Montreal call centre.
     Neither of these two initiatives were anticipated when the Operational
     Efficiency Program was announced. Consequently, Communications segment
     overall staff count decreased by 1,303 for the full year. There were
     18,430 full-time equivalent employees at the end of 2003, a decrease of
     1,238 when compared with 19,668 at the end of 2002;

   * Expenses increased by $22.5 million in 2003, when compared with 2002, as a
     result of lower labour capitalization representing lower capital build
     activities as a result of Operational Efficiency Program savings;

Significant non-recurring items

   * Expenses for 2002 were lowered by $50.5 million as a result of
     significant non-recurring investment tax credits, partly offset by $1.3
     million of investment tax credits for the full year of 2003. The
     investment tax credits were recognized as a result of a settlement with
     tax authorities for previous years' claims and were recorded as a
     reduction of operations expense;

Other changes

   * Transit and termination costs decreased by $34.8 million as a result
     of a significant decrease in the cost per minute of outbound traffic,
     despite an increase in traffic;

   * Equipment cost of sales decreased by $71.0 million, primarily as a
     result of lower sales of voice and data equipment. This included
     approximately $15 million of lower high-speed Internet cost of sales as
     a result of reduced gross additions of high-speed Internet subscribers,
     lower modem prices and recognition of certain promotional discounts to
     customers recorded as an offset against revenues;

   * Bad debt expense decreased by $14.6 million as a result of the effects
     in 2002 of the unstable global telecom and high technology industries on
     non-ILEC results, as well as reduced exposure in 2003 arising from
     improved credit and collections processes;

   * Revenue taxes, which are contributions to the national fund for
     providing service in high cost rural service areas, decreased by $12.5
     million. The decrease was primarily a result of the December 19, 2003
     CRTC Decision that reduced the 2003 contribution rate from 1.3% in 2002
     to 1.1% of eligible revenues;

   * The expense for the Software and Related Technology and Service
     Agreements with Verizon Communications Inc. (Verizon) was $8.1 million
     lower in 2003, primarily because of the appreciation of the Canadian
     dollar against the U.S. dollar;

   * Pension expense for defined benefit and defined contribution plans
     increased by $49.9 million;

   * Overtime expenses increased by $11.9 million in the second half of
     2003, as compared with the same period in 2002. These costs were
     incurred primarily to improve customer service and clear backlogs
     created by a number of natural disasters, staffing and system conversion
     issues in the third quarter of 2003;

   * Additional costs for the new partnership with the Calgary Health
     Authority and establishment of the Montreal call centre were $7.4
     million in 2003. The partnership with the Calgary Health Authority was
     established to deliver end-to-end human resources solutions to health
     care and other organizations, while the Montreal call centre has been
     established to in-source Internet help desk services from a third party;

   * Inflation and all other changes increased expenses by $54.5 million.

Included in the total segment expenses discussed above are non-ILEC operations
expenses for 2003 of $580.0 million, as compared with $634.5 million in 2002.
This represented a decrease of $54.5 million or 8.6% as a result of increasing
the proportion of on-net traffic, increased competitive data network access
discounts and other operating efficiencies including a lower bad debt expense.



Operations expense - Mobility segment
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					1,559.9 	1,500.1 		   59.8 	 4.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


TELUS Mobility operations expense increased by $38.8 million or 2.6% in 2003
when compared with 2002 (after normalizing for the $21.0 million favourable PST
ruling in 2002). TELUS Mobility has been able to achieve significant economies
of scale as evidenced by growth in subscribers of 14.3% in 2003 and 17.9%
growth in Network revenue, with only a nominal increase in operating expenses
year-over-year.

Expenses related to equipment sales increased by $7.5 million or 2.0% in 2003
when compared with 2002. However, prior year expenses included a $21.0 million
reduction resulting from a clarification of provincial sales tax legislation
related to handset subsidies, which represented the reversal of a cumulative
liability previously recorded in marketing cost of acquisition (COA). Once
normalized to exclude the 2002 provincial sales tax credit, equipment expense
for 2003 decreased by $13.5 million or 3.4%, as compared with 2002. This
decrease was principally due to a decline in gross subscriber activations and
improved handset pricing, including favourable exchange rates, offset partially
by the introduction of a new suite of products, including the camera phone in
the fourth quarter, and increased retention activity. Gross subscriber
activations were 987,200 in 2003 as compared with 1,016,900 in 2002. Handset
costs are included in marketing COA.

Network operating expenses consist of site-related expenses, transmission
costs, spectrum licence fees, contribution revenue taxes, and other direct
costs related to network operations. Network operating expenses increased to
$371.0 million in 2003 as compared with $366.7 million in 2002. This occurred
as a result of increases in transmission and site-related expenses to support
the increased number of cell sites, a larger subscriber base, and improved
network quality and coverage. These costs were partially offset by a reduction
in Industry Canada spectrum licence fees. TELUS Mobility has focused efforts on
containing network costs through negotiating improved leased transmission
rates, roaming rates and maintenance rates with a number of telecommunications
carriers and key vendors. TELUS Mobility also continues to build out microwave
facilities to continue the reduction in future transmission costs. TELUS
Mobility's digital population coverage expanded by 2.1 million to 29.5 million
in 2003 due to the continued activation of digital roaming regions and network
expansion.

Marketing expenses excluding handset subsidies were $297.4 million in 2003 as
compared with $249.4 million in 2002. The increases were primarily due to
higher advertising expenses and dealer compensation costs associated with the
expanded subscriber base and to increased re-contracting activity. Despite the
higher marketing expenses, acquisition COA remained relatively flat in 2003 at
$430 as compared with $425 in 2002 (excluding any benefit from the $21.0
million PST clarification). The year-over-year cost remained relatively flat as
Mobility continued to grow profitably. Combined with the improved churn, this
indicates COA over the life of the subscriber continued to improve
significantly in 2003 as compared with 2002.

General and administration (G&A) expenses consist of employee compensation and
benefits, facilities, client services, bad debt and various other expenses. G&A
expenses were unchanged in 2003 at $512.8 million despite subscriber base
growth of 14.3% and Network revenue growth of 17.9%. TELUS Mobility increased
full-time equivalent employees (FTEs) by 4.4% to 5,387 from 5,161 one year
earlier to support the significant growth in the subscriber base and continued
expansion of its company-owned retail stores. Higher payroll costs were offset
by lower bad debts. The improvements in bad debts can be attributed to the
completion of billing system conversions in 2002 and improvement in credit and
collections. TELUS Mobility completed five major billing system conversions by
October 2002 after an 18-month integration period.



EBITDA (excluding restructuring) by segment
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Communications segment					2,028.7 	1,983.8 		   44.9 	  2.3
Mobility segment					815.4 		  534.8 		  280.6 	 52.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Consolidated					2,844.1 	2,518.6 		  325.5 	 12.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA (excluding restructuring) margin percentage(1) by segment
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 	 		Change
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
%
Communications segment					41.6 		   39.0 		    2.6
Mobility segment (2)					34.3 		   26.3 		    8.0
TELUS Consolidated					39.8 		   35.9 		    3.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) EBITDA (excluding restructuring) divided by total revenue.
   (2) EBITDA (excluding restructuring of $6.5 million in 2002) as a
       percentage of network revenue was 37.3% for 2003, as compared with 28.9%
       (27.7% before PST clarification) for 2002.



Communications segment EBITDA (excluding restructuring) for 2002 was positively
impacted by $50.5 million of significant non-recurring investment tax credits.
Normalized for the 2002 investment tax credits and the price cap decision
impacts, Communications segment EBITDA (excluding restructuring) increased by
$173.9 million or 9.0% in 2003 as compared with 2002. EBITDA (excluding
restructuring) and the related margin improved in 2003 primarily as a result
of:

   * Operational Efficiency Program savings of $304 million;
   * non-ILEC EBITDA (excluding restructuring) improvements of $78.4
     million;
   * partly offset by negative price cap decision impacts, decreasing long
     distance and other revenues, and increased pension costs.

Improved TELUS Mobility segment EBITDA (excluding restructuring of $6.5 million
in 2002) and the related margin is attributable to strong ARPU and subscriber
growth combined with a significant reduction in the churn rate and cost
containment. Consequently, EBITDA (excluding restructuring) grew by 52.5% to
$815.4 million in 2003. When the $21.0 million favourable PST clarification in
2002 is excluded, EBITDA (excluding restructuring) for 2003 increased by 58.7%.
The EBITDA (excluding restructuring) margin, when calculated as a percentage of
network revenue, improved to 37.3% for 2003 as compared with 28.9% (27.7%
before the PST clarification) for 2002.

        [ Consolidated EBITA (escluding restructuring)] Graph



Restructuring and workforce reduction costs
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Communications segment					   28.3 	  563.4 		 (535.1)	 (95.0)
Mobility segment					     - 		    6.5 		   (6.5)	(100.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Consolidated					   28.3 	  569.9 		 (541.6)	 (95.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Restructuring and workforce reduction costs were recorded for initiatives under
the Company's Operational Efficiency Program. In 2001, the Company initiated
the phased Operational Efficiency Program aimed at improving operating and
capital productivity and competitiveness. The second and third phases commenced
in 2002, with the third phase continuing into 2003. The Company achieved its
target for closing or consolidating 44 Communications segment customer contact
centres by the end of 2003. It is currently expected that two additional call
centres will be closed or consolidated in 2005. The restructuring charge for
2003 exceeded the originally anticipated $20 million by $8.3 million, in part
for costs associated with approximately 50 remaining departures under the
program during the first quarter of 2004. As of December 31, 2003, no future
costs remain to be recorded under the Operational Efficiency Program.

Net staff reductions under the Operational Efficiency Program in the
Communications segment were approximately 6,700 between January 2002 and
December 2003. Since the inception of the Operational Efficiency Program in
2001, the Company has reduced its staff count by approximately 7,500, comprised
of 5,500 bargaining unit positions and 2,000 management positions. An
additional 50 staff reductions will occur under this program during 2004.

It is expected that approximately $30 million of restructuring charges will be
recorded in 2004, primarily in respect of new efficiency initiatives.

Savings in the Communications segment since inception of the Operational
Efficiency Program have increased to approximately $454 million by the end of
2003. As a result of exceeding targeted staff count reductions, TELUS believes
that the previously announced annual recurring savings from this program will
be met in 2004.



Depreciation and amortization
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Depreciation						1,272.9 	1,213.7 		  59.2 		  4.9
Amortization of intangible assets			  379.9 	  356.6 		  23.3 		  6.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
							1,652.8 	1,570.3 		  82.5 		  5.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Depreciation and amortization expenses increased in 2003, when compared with
2002, primarily as a result of growth in capital assets with shorter lives,
including billing system and customer relationship management software, and
data network capital assets. This included a write-off of Communications
segment customer relationship management software assets of $25.0 million in
2003, partially offset by lower amortization for fully amortized software
assets.



Other expense
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					   23.3 	   42.7 		  (19.4)	(45.4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Other expense includes accounts receivable securitization expense, income or
impairments in portfolio investments including 2002 discontinued operations,
gains and losses on disposal of property, and charitable donations.

   * Accounts receivable securitization expense increased by $3.6 million
     to $13.5 million in 2003, when compared with 2002. The increase was a
     result of expanding the securitization program in July 2002. While the
     proceeds from securitization averaged $453 million in 2003, compared
     with $255 million in 2002, the proceeds at the end of 2003 were $300
     million.

   * Losses from portfolio investments of $11.8 million in 2003 were offset
     by gains from the sale of properties of $9.2 million in 2003. For 2002,
     losses from portfolio investments and properties were $27.6 million.

   * Consistent with the Company's objective of contributing 1% or more of
     pre-tax income, as defined under the Imagine formula, charitable
     donations expense increased to $7.4 million in 2003, compared with $6.8
     million in 2002.



Financing costs
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					  628.0 	  604.1 		   23.9 	  4.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Financing costs include interest expense on long-term and short-term debt,
gains on debt repurchases, interest income, foreign exchange gains and losses
and amortization of debt issue costs.

   * Financing costs in 2002 were net of an $82.7 million pre-tax gain on
     debt redemption. The gain arose from the repurchase of approximately
     $410 million principal amount of notes and debentures of TELUS
     Corporation and TELUS Communications Inc. for a cash outlay of
     approximately $318 million, including commissions and net of cross
     currency swap unwind proceeds.

   * Interest on long-term and short-term debt was $671.7 million in 2003,
     representing a decrease of $43.2 million, when compared with 2002,
     primarily a result of debt repurchases and retirements. TELUS maintains
     a hedging program using cross currency swaps, and as a result, long-term
     financing costs were generally unaffected by the appreciation of the
     Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar in 2003. Debt, including
     long-term debt, current maturities and the deferred hedging liability
     (asset), was $7,436 million at December 31, 2003 and $8,261 million at
     December 31, 2002. The average debt outstanding in 2003 was $7,872
     million, as compared with $8,699 million in 2002.

   * Interest income, which has the effect of reducing financing costs,
     increased by $17.4 million in 2003, when compared with 2002. Interest
     income in both years was recognized primarily as a result of tax refunds
     received from the settlement of various tax matters.

                   [Net Financing Costs] Graph



Income taxes (recovery)
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					  176.9 	  (42.5)		  219.4 	   -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The increase in Income taxes in 2003, when compared with 2002, was primarily
related to the $780.1 million increase in income before taxes. The effective
tax rate in 2003 was significantly impacted by two tax factors: (i) a positive
$47.0 million income tax adjustment for settlement of tax matters relating to
prior years, which had higher tax rates, partly offset by (ii) an increase in
tax expense resulting from a revaluation of future income tax assets and future
income tax liabilities caused by an increase in the tax rate in the Province of
Ontario.



Non-controlling interest
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					    3.3 	    3.1 		    0.2 	  6.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Non-controlling interest primarily represents a partner's interest in a
small foreign subsidiary.



Preferred dividends
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					    3.5 	    3.5 		     - 		   -

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


There were no significant changes to quarterly dividends on preferred shares.



Interest on convertible debentures
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					    7.1 	    6.8 		    0.3 	  4.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The interest on convertible debentures is presented net of related income
taxes. As these debentures are convertible into Non-Voting Shares and are
classified as equity on the balance sheet, the related interest is recorded as
a charge to retained earnings rather than an interest expense.

Liquidity and capital resources
-------------------------------



Cash provided by operating activities
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					2,144.0 	1,741.0 		  403.0 	 23.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Cash provided by operating activities increased in 2003, when compared with
2002, principally due to improvement in operating profitability, the recovery
of income taxes in 2003 associated with settlement of tax matters, an increase
in advance billings and customer deposits and lower interest, partly offset by
the reduction in securitized account receivables in 2003 compared with an
increase in securitized account receivables in 2002. EBITDA (excluding
restructuring) increased by $325.5 million in 2003. Interest paid decreased by
$18.3 million to $657.5 million in 2003 as a result of debt reduction, while
interest received increased by $17.1 million to $41.6 million in 2003,
primarily from the settlement of tax matters. Cash recovery of income taxes
associated with settlement of prior years' tax matters was $183.5 million or
$165.5 million net of tax installments in 2003, compared with $18.6 million net
of tax installments in 2002. Advanced billings and customer deposits increased
by $114.7 million during 2003 due to the continued deferral of revenue under
the price cap regime and the increase in the Mobility subscriber base. The
Company made accounts receivable securitization reduction payments of $175
million in 2003, whereas in 2002, the Company increased the amount of
securitized receivables by $150 million. Restructuring payments were $287.7
million in 2003 as compared with $273.8 million in 2002.



Cash used by investing activities
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31				       (1,197.8)       (1,691.1)		  493.3		 29.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Cash used by investing activities decreased in 2003, when compared with 2002,
primarily as a result of reduced capital expenditures. The Company also
disposed of non-strategic properties and investments for total proceeds of
$51.2 million, including an administrative property under the terms of a sale
and leaseback transaction, on which an $8.2 million pre-tax gain, on total cash
proceeds of $19.3 million, was deferred and is being amortized over the term of
the lease. In 2002, the Company disposed of its remaining directory operations
in the U.S. for proceeds of $7.8 million.



Capital expenditures by segment
Years ended December 31					2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
($ in millions)
Communications segment					  892.8 	1,238.2 		 (345.4)	(27.9)
Mobility segment					  358.4 	  455.1 		  (96.7)	(21.2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital expenditures - general				1,251.2 	1,693.3 		 (442.1)	(26.1)
Mobility segment - wireless spectrum			    1.5 	    4.6 		   (3.1)	(67.4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total capital expenditures				1,252.7 	1,697.9 		 (445.2)	(26.2)
===========================================================================================================----------------------

Capital expenditure intensity (1) (%)			   17.5 	   24.2 		   (6.7)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

   (1) Capital intensity is measured by dividing capital expenditures into
       operating revenues, expressed as a percentage. This measure provides a
       method of comparing the level of capital expenditures to other companies
       within the same industry.



Communications segment capital expenditures decreased significantly in 2003,
when compared with 2002, a result of Operational Efficiency Program initiatives
and completion of several national expansion initiatives in 2002. Non-ILEC
expenditures decreased by $91.6 million to $122.8 million as the Company
concentrated its deployment activity on meeting growth demands through the use
of assets in place. ILEC capital expenditures decreased by $253.8 million to
$770.1 million in 2003 when compared with 2002. The primary changes in ILEC
capital expenditures were:

   * high-speed Internet (ADSL) facilities and systems expenditures
     decreased by $94.9 million to $97.6 million in 2003 due to a focus on
     higher utilization of existing facilities, the completion of accelerated
     facility and system deployment in 2002, and slower growth in the
     industry;

   * there were no purchases of software licences from Verizon in 2003
     compared with $65.1 million in 2002; and

   * spending on network infrastructure decreased due to lower demand for
     facilities, while spending on internal systems and processes also
     decreased due to completion of initiatives in 2002, as planned, such as
     the national long distance and card service platform and internal Web
     enablement projects, partly offset by increased spending on new service
     development.

The Communications segment capital intensity ratio was 18.3% in 2003 as
compared with 24.4% in 2002, mainly due to the significant reduction of capital
expenditures on relatively flat revenues. Cash flow (EBITDA excluding
restructuring less capital expenditures) increased by $390.3 million to
$1,135.9 million in 2003 when compared with 2002.

Mobility capital expenditures significantly decreased in 2003 when compared
with 2002. TELUS Mobility continued the enhancement of digital wireless
coverage and started building out a significant amount of microwave in 2003
aimed at reducing future leased line transmission costs. Capital spending
declined significantly year-over-year principally as a result of:

   * implementation of the 1X digital network in 2002;

   * digital conversion of analog networks in 2002;

   * reduced coverage expansion costs in 2003 due to operationalized
     roaming/resale agreements in 2002 with Bell Mobility and Aliant Telecom
     Wireless; and

   * improved infrastructure equipment costs and a stronger Canadian dollar.


Capital expenditure intensity for TELUS Mobility decreased to 15.2% in 2003
from 22.6% in 2002, due to both lower capital spending and significant growth
in Network revenues. As a result of continued strong growth in EBITDA
(excluding restructuring) and reduced capital expenditure intensity, Mobility
generated substantially improved cash flow (EBITDA excluding restructuring less
capital expenditures) of $455.5 million or 20.9% of Network revenue in 2003, as
compared with $75.1 million or 4.1% in 2002.

Both segments have contributed to significantly improved consolidated cash flow
(EBITDA excluding restructuring less capital expenditures) of $1,591.4 million
in 2003, when compared with $820.7 million in 2002.

               [Capital Expenditures] Graph



Cash used by financing activities
($ in millions)						2003 		2002 			Change 		%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Years ended December 31					 (931.0)	  (76.0)		 (855.0)	     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Cash used by financing activities increased in 2003, when compared with 2002 as
a result of the following:

   * Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares issued - Proceeds received from
     shares issued from Treasury under the employee share purchase plan and
     from share option plans were $86.6 million for 2003, compared with
     proceeds of $92.2 million for 2002 under the same plans, from exercised
     warrants and from additional shares purchased by Verizon pursuant to
     anti-dilutive rights.

   * Public issuance of Non-Voting Shares - $nil in 2003; $337.4 million in
     2002. In September 2002, a public issuance of 34.25 million Non-Voting
     Shares was offered concurrently in Canada and the U.S. at a share price
     of $9.85 (Canadian dollars) for aggregate gross proceeds of $337.4
     million. The net proceeds of $322.9 million were used to repurchase and
     repay debt, including bank debt incurred to repurchase notes of TELUS
     Corporation and notes and debentures of TELUS Communications Inc., and
     for general corporate purposes. The debt was repurchased at an average
     discount of 21%, while equity dilution was limited to 10% from the
     September 2002 public share issuance.

   * Dividends to shareholders - Cash dividends paid to shareholders
     increased by $36.4 million for 2003, when compared with 2002. The
     increase in cash dividends resulted from an increased number of shares
     outstanding, partly offset by a higher enrolment in dividend
     reinvestment plans (approximately 25% for the dividend paid in October
     2003, compared with approximately 21% one year earlier). The 15-cent
     quarterly dividend paid per Common Share and Non-Voting Share remained
     unchanged from one year earlier.

   * Net debt redemptions (Long-term debt issued net of Redemptions and
     repayment of long-term debt and Change in short-term obligations) were
     $828.7 million in 2003. This compares with net debt repurchases and
     redemptions of $341.2 million in 2002. Net debt redemptions in 2003
     included approximately $645 million of bank facilities, $151 million of
     medium-term notes, and $30 million of First Mortgage Bonds. In the
     second half of 2002, the Company repurchased approximately $410 million
     principal amount of notes and bank debt for a cash outlay of
     approximately $318 million, including commissions, and net of cross
     currency swap unwind proceeds.

Liquidity and capital resource measures



							      Dec. 31,		      Dec. 31,
Period ended  							2003			2002		       Change
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Components of debt and coverage ratios
Net debt(1)  ($ millions)					7,518.2 		8,390.3 		 (872.1)
Total capitalization(2)  - book value ($ millions)	       14,190.9 	       14,834.1 		 (643.2)

EBITDA (excluding restructuring) ($ millions)			2,844.1 		2,518.6 		  325.5
Net interest cost(3)  ($ millions)				  628.0 		  686.8 		  (58.8)

Debt ratios
Fixed rate debt as a proportion of total indebtedness (%)	  100.0 		   93.4 		    6.6
Average term to maturity of debt (years)			    6.2 		    6.6 		   (0.4)

Net debt to total capitalization (%)				   53.0 		   56.6 		   (3.6)
Net debt to EBITDA(4)						    2.6 		    3.3 		   (0.7)

Coverage ratios
Earnings coverage(5)						    1.7 		    0.6 		    1.1
EBITDA(6) interest coverage(7)					    4.5 		    3.7 		    0.8

Other measures
Free cash flow(8)  ($ millions)					  960.6 		   (1.4)		  962.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Net debt is defined as Long-term debt plus current maturities of
      long-term debt and cheques outstanding less Cash and temporary
      investments and cross currency foreign exchange hedge asset (plus cross
      currency foreign exchange hedge liability) related to U.S. dollar notes.
      The cross currency foreign exchange hedge liability was $745.8 million
      as at December 31, 2003 ($126.8 million hedge asset as at December 31,
      2002). Net debt as calculated herein, includes a notional amount related
      to accounts receivable securitization of approximately $88.1 million at
      December 31, 2003 ($120.4 million at December 31, 2002), which is
      required to be included in the numerator of the Leverage Ratio covenant
      calculation in TELUS' credit facilities. Net debt is unaffected by
      foreign exchange fluctuations because it includes (deducts) the net
      deferred hedging liability (asset).
   2) Total capitalization is defined as net debt plus Non-controlling
      interest and Shareholders' equity.
  (3) Net interest cost is defined as Net financing cost before gains on
      redemption and repayment of debt, calculated on a 12-month trailing
      basis. Gains on redemption and repayment of debt were recorded in the
      third and fourth quarters of 2002. Excluding interest income, net
      interest costs for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002,
      respectively, were $671.3 million and $712.7 million.
  (4) Net debt to EBITDA is defined as net debt as at the end of the
      period divided by 12-month trailing EBITDA excluding Restructuring and
      workforce reduction costs. This measure is substantially the same as the
      Leverage Ratio covenant in TELUS' credit facilities.
  (5) Earnings coverage ratio is calculated on a 12-month trailing basis
      as Net income before interest expense on total debt and income tax
      expense divided by interest expense on total debt.
  (6) Excluding Restructuring and workforce reduction costs.
  (7) EBITDA interest coverage is defined as EBITDA excluding
      Restructuring and workforce reduction costs divided by Net interest
      cost. Excluding interest income, the ratios for the 12-month periods
      ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were 4.2 and 3.5. This
      measure is substantially the same as the Coverage Ratio covenant in
      TELUS' credit facilities.
  (8) See Note 4 of the Selected Financial Information table.




The long-term debt balance, including current maturities, was $6,691
million as at December 31, 2003, a decrease of $1,697 million from
December 31, 2002. This reduction in the debt balance included an $872.6
million decrease in the Canadian dollar value of U.S. dollar denominated
Notes as a result of an approximate 21% appreciation of the Canadian
dollar during 2003. TELUS' U.S. dollar debt is fully hedged, resulting
in a corresponding increase of $872.6 million being recorded in the net
Deferred hedging liability (the Deferred hedging asset of $126.8 million
as at December 31, 2002 has become a Deferred hedging liability of
$745.8 million as at December 31, 2003). The remaining reduction was
from debt repayment and repurchases. TELUS expects to continue applying
surplus cash flow to reduce accounts receivable securitization and other
possible debt redemptions, with the objective of reducing the net debt
to EBITDA ratio to 2.5 times or less by the end of 2004, and to 2.2
times or less in the longer term.

The proportion of debt with fixed interest rates increased as at
December 31, 2003, when compared with one year earlier, as the amount of
utilized bank facilities decreased to $7 million from $655 million one
year earlier.

         [Net debt to total capitalization] Graph

The net debt to total capitalization ratio measured at December 31, 2003
decreased, when compared with one year earlier. The Company's
Operational Efficiency Program, improved non-ILEC margins, reduced
capital expenditures, improved Mobility cash generation and tax refunds
resulted in significant increased free cash flow allowing for additional
debt reduction in 2003. Free cash flow for 2003 exceeded cash payments
for Restructuring and workforce reduction of $287.7 million. The
increase in free cash flow in 2003, when compared with 2002, was due
primarily to increased EBITDA (excluding restructuring), increased cash
income tax recoveries, and lower capital expenditures.

         [Net debt to EBITA ratio*] Graph

The net debt to EBITDA ratio measured at December 31, 2003 improved
significantly, when compared with one year earlier, as a result of debt
reduction and an increase in 12-month trailing EBITDA. The earnings
coverage ratio improved significantly because of the improvement in
income before interest and taxes in 2003. The EBITDA interest coverage
ratio also improved as a result of higher EBITDA (excluding
restructuring) and lower net interest costs, including significant
interest income.

         [EBITA* interest coverage(%)] Graph

Credit facilities

TELUS' credit facilities at December 31, 2003 consisted of a $1.5 billion (or
U.S. dollar equivalent) revolving credit facility expiring on May 30, 2004 ($7
million drawn along with $98.2 million in outstanding undrawn letters of
credit), an undrawn $600 million (or the U.S. dollar equivalent) 364-day
revolving credit facility extendible at TELUS' option for any amount
outstanding as at May 26, 2004 for one year on a non-revolving basis, and
approximately $74 million in other bank facilities ($3.2 million drawn and
approximately $24.0 million in committed and outstanding undrawn letters of
credit). During the fourth quarter, TELUS repaid $63 million drawn against the
$1.5 billion facility. TELUS expects to renew one or both of the revolving
credit facilities in amounts lower than the current amounts, prior to the
availability termination dates of such facilities.

At December 31, 2003, TELUS had unutilized available liquidity well in excess
of $1 billion. TELUS' credit facilities contain customary covenants including a
requirement that TELUS not permit its consolidated Leverage Ratio (Funded Debt
and Asset Securitization Amount to trailing 12-month EBITDA) to exceed 4.0
times (approximately 2.6 times as at December 31, 2003) and not permit its
consolidated Coverage Ratio (EBITDA to Interest Expense and Asset
Securitization Charges on a trailing 12-month basis) to be less than 2.5 times
(approximately 4.3 times as at December 31, 2003) at the end of any financial
quarter. There are certain minor differences in the calculation of the Leverage
Ratio and Coverage Ratio under the credit agreement as compared with the
calculation of net debt to EBITDA and EBITDA interest coverage. The
calculations are not expected to be materially different. The covenants are not
impacted by revaluation of capital assets, intangible assets and goodwill for
accounting purposes, and continued access to TELUS' credit facilities is not
contingent on the maintenance by TELUS of a specific credit rating.

Accounts receivable sale

TELUS Communications Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of TELUS, is able to sell
an interest in certain of its receivables up to a maximum of $650 million and
is required to maintain at least a BBB(low) credit rating by Dominion Bond
Rating Service (DBRS), or the purchaser may require the sale program to be
wound down. The necessary credit rating was exceeded by two levels at BBB(high)
as of February 11, 2004. The proceeds of securitized receivables were $300
million at December 31, 2003, as compared with $475 million one year earlier.

TELUS' credit facilities require that a portion of sold accounts receivable be
added to debt for purposes of calculating the Leverage Ratio covenant under the
credit agreement. This portion is calculated on a monthly basis and is a
function of the ongoing collection performance of the receivables pool. At
December 31, 2003, this amount, defined as the Asset Securitization Amount, was
$88.1 million.

Credit ratings

On March 2, 2004, Moody's Investors Service upgraded TELUS' credit rating to
Baa3 (investment grade) with a stable outlook. The following rating actions
occurred during 2003:

   * On April 16, 2003, Moody's changed the outlook for TELUS Corporation's
     senior unsecured credit rating to 'stable' from 'negative'. On September
     12, 2003, Moody's affirmed its Ba1 rating and changed its outlook for
     TELUS Corporation's senior unsecured credit to 'positive' from 'stable'.
     On December 18, 2003, Moody's placed the long-term credit rating of
     TELUS Corporation under review for possible upgrade;

   * On May 1, 2003, DBRS discontinued its rating on commercial paper
     programs of TELUS Corporation, TELUS Communications Inc. and TELUS
     Communications (Quebec) Inc. as TELUS had no issues outstanding. On June
     17, 2003, DBRS revised the trend from 'negative' to 'stable' for its
     ratings on TELUS Corporation, TELUS Communications Inc. and TELUS
     Communications (Quebec) Inc. On December 22, 2003, DBRS increased the
     long-term and preferred ratings for TELUS Communications Inc. to
     BBB(high) and Pfd-3(high), respectively, with stable trends. DBRS also
     confirmed the long-term ratings for TELUS Corporation and TELUS
     Communications (Quebec) Inc. with stable trends;

   * On May 28, 2003, Fitch Ratings changed the outlook to 'stable' from
     'negative' for its ratings on TELUS Corporation and TELUS Communications
     Inc.; and

   * On May 29, 2003, Standard & Poor's Rating Services (S&P) had affirmed
     its 'BBB' long-term corporate credit rating for TELUS Corporation, TELUS
     Communications Inc. and TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc., each with a
     'negative' outlook. S&P withdrew its short-term corporate credit rating
     on TELUS due to the discontinuance of commercial paper programs. S&P
     also raised the issue rating on TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc.'s
     first mortgage bonds from BBB+ to A-. On August 8, 2003, S&P affirmed
     its 'BBB' long-term corporate credit rating for TELUS Corporation and
     revised its outlook to 'stable' from 'negative'. The revised outlook
     also applied to TELUS Communications Inc. and TELUS Communications
     (Quebec) Inc.; and

TELUS has an objective to preserve access to capital markets at a reasonable
cost by maintaining investment grade credit ratings.



Credit rating summary
As of March 2, 2004				      DBRS(1)	       S&P(1)		     Moody's(1)	      Fitch(1)
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Corporation
Senior bank debt					---		---			---		BBB
Notes							BBB		BBB			Baa3		BBB

TELUS Communications Inc.
Debentures						BBB(high)	BBB			---		BBB
Medium-term Notes					BBB(high)	BBB			---		BBB
Preferred shares					Pfd-3(high)	P-3(high)		---		---

TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc.
First mortgage bonds					BBB		A-			---		---
Medium-term Notes					BBB		BBB			---		---
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Outlook or trend 'stable'.




Outstanding share data

The following is a summary of the outstanding shares and principal amounts for
each class of equity at December 31, 2003, which can be found in Note 16 of the
Consolidated financial statements.



Class of equity security							    Outstanding 	       Amount
										 shares (millions)	  ($ in millions)
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications Inc. Preference and preferred shares
 - non-voting first preferred, various issues						    1.3 		   69.7
Common equity - Common Shares								  190.8 		2,349.1
Common equity - Non-Voting Shares							  161.0 		3,296.6
Channel stock incentive plan								    0.2 		    0.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


On February 12, 2004, TELUS announced its intention to redeem all nine classes
of TELUS Communications Inc.'s outstanding preference and preferred shares
during the third quarter of 2004 for total consideration of approximately $72.8
million.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual liabilities

Financial instruments (Note 3 of the Consolidated financial statements)

TELUS uses various financial instruments, the fair values of which are not
reflected on the balance sheet, to reduce or eliminate exposure to interest
rate and currency risks. These instruments are accounted for on the same basis
as the underlying exposure being hedged.

The Company is exposed to interest rate risk arising from fluctuations in
interest rates on its temporary investments, short-term obligations and
long-term debt. On October 6, 2003, the Company terminated an interest rate
swap that had the effect of fixing the interest rate on $70 million of floating
rate debt that was repaid.

The Company is exposed to currency risks arising from fluctuations in foreign
exchange rates on its U.S. dollar denominated long-term debt. Currency hedging
relationships have been established for the related semi-annual interest
payments and principal payments at maturity. The Company's foreign exchange
risk management also includes the use of foreign currency forward contracts to
fix the exchange rates on short-term foreign currency transactions and
commitments. Hedge accounting is applied to these short-term foreign currency
forward contracts on an exception basis only. As at December 31, 2003, the
Company had entered into foreign currency forward contracts that have the
effect of fixing the exchange rates on U.S.$43.0 million of fiscal 2004
purchase commitments; hedge accounting has been applied to these foreign
currency forward contracts, all of which relate to the Mobility segment.

Subsequent to December 31, 2003, TELUS hedged its exposure to equity price
movements with respect to certain restricted share units issued as part of
share-based compensation arrangements using cash-settled equity forward
transactions.

The Company is exposed to credit risk with respect to its short-term deposits,
accounts receivable, interest rate swap agreements and foreign exchange hedges.
Credit risk associated with short-term deposits is minimized substantially by
ensuring that these financial assets are placed with governments,
well-capitalized financial institutions and other creditworthy counterparties.
An ongoing review is performed to evaluate changes in the status of
counterparties.

The carrying value of cash and temporary investments, bank indebtedness,
accounts receivable, accounts payable, restructuring and workforce reduction
accounts payable, dividends payable and short-term obligations approximates
their fair values due to the immediate or short-term maturity of these
financial instruments.

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 17 of the Consolidated financial
statements)

The Company has a number of commitments and contingent liabilities. The Company
has $141 million in outstanding commitments for its Operational Efficiency
Program as at December 31, 2003. The Company occupies leased premises in
various centres and has land, buildings and equipment under operating leases.
The Company is currently engaged in labour contract negotiations through the
federal arbitration process. In the normal course of the Company's operations,
it enters into commercial agreements that require, as a part of normal terms,
guarantees by the Company. As at December 31, 2003, the Company's known
contractual obligations for 2004 were approximately $1,057 million, including
$221 million for long-term debt maturities, $163 million for operating lease
payments, and $650 million for purchase commitments. The maximum, undiscounted
guarantee amounts for 2004, without regard for the likelihood of having to make
such payment, is $12.3 million.

2004 outlook
------------

Canadian telecommunications operators continue to follow strategies focused on
core operations and increasing cash flow. In 2003, the wireless market was
generally characterized by increased pricing discipline leading to double-digit
revenue growth and enhanced profitability. However, the slow economic rebound
and continued telecom price competition and regulation in Canada meant that
wireline revenue growth remained elusive.

The Canadian telecom industry generated revenues of approximately $31
billion in 2003, with Bell Canada and its affiliated regional
telecommunications companies representing about 54% of the total
revenue. TELUS generated approximately $7.1 billion in 2003, or about
22% of total revenues for the industry.

Overall revenue growth in the Canadian telecom market in 2003 was approximately
2.2%, less than the 2.9% growth experienced in 2002, with weakness evident
especially in the wireline business and wholesale markets. Wireline local voice
experienced flat revenue growth, while long distance continued to decline.
Enhanced data, Internet and wireless growth continued in 2003, but at a slower
rate than previously experienced. It is estimated that wireless revenue growth
in Canada was approximately 14% in 2003. The highest industry growth areas were
consistent with TELUS' strategic focus areas of wireless, data and IP.

In 2004, capital markets are expected to continue their careful scrutiny of
company balance sheets, focusing on current and expected cash flows. The
importance placed on more traditional financial metrics has resulted in
companies emphasizing operating and capital cost containment, with capital
markets rewarding those companies that are able to demonstrate strong positive
cash flows, de-leveraging and profitability growth.

As telecom companies have retrenched and restructured, industry analysts have
begun to turn their attention once again to new revenue generation and growth
opportunities. With telecom valuations in wireless and wireline rebounding in
2003, financing will likely be more readily accessed in 2004, as compared to
the last several years, for new entrants and restructured companies.

Wireline

In 2004, wireline operators are expected to continue to focus on capital
and operating cost containment to support enhanced profitability.
Concentrating on core capabilities continues to be paramount for
telecommunications companies and the divestiture of non-core businesses
and assets is likely to continue as an industry trend. From a market
segment perspective, the business and wholesale telecommunications
markets are expected to remain weak, with the residential market showing
relative signs of strength. The long distance market continues to
experience strong price competition from many competitors, resulting in
projected long distance revenue declines this year. High-speed Internet
and related broadband services to the home are the key stabilizing
factors on the residential market. The continued migration of customers
to broadband and wireless services, leading to the erosion of telephone
lines, is expected to be mitigated at TELUS due to the strength of
TELUS' high-speed Internet incumbent business and national wireless
franchises. The continued wireline to wireless migration is expected to
be a net benefit to the Company, as TELUS will retain a portion of the
substitution in its incumbent territories, and gain from wireline to
wireless substitution in the much larger non-incumbent market.

For 2004, traditional wireline services are expected to continue to
exhibit slow or negative growth as a result of technological
substitution, continuing competition and regulatory impacts. Growth is
expected to come from new IP-based broadband services. Competition in
the residential market is projected to continue with the penetration of
new broadband services and applications, such as online games, online
music, telephony and broadcast television services. One new entrant
competitor has already launched voice over Internet protocol (VoIP)
telephony service. Other new entrants, including cable-TV companies,
have announced plans to launch IP services later in 2004 or 2005.
Telecom companies are generally expected by industry analysts to respond
with their own version of IP telephony services as well as broadband and
television offerings.

In the business market, telecom companies are expected to remain focused on
small and medium enterprises and key large business customers. Telecom
providers are projected to migrate voice and data traffic to a single IP-based
platform, achieving cost efficiencies while providing combined IP voice, data
and video solutions.

In terms of wireline regulation, the CRTC continues to encourage
competition in the industry. Following its 2002 announcement of the new
four-year price cap regime, the CRTC has maintained close scrutiny of
incumbent telephone companies to foster competition. Key CRTC decisions
during 2003 include directing ILECs to provide their respective digital
subscriber line Internet services to any residential competitive local
exchange carrier (CLEC) primary exchange customer when requested (July
2003) and establishing conditions under which wireless carriers could
offer services as wireless CLECs (August 2003). The CRTC is expected to
continue to examine ways to provide lower cost access for CLECs to ILEC
facilities, while maintaining the facilities-based regulatory framework.

Wireless

The wireless sector continues to exhibit strong growth. Wireless penetration in
Canada grew to more than 42% of the population in 2003, though it still lags
the penetration levels in other countries. The robustness of the overall
wireless industry in 2003 resulted from a focus on churn management and
subscriber retention, more rational pricing behaviour in the marketplace and
improved capital intensity among providers due to completed network upgrades,
network sharing agreements and a slower roll-out of third generation wireless
services. 2003 represented the first year with an increase in ARPU in more than
five years.

Wireless subscriber growth is expected to continue, with more than one million
net additions forecast for 2004. In addition to subscriber growth, wireless
industry revenues are expected to be supported by increased usage, and an
expanding range of wireless data and IP products. Wireless competition in
Canada remains intense as all operators have introduced new products and
bundled offerings to differentiate their services in the marketplace, and one
has launched a low priced, unlimited local minute plan in Vancouver, which it
may roll out to other urban centres across Canada in 2004 or 2005.

Revenues from wireless data are expected to grow due to increased data traffic
from text messaging services, wireless Internet access and picture messaging
with new camera phones. Wireless networking "Hotspots" are expected to continue
to appear in new locations, allowing customers to access their computer
networks in public places.

TELUS' strategic focus on delivering national capabilities in data and IP, and
its large exposure to the fast-growing Canadian wireless market, positions the
Company well for growth in 2004 and beyond.

2004 financial and operating targets and issues
-----------------------------------------------

The 2004 objectives in the table below were publicly announced on
December 18, 2003. The definition of free cash flow (2004 method) has
changed since the December announcement to exclude dividend payments as,
in the long run, the level of dividend payments is determined based on
free cash flows prior to dividend payments. Investors are encouraged to
review the Forward-looking statements and Risks and uncertainties
sections for the various economic, competitive, regulatory and company
factors that could cause actual future financial and operating results
to differ from those currently expected.



					   2003 results			  Targets for 2004	 	      Change
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated
  Revenues				    $7.15 billion		  $7.45 to $7.55 billion	    $300 to $400 million

  EBITDA (1)				   $2.816 billion		  $2.95 to $3.05 billion	    $134 to $234 million

  Earnings per share - basic		       92 cents	 	          $1.05 to $1.25		      13 to 33 cents

  Capital expenditures			   $1.253 billion		  Approx. $1.225 billion	   Approx. $(28) million

  Free cash flow (2003 method)(2)	     $961 million		   $1.0 to $1.1 billion		     $39 to $139 million

  Free cash flow (2004 method) (3)	     $845 million		  $1.13 to $1.23 billion	    $285 to $385 million

  Net debt to EBITDA(4)			      2.6 times			    2.5 times or less		   Decrease of 0.1 or more

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Communications segment
  Revenue (external)			    $4.79 billion		   $4.8 to $4.85 billion	     $10 to $60 million

    Non-ILEC revenue			     $555 million		  Approx. $610 million		   Approx. $55 million

  EBITDA				   $2.000 billion		 $1.975 to $2.025 billion	   $(25) to $25 million

    Non-ILEC EBITDA			    $(29) million		  Approx. $5 million	 	   Approx. $34 million

  Capital expenditures			     $893 million		  Approx. $875 million	  	   Approx. $(18) million

  High-speed Internet net additions	      151,600			  Approx. 125,000		   Approx. (26,600)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Mobility segment
  Revenue (external)			    $2.36 billion		  $2.65 to $2.7 billion		    $290 to $340 million

  EBITDA				     $815 million 	   $975 million to $1.025 billion	    $160 to $210 million

  Capital expenditures			     $360 million		 Approx. $350 million		   Approx. $(10) million

  Wireless subscriber net additions	      431,100			375,000 to 425,000	        (56,100) to (6,100)

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  (1) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization as
      calculated below. The 2004 target also reflects adoption of CICA
      Handbook Section 3870 for share-based compensation and other share-based
      payments, which is expected to be approximately $45 million in 2004.






($ in millions)							2003			     2004 target range
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Operating revenues						7,146			7,450	     to		7,550
Less Operations expense						4,302			4,470			4,470
Less Restructuring and workforce reduction costs		28			   30			   30
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA								2,816			2,950	     to		3,050
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


  (2) Defined as EBITDA excluding Restructuring and workforce reduction
      costs less cash interest paid, cash taxes, capital expenditures, and
      cash dividends, plus cash interest received. The method for 2003
      excludes Restructuring and workforce reduction costs and payments and
      includes dividend payments.
  (3) Defined as EBITDA, adding Restructuring and workforce reduction
      costs, cash interest received and excess of share compensation expense
      over share compensation payments, subtracting cash interest paid, cash
      taxes, capital expenditures, and cash restructuring payments. The
      definition of free cash flow was amended for 2004 to reflect a change in
      how the Company measures operating performance, as restructuring
      payments are anticipated to occur for the foreseeable future, and the
      level of dividend payments is set after consideration of cash flows
      before dividends are paid out.


($ in millions)							2003			     2004 target range
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA								2,816			2,950	     to		3,050
Restructuring and workforce reduction costs			   28			   30			   30
Excess of share compensation expense over payments		    -			   35			   35
Cash interest paid net of cash interest received		 (616)			 (650)			 (650)
Income taxes received (paid)					  166			  105			  105
Capital expenditures					       (1,253)		       (1,225)		       (1,225)
Investment tax credits received
 (included in both EBITDA and cash income taxes (recovery))	   (8)			    -			    -
Restructuring and workforce reduction payments			 (288)			 (115)			 (115)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Free cash flow (2004 method)		                          845	                1,130	     to	        1,230

  (4) Net Debt to EBITDA, where EBITDA excludes Restructuring and
      workforce reduction costs. This measure is substantially the same as the
      Leverage Ratio covenant in TELUS' credit facilities.



For 2004, TELUS public targets reflect the strong cash flow generation from
operations. Free cash flow (2004 method) is expected to increase by $285 to
$385 million in 2004. TELUS expects to continue applying surplus cash flow to
reduce its accounts receivable securitization program and to retire
approximately $220 million of debt with the objective of reducing the net debt
to EBITDA ratio to 2.5 times or less by the end of 2004, and to 2.2 times or
less in the longer term. TELUS has also set a long-term leverage policy target
range for net debt to total capital of 45 to 50%, compared with the year-end
2003 rate of 53%.

TELUS expects earnings per share to improve significantly primarily as a result
of an expected $160 to $210 million increase in Mobility segment EBITDA.

TELUS Communications revenue growth in 2004 is expected to range between zero
and 1.2%. TELUS Communications EBITDA is expected to be relatively unchanged as
additional Operating Efficiency Program savings and improvement in non-ILEC
operating efficiency are expected to be offset by the further negative price
cap decision impacts and the inclusion of share-based compensation expense as
adopted from recently confirmed recommendations in CICA Handbook Section 3870.
Capital expenditure levels are expected to decrease modestly in 2004 with
similar levels of investment for non-ILEC areas, high-speed Internet (ADSL) and
other initiatives. TELUS Communications cash flow (EBITDA excluding
restructuring less capital expenditures) is expected to be $1.13 to $1.18
billion in 2004, compared with $1.14 billion in 2003.

For TELUS Mobility, targeted 2004 revenue growth is 12 to 14% and targeted
EBITDA growth is 20 to 26%. Both revenue and EBITDA are being driven by
wireless subscriber growth expectations of 11 to 12% and continued margin
expansion from improved scale efficiencies. TELUS Mobility 2004 capital
expenditures are expected to be focused on capacity improvements as well as
network and efficiency enhancements. TELUS Mobility cash flow (EBITDA excluding
restructuring less capital expenditures) is expected to increase to $625 to
$675 million in 2004, compared with $455.5 million in 2003.

Key assumptions and sensitivities for 2004 targets

The Company publicly set certain estimated financial and operational targets
for 2004 on December 18, 2003. For projection purposes, the following
assumptions were made: economic growth consistent with provincial and national
estimates by the Conference Board of Canada that were available in November
2003; continued softness in wireline demand; no material change in pension
expense; 3.5 to 4.0% wireless market penetration gain; and approximately 15%
industry growth in high-speed Internet subscribers in TELUS incumbent
territories in B.C., Alberta and Quebec. Commencing in 2004, TELUS is adopting
recently confirmed recommendations in CICA Handbook Section 3870 for
share-based compensation and other share-based payments, estimated to be a $45
million expense. No impact has been assumed for the possibility of a work
stoppage resulting from the collective bargaining process in Alberta and B.C.
Other assumptions include:

   * diminishing incremental negative regulatory impacts of approximately
     $24 million on revenue and $20 million on EBITDA;
   * the potential impacts from future regulatory decisions and appeals are
     not considered;
   * a four-player wireless market;
   * no change in foreign ownership rules;
   * minimal cash income taxes due to utilization of tax losses carried
     forward;
   * cash outflow in respect of workforce reductions is expected to be
     approximately $115 million;
   * no prospective significant acquisitions or divestitures are reflected;
   * no equity issues other than through employee share purchase plans,
     dividend reinvestment plans, exercised options and warrants, and no
     exercise of Verizon's anti-dilutive rights;
   * cash dividend payments of approximately $180 million;
   * participation rate in dividend re-investment plans of 20%;
   * debt retirements of approximately $220 million in 2004 will be funded
     from operating cash flows;
   * securitized accounts receivables will be further reduced; and
   * maintenance or improvement of credit ratings.

There is no assurance that these assumptions or the 2004 financial and
operating targets and projections will turn out to be accurate.

2004 financing plan
-------------------

TELUS' financing plan for 2004 is to use free cash flow generated by its
business operations to reduce or repurchase indebtedness and amounts
outstanding under its accounts receivable securitization program and to redeem
its publicly held preference and preferred shares. Dispositions of assets and
sales of certain businesses currently carried on by TELUS may also provide a
source of funds. TELUS also plans to renew its $2.1 billion in credit
facilities expiring in May 2004 for a reduced amount. Equity or quasi-equity
issuances, especially in connection with any acquisition activity, could form a
part of the financing activities. TELUS expects to maintain its current
position of fully hedging its foreign exchange exposure. At the end of 2003,
approximately 100% of TELUS' total debt was borrowed on a fixed-rate basis.
TELUS plans to decrease its proportion of fixed-rate debt with an increased
amount of floating-rate obligations. Short-term obligations totalled $221
million at December 31, 2003 and the weighted average term to maturity of total
debt was 6.2 years. TELUS believes that its internally generated cash flow,
combined with its ability to access external capital, provides sufficient
resources to finance its cash requirements during 2004 and to maintain
appropriate available liquidity. The Company generally expects to maintain a
minimum of $1 billion in unutilized liquidity.

5. Risks and uncertainties
==========================

The following sections summarize the major risks and uncertainties that could
affect TELUS' future business results going forward.

Competition

Increased competition may adversely affect market shares, volumes and pricing
in certain TELUS business segments

Competition is expected to remain intense. Competitors are focused on local
access, data and IP services in the business market and high-speed Internet and
wireless services across both the consumer and business markets, as these
services offer the highest growth potential. Wireline long distance is
experiencing negative revenue growth and voice local access is experiencing a
slight decline in network access lines. However, competitors remain intent on
winning market share in the business local and long distance voice market as a
way to sell additional (increasingly bundled) data, Internet and wireless
services.

    Wireline voice and data

TELUS expects local access competition activity in 2004 to continue to focus
mainly on the business market, though one competitor in particular has also
combined residential local, long distance and wireless services (through a
marketing alliance) into one bundled monthly rate. TELUS' competitors offer
varying arrays of long distance, local and advanced data/IP services and they
are increasingly bundling long distance with price-discounted local access,
wireless and advanced data, Web-based and e-commerce services. Certain TELUS
competitors, having built extensive local fibre-optic facilities throughout
Western Canada over the past several years, are increasingly focusing on
marketing and revenue generation, particularly in the small and medium-sized
business market due to the size of this market, its concentrated geographic
urban clustering and consequent attractive margins. Some of these competitors
have sound financial strength and other resources, while other re-capitalized
competitors may gain improved financial strength and competitive viability as a
result of their re-emergence into the industry.

Competition is likely to continue to remain strongest in the large business
market. TELUS was formerly a member of Stentor, an alliance of the major
regional Canadian telecommunications companies established to facilitate the
provision of long distance and data services that cross provincial and national
boundaries, and to facilitate planning and co-ordination of the provision of
national services. In 1998, the former Stentor members agreed to unwind
existing arrangements and replace them with a new set of commercial agreements.
The former members, including TELUS, have largely developed their own systems
and replacement products and services, and competition in the large business
market has intensified accordingly among them.

During the past few years, TELUS has been active in building and acquiring
local and cross-Canada fibre-optic facilities and Internet data centres (IDCs)
in Central and Western Canada. TELUS is also continuing to build up a Central
Canadian sales organization and an increasingly broader portfolio of
business-oriented data and IP products and services. TELUS has been successful
in increasing Central Canadian revenues to approximately $845 million in 2003
as compared with negligible revenues in 1999. This growth has been accomplished
through a combination of acquisition and internal growth. However, there can be
no assurance that TELUS will continue to be successful in its efforts to expand
its market share and profitability in Central Canada, that it will achieve its
2004 non-incumbent targets for revenue and EBITDA, or that pricing will remain
at reasonable levels as competition remains significant.

    Wireline Internet access

Despite an industry-leading dial-up subscriber base, TELUS was slower to deploy
and market high-speed Internet services. Consequently, despite obtaining a
majority of high-speed Internet subscriber net additions since the fall of
2001, the market share split between TELUS and its cable-TV competitors in each
market is only 38 to 62%. In response to increased high-speed Internet coverage
and effective marketing by TELUS, cable-TV companies have increased their
marketing efforts. With a Western Canadian industry high-speed Internet
penetration rate typically double that of the U.S., industry growth for
Internet service may slow more quickly than anticipated, resulting in reduced
net additions for all industry competitors and posing a constraint on TELUS'
ability to increase its share of total high-speed subscribers in the market.
TELUS Communications is targeting approximately 125,000 high-speed net
additions in 2004 and there can be no assurance that it will achieve this
objective.

TELUS could also experience high future rates of churn or subscriber
deactivations if its current quality of service and competitive pricing are not
maintained. Residential dial-up Internet access competition and growth have
declined dramatically, in large part due to increased high-speed Internet
availability and lower pricing. Losses to high-speed services of competitors
are mitigated by TELUS' efforts to transfer these customers to its own
high-speed Internet service. However, there can be no assurance that the rate
of loss of dial-up subscribers or market share retained by TELUS will be as
expected, as TELUS will continue to face significant competition from cable-TV
high-speed Internet services.

    Voice over Internet protocol (VoIP)

Internet telephony, also referred to as VoIP, continues to be a developing
service that could negatively impact TELUS' local and long distance business
over the next few years. This technology has been in operation for several
years with new entrants announcing their intention to launch services in
Canada. Primus Canada launched such service in January 2004. In addition, next
generation cable-TV modems are expected to allow cable-TV companies, from a
technological standpoint, to begin offering VoIP over their cable networks.
Cable-TV companies also need to make considerable investments in back-office
functions and infrastructure in order to deliver voice service comparable to
the quality offered by traditional wireline service providers.

It is expected that cable-TV companies in Canada may begin offering VoIP
telephony late in 2004 and in 2005, however, there can be no assurance that
their plans will not change. TELUS began developing its IP telephony initiative
in the fall of 2001 and began the transition from circuit-based switching to IP
in the summer of 2003. This presents an opportunity for new services, network
simplification and cost reduction. However, there can be no assurance that the
adoption of VoIP services in the market or provision of such services by TELUS
would not cannibalize existing revenues. If significant VoIP competition
develops, it could erode TELUS' existing market share of traditional local and
long distance services and adversely affect future revenues and profitability.

    Wireless

Competition in the Canadian wireless market is expected to remain intense in
2004 in all regions of the country, including Western Canada. TELUS Mobility is
targeting approximately 375,000 to 425,000 net subscriber additions in 2004,
and there can be no assurance that it will achieve its objective given the
level of competition and the possibility of declining growth rates in the
Canadian wireless industry.

With up to four players, including TELUS Mobility, currently operating in each
region in the Canadian wireless marketplace, competitive rivalry is intense.
Aggressive advertising and innovative marketing approaches are expected to
continue to be the norm. Certain competitors have offered unlimited local
airtime packages in specific markets, subsidized low or zero-cost handsets,
and/or lowered airtime prices, and may continue to do so. This could increase
churn rates, cause marketing costs of subscriber acquisitions to remain high,
and lower average revenue per subscriber. Microcell Telecommunications Inc.,
having restructured its balance sheet, may enhance its future competitiveness
as a result of its ongoing re-financing efforts or alternatively be acquired by
an existing competitor. Accordingly, other competitors may have increased scale
resulting from consolidation or the financially weaker competitor may gain
improved financial strength from re-capitalization.

Bell Mobility entered Western Canada in the fall of 2001, built its own network
and operational capabilities, and launched its own 1X data network in urban
centres in Alberta and B.C. in the fall of 2002. In addition, the
roaming/resale agreements among TELUS Mobility, Bell Mobility and affiliates,
and Aliant Telecom Wireless, first operationalized in mid-2002, allowed Bell
Mobility to expand the availability and range of its wireless services to
approximately 2.5 million incremental POPs throughout rural Alberta and B.C.
This allowed Bell Mobility to expand into Western Canada earlier and more
cost-effectively than if it had to wait to fully build out its own rural
network coverage. The entry of Bell Mobility in these rural areas has increased
the effective number of competitors to three in these regions. Roaming/resale
agreements have similarly allowed TELUS Mobility, on a reciprocal basis, to
expand its PCS network coverage and distribution in Central and Atlantic Canada
by close to seven million people, generally served by two other competitors,
bringing TELUS Mobility's national digital coverage and addressable market to
29.5 million. There can be no assurance that TELUS Mobility's marketing efforts
will be as successful in the new markets as in existing coverage areas.

Wireless competition is also coming from new digital wireless technologies,
which may be offered from both traditional and non-traditional sources,
utilizing licensed and/or unlicensed spectrum, that deliver higher speed data
and Internet services over current and next generation wireless devices. Such
availability may lead to increased re-subsidization costs related to the
migration of existing subscribers to advanced feature handsets based on newer
technologies. There can be no assurance that new services offered by TELUS
Mobility will be available on time, or that TELUS Mobility will be able to
charge incrementally for the services. (See Technology.)

    Fixed wireless

In September 2003, Industry Canada stated its intention to auction wireless
spectrum in the 2.3 GHz and 3.5 GHz bands in early 2004. The auction was held
and concluded in February 2004. While TELUS participated and obtained the
limited amount of spectrum that it sought in the auction, most of the spectrum
was acquired by other parties. This spectrum is expected to be utilized
primarily for services such as the provision of fixed wireless, which could be
used as an alternative technology for delivering high-speed Internet and voice
services. This could strengthen existing competitors or could result in new
competitors formed by other successful bidders.


Economic fluctuations

    Economic fluctuations may adversely impact TELUS

After having demonstrated relatively strong economic growth compared to its
trading partners over the last several years, Canada lagged behind the United
States during 2003. The impacts of several unforeseen developments over the
second and third quarter of 2003 such as SARS, mad cow disease and a major
power outage, in addition to the lagged effect of earlier interest rate rises
and Canadian dollar appreciation, caused economic growth to be weaker than
expected. Although Canada is expected to benefit from any further economic
growth in the United States, it may be limited by the substantial appreciation
of the Canadian dollar and its potential impact on exports.

During a period of slow economic growth, including that caused by global
turmoil, residential and business telecommunications customers may delay new
service purchases, reduce volumes of use and/or discontinue use of services.

Economic fluctuations could adversely impact TELUS' profitability and free cash
flow, realization of income tax losses carried forward, return on invested
pension assets and associated pension expenses, bad debt expense and/or require
the Company to record impairments of the carrying value of its assets,
including, but not limited to, its intangible assets with indefinite lives
(spectrum licences) and its goodwill. Impairments to the carrying value of
assets would result in a charge to earnings and a reduction in shareholders'
equity.

Financing and debt requirements

    TELUS' business plans and growth could be negatively affected if existing
    financing is not sufficient

TELUS may finance its future capital requirements with internally generated
funds as well as, from time to time, borrowings under the unutilized portion of
its bank facility or through the issuance of securities. In May 2003, the
364-day portion of the bank facility was renewed for $600 million (a reduction
of $400 million from the original $1 billion) on substantially the same terms.
Continued availability of the $600 million 364-day portion of the bank facility
on a revolving basis is dependent on renewal of this portion of the facility on
or prior to its maturity on May 26, 2004 on terms acceptable to TELUS. There
can be no assurance that the 364-day portion of the bank facility will be
renewed on terms acceptable to the Company. Failing such renewal, any amount
drawn by TELUS on the 364-day portion of the facility that remains outstanding
on May 26, 2004 will be available only for one year on a non-revolving basis.
TELUS has not borrowed under and does not currently intend to borrow under the
364-day portion of the bank facility.

Disruptions in the capital markets, increased bank capitalization regulations,
reduced lending to the telecom sector, or a reduced number of active Canadian
chartered banks as a result of reduced activity or consolidation could reduce
capital available for corporate credits such as TELUS. The $1.5 billion,
three-year revolving term portion of the bank facility matures on May 30, 2004.
There can be no assurance that the bank facility will be renewed on terms and
in an amount acceptable to the Company. In the absence of such renewal, the
Company's available liquidity may be negatively affected.

On July 26, 2002, TELUS Communications Inc. (TCI), a wholly-owned subsidiary of
TELUS, entered into an agreement with an arm's-length securitization trust
under which it is able to sell an interest in certain of its trade receivables
up to a maximum of $650 million. As at December 31, 2003, TCI had received
aggregate cash proceeds of $300 million. Under the program, TCI is required to
maintain at least a BBB(low) credit rating by Dominion Bond Rating Service. In
the event this rating is not maintained, the Company may be required to wind
down the program.

Consistent with its financial policy, TELUS intends to reduce its future debt
leverage and is targeting a net debt to EBITDA ratio of less than or equal to
2.5 times by December 2004 and a long-term target of less than or equal to 2.2
times. TELUS' financial policy is to target a long-term optimal net debt to
total capitalization policy of approximately 45 to 50% (53% as at December 31,
2003) and to achieve over time debt credit ratings in the range of BBB+ to A-
(split ratings of BBB and Baa3 as at March 2, 2004). A change in credit rating
could impact TELUS' cost of and access to capital. There can be no assurance
that TELUS can maintain or improve current credit ratings.

While cash flow is expected to be sufficient to meet its current needs and
reduce leverage, these intentions could constrain TELUS' ability to invest in
its operations for future growth. There can be no assurance that TELUS will
significantly reduce its debt leverage or achieve its target credit ratings on
a timely basis, if at all.

Tax matters

    Income tax assets may not be realized as expected

The operations of TELUS are complex and related tax interpretations,
regulations and legislation pertaining to TELUS' activities are continually
subject to change. The Company has significant amounts of income taxes
receivable, future income tax assets, including tax loss carry forwards, and
future income tax liabilities. Potential changes to either or both the amounts
and the timing of the realization of such amounts can affect the determination
of net income or realization of cash in future periods.

Timing surrounding the monetization or realization of future income tax assets
is uncertain, since the timing is dependent on future earnings of the Company
and other events. The amounts of future income tax assets and future income tax
liabilities are also uncertain since the amounts are based upon the
substantially enacted future income tax rates in effect at the time, which can
be changed by governments. The amount of future income tax assets is also based
upon the Company's anticipated mix of revenues among the jurisdictions in which
TELUS operates, which is also subject to future events.

The timing of the collection of income taxes receivable is substantially out of
the control of the Company and is dependent on expected assessments,
reassessments and other processes by the Canada Revenue Agency (CRA) and other
provincial tax authorities. Therefore, there can be no assurance that income
taxes will be sheltered as anticipated and/or the amount and timing of receipt
or use of these assets will be as currently expected.


Dividends

    Current dividend level may change

While there is no current plan to change the dividend payout rate, TELUS
reviews its dividend policy quarterly and there can be no assurance that a
future change will not be implemented. On July 25, 2002, TELUS announced that
it was committed to the maintenance of the existing dividend policy of 15 cents
per share per quarter. TELUS expects to generate material free cash flow in
2004 which would be available to, amongst other things, reduce debt and amounts
outstanding under the accounts receivable securitization program, redeem
preference and preferred shares as well as to pay dividends to shareholders.
TELUS' quarterly dividend policy will depend on an ongoing assessment of free
cash flow generation and financial indicators including leverage, dividend
yield and payout ratio.


Human resources

    The outcome of outstanding labour relations issues may result in
    unanticipated increased costs and / or reduced productivity

In 2000, TELUS commenced collective bargaining with the Telecommunication
Workers Union (TWU), which represents approximately 11,300 employees, for a new
collective agreement, in both the Communications and Mobility business segments,
replacing legacy agreements from BC TELECOM and Alberta-based TELUS. Since the
fourth quarter of 2002, the Company and the TWU were engaged in a multi-phased
federal conciliation process that concluded on January 12, 2004 without an
agreement being reached. On January 28, 2004 the Canadian Industrial Relations
Board (CIRB) in response to an unfair labour practice complaint from the TWU,
ordered the Company to offer binding arbitration to the TWU to settle the
collective agreement. Two days later the TWU announced acceptance of the offer
of binding arbitration. Subsequently on February 16, 2004, TELUS filed an
application with the CIRB for reconsideration of its finding of an unfair
labour practice and the order to offer binding arbitration. At the same time,
TELUS also filed an appeal of the CIRB's decision with the Federal Court of
Appeal.

TELUS continues to participate in discussion with the TWU related to binding
arbitration with the assistance of federal mediators. This includes selecting
the arbitrator(s), determining the process to be used, setting the terms of
reference to be used in arbitration and timeline. While the arbitration process
eliminates any measurable degree of risk of a legal labour disruption, there
can be no assurance that compensation expenses will be as planned or that
reduced productivity will not occur as a result of negotiations or the
arbitration decision. If the application to the CIRB for reconsideration
reverses the original order to offer binding arbitration, a potential outcome
is the resumption of collective bargaining, which could give rise to the
associated risk of reduced productivity and work disruptions in TELUS'
operations.

In March 2001, the TWU made an application to the CIRB to extend its existing
TELUS bargaining unit in Alberta and B.C to include TELE-MOBILE employees. In
its application, the TWU is seeking to include non-unionized former Clearnet
employees and unionized employees in the former QuebecTel Mobilite operations.
The TWU also challenged TELUS' position that unionized wireless employees in
Alberta and B.C. are, for the purposes of labour relations, employees of
TELE-MOBILE. In TELUS' view, by operation of law, TELE-MOBILE employees form a
separate bargaining unit and collective bargaining in respect of unionized
TELE-MOBILE employees should be conducted between TELE-MOBILE and the TWU. Both
these issues are the subject of proceedings currently before the CIRB, which
are anticipated to result in decisions in 2004.

In addition to the TELE-MOBILE application, the TWU has made three further
applications seeking to extend its existing TELUS bargaining unit beyond
Alberta and B.C. to include employees working at TELUS National Systems Inc.
(TNS), other TELUS employees working east of Alberta (with the exception of
unionized employees working at TELUS Quebec) and employees in Montreal employed
by TELUS solutions de soutien (TSS). The TNS hearing concluded in October of
2003 and the decision has not yet been rendered. The "employees east of
Alberta" application was filed in November 2002, while the TSS application was
filed in December 2003. Neither of these two cases have proceeded to hearings.
All of these applications seek to include currently non-unionized employees. In
addition, the TNS and "employees east of Alberta" applications seek to impose
the BC TEL-TWU collective agreement on the affected employees. There can be no
assurance that compensation expenses will be as planned, or that reduced
productivity will not occur as a result of or following any decisions made by
the CIRB.

    Reliance on key personnel

The success of TELUS is largely dependent on the abilities and experience of
its key employees. Competition for highly skilled and entrepreneurial
management and other key employees is intense in the communications industry.
The majority of existing share options are currently trading at less than their
respective exercised prices, diminishing their effectiveness as a retention
incentive. There can be no assurance that TELUS can retain its current key
employees or attract and retain additional executive officers or key employees
as needed. The loss of certain key employees, or a deterioration in employee
morale resulting from organizational changes or ongoing cost reductions, could
have an adverse impact upon TELUS' growth, business and profitability.

Technology

    Changing technology in data, IP and wireless may adversely affect revenues,
    costs and the value of assets

The rapid pace and expanding scope of technological advancements in the
communications industry are expected to continue. Three of the universal
characteristics of technological advancements are lower unit costs,
lower operating costs and increasing flexibility. This creates
opportunities for new and existing competitors to offer new services,
price reductions and service differentiation to gain market share.
TELUS' future success depends in part upon its ability to anticipate,
invest in and implement new technologies with high levels of service and
competitive prices, while defending customers from computer viruses and
spam. TELUS may be required to make more capital expenditures than are
currently expected if a technology's performance falls short of
expectations. TELUS' earnings may also be affected if technological
advances shorten the useful life of certain existing assets.

In 2002 and 2003, TELUS continued its transition from core circuit-based
switching infrastructure to leading-edge IP technology through the
operationalization of its next generation network (NGN). This conversion allows
TELUS to: (a) offer integrated services across voice, data and video
applications to customers; (b) improve capital and operating efficiencies; and
(c) deliver improved operating effectiveness in launching and supporting new
application services. Although select customers have already begun adopting the
first applications, including managed and integrated voice, data and video
solutions with secure IP virtual private network (VPN) connectivity for large
corporate customers and TELUS IP-One for small and medium-sized businesses,
there can be no assurance that sufficient applications will be available or
accepted as planned, that competitors will not begin to launch similar
services, or that the efficiencies will materialize as expected.

    Reliance on systems and information technology (IT) may cause operational
    problems and financial exposures

TELUS, as a complex telecommunications company, is reliant on many legacy and
new IT systems and applications such as billing systems, customer relationship
management software, order entry and service systems, network systems,
commissioning system,and the associated complex computer equipment and
software. For example, customer service levels were negatively impacted during
2003 partly due to implementation difficulties with a new trouble management
system. Additionally, depreciation and amortization expenses were negatively
impacted by a write-off for a failed implementation of new customer
relationship management software. Hence, customer service, revenue generation
and the value of IT assets could be negatively affected if the cost of IT
solutions is uneconomic, legacy systems fail, projects to integrate systems and
applications or introducing new systems and software are not effective, and/or
third party suppliers fail to or do not meet their performance or delivery
obligations.

    The digital protocols and technologies utilized by TELUS Mobility may become
    technologically inferior

The wireless industry continues to expand the deployment of second (2.5G) and
third generation (3G) technologies to deliver increased data speeds required
for many new wireless IP and data services. TELUS Mobility's Mike service uses
the iDEN technology protocol and has had operational 2.5G packet data
capability and service offerings for over three years. TELUS Mobility
implemented 1X protocol 3G services on its digital CDMA PCS and cellular
networks during 2002. While the Company believes that TELUS Mobility's CDMA
protocol has a reasonable and cost-effective migration path to future
evolutions of higher speed 3G, there can be no assurance that it will be
successful and timely. Work is ongoing to determine an optimal migration path
for iDEN to 3G, but there can be no assurance that the selected path will be
successful or that operating expenses and capital expenditures will be
economical.

Furthermore, there can be no assurance that the digital wireless technologies
utilized by TELUS Mobility today will continue to enjoy favourable market
pricing. The pricing for handsets and network infrastructure is subject to
change due to world market buying patterns and foreign exchange rates and as a
result, there may be an adverse impact on TELUS' future expenditures.

TELUS' Mike digital wireless iDEN network is in part differentiated by
its wide-area, high-capacity digital push-to-talk (PTT) 2-way radio
dispatch services, which are marketed as Mike's Direct Connect, as well
as its installed base of customer work groups. One of TELUS' major
wireless competitors announced plans to develop and launch PTT services
over CDMA in 2004, and PTT capabilities continue to advance for other
carriers using different technologies. In the future, there can be no
assurance that TELUS' current market advantage of extensive product
sales and marketing experience, and large installed base of Mike iDEN
users and work groups, will be maintained. TELUS also operates a CDMA
network and may operationalize CDMA PTT services during 2004, which may
be competitive with the iDEN technology utilized by its Mike network.
There can be no assurance that successful deployment and marketing of
competitive CDMA or other PTT technologies will not reduce or eliminate
the competitive differentiation of TELUS' Mike network.

Wireless technologies and protocols continue to be developed and extended for a
variety of applications and circumstances, such as the Institute of Electrical
and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) suite of 802 series of standards. A number of
wireless technologies are capable of exploiting both licensed and unlicensed
spectrum. While TELUS constantly reviews and examines such developments, and
may from time to time choose to utilize a number of these technologies, there
can be no assurance that these developments may not adversely impact TELUS in
the future.

Regulatory

    Regulatory developments could have an adverse impact on TELUS' operating
    procedures, costs and revenues

TELUS' telecommunications and broadcasting services are regulated under federal
legislation by the CRTC, Industry Canada and Canadian Heritage. The CRTC has
taken steps to forbear from regulating prices for services offered in
competitive markets, such as long distance and some data services, and does not
regulate the pricing of wireless services. Major areas of regulatory review
currently include a reassessment of some of the ILEC services to be made
available to competitors at cost-based rates, the terms of interconnection
between local exchange carriers and competitive pricing safeguards for ILEC
services, such as price floors and bundling rules.

The outcome of the regulatory reviews, proceedings and court or Federal Cabinet
appeals discussed below and other regulatory developments could have a material
impact on TELUS' operating procedures, costs and revenues.

    Price cap regulation

The rules for price cap regulation and local competition were announced in
major regulatory decisions issued in 1997. The CRTC adopted a facilities-based
competition model that encouraged competitors to invest in facilities and did
not provide discounts for use of incumbent facilities. In March 2001, the CRTC
began its scheduled public review of the regulatory regime for 2002 and beyond.
TELUS and other incumbent telecommunications companies sought to modify the
price cap regime to achieve greater pricing flexibility for regulated services.
Certain CLECs requested changes to the regulatory framework that would require
the ILECs to provide their facilities to the CLECs at large discounts. Some
parties also requested that the CRTC impose penalties on the incumbent
companies for failure to meet CRTC-established quality of service indicators.
On May 30, 2002, the CRTC announced its decision on the regulatory framework
for the second price cap period for the ILECs, which established the framework
for regulation of ILECs, including TELUS. This decision covers a four-year
period beginning June 2002. On July 31, 2002, the CRTC released its price cap
decision for TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc., which established a four-year
price cap period beginning August 2002 and moved TELUS Communications (Quebec)
Inc. from rate of return regulation to price cap regulation. The impact of
these decisions was a decrease in consolidated EBITDA for TELUS of $78.5
million for the 12-month period ended December 31, 2003 when compared with one
year earlier.

The CRTC 2002 price cap decisions reaffirmed the CRTC's preferred
facilities-based competition framework, which TELUS supports. The decisions did
not introduce the large discounts of up to 70% for use of ILEC facilities
sought by competitors, and allowed TELUS the opportunity to benefit from annual
inflation-adjusted productivity improvements greater than 3.5% on most tariffed
services. However, the decisions extended the regulation of local prices and
service levels, reduced the ability of the ILECs to raise prices, introduced
more complexity and caused a negative impact on TELUS earnings. The 2002 price
cap decisions also initiated a number of implementation proceedings, some of
which are still underway.

As a result of the price cap decisions, TELUS anticipates an approximate $20
million incremental negative impact on EBITDA for 2004. TELUS can give no
assurance that earnings will not be further adversely affected as regulatory
rules continue to be reviewed, adjusted or changed. The price cap decision also
established a rate adjustment plan for ILECs that do not meet the quality of
service standards approved by the CRTC. TELUS will pay approximately $6.5
million in rate adjustments for the initial reporting period ending May 2003,
and would anticipate a similar level of rate adjustments in 2004 if quality of
service results for the last seven months of 2003 were to continue until the
end of the second reporting period in May 2004. However, quality of service has
improved significantly as new systems and processes have been introduced and
TELUS may not be required to pay further rate adjustments in 2004.
Nevertheless, TELUS has no assurance that these rate adjustments will not
significantly affect earnings in the future.

On September 25, 2003, the CRTC approved TELUS' $21.4 million total service
improvement program for extending and upgrading service where required in
Alberta and B.C., to be completed over four years ending in 2006. The cost of
the service improvement program will be recovered from TELUS' deferral account
established in the 2002 price cap decisions. The CRTC has not yet determined
the process for drawing funds from the deferral account or how the remaining
balance of the deferral account liability will be utilized.

In the 2002 price cap decisions, the CRTC established new lower prices for some
digital services provided by the ILECs and made those new lower prices
available only to competitors. The CRTC then initiated a proceeding to consider
whether the ILECs should be required to provide more digital services to
competitors at prices below normal tariffed rates. The proceeding to consider
Competitor Digital Network Access (CDNA) service, which was initiated in the
2002 price cap decisions, was completed in December 2003 and a decision is
expected in 2004. The results of this proceeding will finalize the scope of the
CDNA service and the terms and conditions under which it will be made
available. CDNA service was initially made available to competitors at lower
than tariffed rates on an interim basis. Only the access and link components of
the retail Digital Network Access (DNA) service were made available. The CRTC's
decision in the CDNA proceeding will determine whether further components of
the retail DNA service and certain digital inter-exchange transport facilities
will be added to the CDNA service. If the scope of the CDNA service is expanded
to include additional components, the CRTC will also determine the effective
date for any rate changes, including the possibility of retroactive rate
reductions. The CRTC has already established that the initial revenue loss
resulting from the introduction of CDNA service will be recovered against the
revenue realized as a result of the reversal of exogenous adjustments at the
end of the first price cap period in May 2002. If the scope of the CDNA service
is expanded, the CRTC will also determine if the additional revenue loss may be
recovered in a similar manner to the initial revenue loss or by some other
means. There can be no assurance that the implementation of CDNA will not
result in further revenue losses for TELUS. The CRTC is not expected to render
its decision in this proceeding before the second quarter of 2004.

    Pricing safeguard review

The CRTC has initiated a proceeding to review pricing safeguards and is
proposing modifications to the service bundle pricing rules as well as the
introduction of a new pricing safeguard for volume and term contracts for
retail tariffed services. The CRTC is also proposing to modify the imputation
test that is used when ILECs propose rate decreases. If the CRTC implements the
changes it has proposed to the pricing safeguards, the ILECs will have less
pricing flexibility and TELUS' ability to respond to competitive pressures will
be constrained. TELUS' business operations could be negatively affected by the
CRTC's decision in this proceeding. The CRTC is not expected to render its
decision in this proceeding before late 2004.

     Terms of access

In 1999, the CRTC had ordered power companies to grant access to their power
poles to cable companies at fixed rates significantly lower than the
expectations of the power companies. The Federal Court of Appeal determined the
CRTC did not have jurisdiction over power poles of provincially regulated power
companies, and on May 16, 2003, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld that
decision. TELUS may be negatively affected by this decision to the extent that
it relies on power poles to deliver services to its customers, rates may
escalate over time, and it has facilities placed on approximately 200,000 poles
owned by power companies. As part of the follow-up process to Decision 2003-11,
a proposal was made to reassign the ILECs' support structure services so as to
make them available at cost-based rates (cost plus an approved mark-up). The
CRTC has yet to make a determination on this proposal which may result in a
reduction of the revenues that TELUS receives for the use of its support
structure facilities.

On July 21, 2003, the CRTC directed the incumbent telephone companies to
provide their retail high-speed Internet services to residential customers
receiving primary local telephone service from competitors upon request.
Currently, the provision of high-speed Internet service is directly linked to
the local telephone line. TELUS has determined that a plan to reconfigure
numerous automated systems and processes to implement this decision could cost
up to an estimated $10 million in capital and operating costs. There can be no
assurance that the success of implementation and estimated costs will be as
planned. A similar request has been made to the CRTC for high-speed Internet
services for business customers.

On June 30, 2003, the CRTC ruled on a proceeding to establish terms of access
to tenants in multi-dwelling units (MDUs), such as office complexes and
apartment buildings. Building owners were demanding substantial fees for such
access. In its decision, the CRTC announced principles that allow for access by
all local telephone companies to equipment and wiring in MDUs. The decision
reduced considerably the uncertainty TELUS faced in gaining access to such
buildings. From a financial perspective, the decision reduced TELUS' exposure
to potential significantly increased costs of building access. However, on
November 8, 2003, an association representing building owners was granted leave
to appeal this decision by the Federal Court of Appeal. It is possible that
future costs to TELUS may materialize as a result of court challenges.

    Interconnection

The CRTC concluded a proceeding in early 2003 that reviewed the interconnection
regime between local exchange carriers (LECs) and a decision is expected in
this proceeding in 2004. The interconnection proceeding reviewed the current
rules concerning the point of interconnection for LECs, the current trunking
rules for LECs and compensation arrangements for the exchange of traffic
between LECs. It is likely that the CRTC will allow expanded interconnection
arrangements between LECs in addition to the current interconnection
arrangements. There can be no assurance that the interconnection decision will
not reduce TELUS' revenues for interconnection services, increase TELUS'
operating costs for interconnection with CLECs in its ILEC territory, or
require additional capital expenditures for the expansion of interconnection
facilities.

    TELUS' broadcasting distribution undertakings

On August 20, 2003, the CRTC approved applications by TELUS Communications Inc.
(TCI) to operate terrestrial broadcasting distribution undertakings to serve
various communities in Alberta and British Columbia. On September 9, 2003, the
CRTC approved TELUS' application for a video-on-demand undertaking licence with
the same terms and conditions as previously licensed video-on-demand
undertakings in Canada. The licence is national in scope and extends for a
seven-year term. TCI continues to test and assess this opportunity. There can
be no assurance that implementation costs or projected revenues and expenses
will be as planned or that a launch will in fact occur.

    Voice over Internet protocol

On February 12, 2004, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) in the U.S.
announced that it was initiating a major proceeding to seek public comment on
the premise that Internet services (including voice services) should continue
to be subject to minimal regulation. The proceeding will also assess whether
mechanisms to provide public safety, emergency 911, law enforcement access,
consumer protections and access for people with disabilities will need to
change as communications migrate to Internet-based services. The FCC stated its
desire to provide a measure of regulatory stability to the communications
market and to support the continuing development of Internet-based services.
The CRTC currently has before it an application requesting that a similar
proceeding be initiated in Canada. If a CRTC proceeding is conducted, there can
be no assurance that TELUS will not be materially adversely affected by a
decision arising from it.

    Radiocommunication licences regulated by Industry Canada

All wireless communications depend on the use of radio transmissions and
therefore require access to radio spectrum. Under the Radiocommunication Act,
Industry Canada regulates, manages and controls the allocation of spectrum in
Canada and licenses frequency bands and/or radio channels within various
frequency bands to service providers and private users. Voice and data wireless
communications via cellular, SMR, ESMR and PCS systems, among others, require
such licences. TELUS Mobility's PCS and cellular licences include various terms
and conditions, such as: meeting certain performance levels, meeting Canadian
ownership requirements, obligations regarding coverage and build-out, spending
at least 2% of certain PCS and cellular revenues on research and development,
annual reporting, and resale to competitors. While TELUS believes that it is
substantially in compliance with its licence conditions, there can be no
assurance that it will be found to comply with all licence conditions, or if
found not to be compliant that a waiver will be granted, or that the costs to
be incurred to achieve compliance will not be significant. Initial licence fees
and annual renewal fees are payable for licences which have not been obtained
via spectrum auction. There can be no assurance that Industry Canada will not
seek to increase these fees in the future.

    Foreign ownership restrictions

TELUS and its subsidiaries are subject to the foreign ownership restrictions
imposed by the Telecommunications Act and the Radiocommunication Act. Although
TELUS believes that TELUS Corporation and its subsidiaries are in compliance
with the relevant legislation, there can be no assurance that a future CRTC or
Industry Canada determination, or events beyond TELUS' control, will not result
in TELUS ceasing to comply with the relevant legislation. If such a development
were to occur, the ability of TELUS' subsidiaries to operate as Canadian
carriers under the Telecommunications Act or to maintain, renew or secure
licences under the Radiocommunication Act could be jeopardized and TELUS'
business could be materially adversely affected.

Process risks

    TELUS systems and processes could negatively impact financial results and
    customer service

    Billing/revenue assurance

TELUS has merged with and acquired several companies, which have a variety of
billing systems. The number of different billing systems at TELUS presents the
risk that the systems are not sufficiently integrated, causing unrecognized
revenue leakage, billing errors in customer accounts, and the sharing of
incorrect and inaccurate information. Although TELUS has a finance department
that focuses on revenue assurance and increasing the accuracy and completeness
of billing, the risk associated with the volume and variety of billing system
transactions could result in adverse effects on TELUS' earnings.

Also, as a result of the various staff reductions, system changes and training
requirements arising from TELUS' Operational Efficiency Program, there is a
potential impact on the operations of TELUS' internal processes involved with
billing that could negatively affect TELUS' earnings.

    Efficiency

To remain cost competitive and maintain profitability when prices are lowered
by regulatory and/or competitor actions, it is important for TELUS to continue
reducing costs. Beginning in 2001, TELUS' multi-phase Operational Efficiency
Program aimed at improving operating and capital productivity and
competitiveness. This multi-faceted program focused on reducing staff,
optimizing the use of resources, and maintaining and ultimately improving
customer service. This has been accomplished by consolidating functions,
closing and consolidating facilities, and streamlining processes. At the end of
2003, TELUS exceeded its two-year 6,500 net staff reduction by 200, however,
there can be no assurance that the financial goals and maintenance and
improvement of customer service levels will be achieved going forward. If TELUS
is unable to control costs, the Company may not achieve cost competitiveness
and the profitability required to be attractive to investors.

Further, with the local price cap formula regime, certain local prices decrease
by a 3.5% productivity factor less inflation until 2006. It is expected that
ongoing efficiency programs are necessary in order to avoid an adverse impact
on earnings.

    Cost and availability of services

The availability of various data, video and voice services in CLEC (competitive
local exchange carrier) regions where TELUS' wireline network is only
partly available represents a significant challenge in terms of delivery
deadlines, quality and costs of services. The lease of facilities from other
telecommunications companies and rebilling for the use of their networks may
prove to be costly and unprofitable. To offset these costs and to enhance
profitability, the Company must implement an efficient capital investment plan
that enables the migration of these services on to its own network. Although
efforts continue in this regard, the Company cannot provide assurance as to
results.

Health and safety

    Concerns about health and safety, particularly in the wireless business,
    may affect future prospects

        Radio frequency emission concerns

Some studies have asserted that radio frequency emissions from wireless
handsets may be linked to certain adverse health effects. However, there is
substantial evidence, as determined and published in numerous scientific
studies worldwide, supporting the conclusion that there is no demonstrated
public health risk associated with the use of wireless phones. TELUS believes
that the handsets sold by TELUS Mobility comply with all applicable Canadian
and U.S. government safety standards.

There can be no assurance that future health studies, government regulations or
public concerns about the health effects of radio frequency emissions would not
have an adverse effect on the business and prospects for TELUS' wireless
business. For example, public concerns could reduce customer growth and usage
or increase costs from modifying handsets and product liability lawsuits.

        Responsible driving

The Insurance Corporation of B.C. and the University of Montreal have released
studies showing an increase in distraction levels for drivers using wireless
phones while driving. In December 2002, Newfoundland & Labrador banned drivers'
use of handheld wireless phones (as with other bans on handheld phones, the
province allows the use of hands-free wireless kits).

There are similar examples in the United States. In January 2004, New Jersey
followed a precedent set by New York by passing legislation that bans handheld
wireless phone use by drivers. In Washington, D.C., the Responsible Use of Cell
Phones Act was introduced to City Council in 2003. The act, currently being
reviewed by Washington's mayor before a review by Congress, would ban the use
of handheld wireless phones while driving.

TELUS promotes responsible driving and recommends that driving safely should be
every wireless customer's first responsibility. TELUS believes that current
laws adequately address all forms of careless and negligent driving, and laws
that are specific to mobile phones are unnecessary and counterproductive.

There can be no assurance that additional laws against using wireless phones
while driving will not be passed and that if passed, such laws will not have a
negative effect on subscriber growth rates, usage levels and wireless revenues.

Strategic partners

     TELUS' interests may conflict with those of its strategic partners

While strategic alliance partners such as Verizon are expected to assist TELUS
in executing its growth strategy in Canada, their interests may not always
align with those of TELUS. This could potentially affect the speed and outcome
of strategic and operating decisions.

    Sales of substantial amounts of TELUS shares by its strategic partners may
    cause TELUS' share price to decline

Some of TELUS' strategic partners may decide to sell all or part of their share
positions. For example, Motorola is permitted to sell its 9.7 million
Non-Voting Shares, a 2.8% economic interest. Verizon could sell a portion of
its 73.5 million Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares, a 20.9% economic
interest, although it is not permitted until February 2009 to reduce its
shareholding to less than 19.9% of all outstanding Common Shares and Non-Voting
Shares without the prior approval of a majority of the independent directors on
the TELUS Board. Sales of substantial amounts of TELUS shares, or the
perception that these sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price
of TELUS shares.

     Legal and ethical compliance

TELUS relies on its employees, officers, Board of Directors, key suppliers and
partners to demonstrate reasonable legal and ethical standards. TELUS has
instituted for its employees, officers and Directors an ethics policy and a
toll-free EthicsLine for anonymous reporting by anyone of issues or complaints.
However, there can be no assurance that these standards will be adhered to by
all parties and that results will not be negatively affected.

Litigation

     Claims and lawsuits

Given the size of TELUS, claims and lawsuits seeking damages and other relief
are regularly threatened or pending against the Company and its subsidiaries.
TELUS cannot predict with any certainty the outcome of such claims and lawsuits
and as such, there can be no assurance that results will not be negatively
impacted.

     Privacy compliance

TELUS has been subject to federal privacy legislation, the Personal Information
Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA), since January 1, 2001. TELUS
has an industry-leading privacy compliance program that is overseen by a
designated privacy officer. Notwithstanding this, situations might occur where
personal information of a TELUS customer or employee is inadvertently
collected, used or disclosed in a manner which is not fully compliant with
PIPEDA, thereby exposing TELUS to the possibility of sanctions under that Act.
Although management cannot predict outcomes with certainty, management believes
it is unlikely that any such sanctions would be material.


==============================================================================





                             TELUS CORPORATION

                       CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                            DECEMBER 31, 2003





==============================================================================

Management's Report

Management is responsible to the Board of Directors for the preparation of the
consolidated financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. These
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Canadian Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles ("GAAP") and necessarily include some amounts
based on estimates and judgements. Financial information presented elsewhere in
this annual report is consistent with that in the consolidated financial
statements.

The Company maintains a system of internal controls that provides management
with reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and that reliable
financial records are maintained. This system includes written policies and
procedures, an organizational structure that segregates duties and a
comprehensive program of periodic audits by the internal auditors. The Company
has also instituted policies and guidelines that require TELUS team members
(including Board members and Company employees) to maintain the highest ethical
standards, and has established mechanisms for the reporting to the audit
committee of perceived accounting and ethics policy complaints. Annually the
Company performs an extensive risk assessment process, which includes
interviews with senior management, a web-enabled risk and control assessment
survey distributed to a large sample of employees and input from the Company's
strategic planning activities. Results of this process influence the
development of the internal audit program. Key enterprise-wide risks are
assigned to executive owners for the development and implementation of
appropriate risk mitigation plans. During 2002, the Company implemented a
Sarbanes-Oxley certification enablement process, which, among other things,
cascades informative certifications from the key stakeholders within the
financial reporting process, which are reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer
and the Chief Financial Officer as part of their due diligence process.

The Company has adopted a formal Policy on Corporate Disclosure and
Confidentiality of Information, which sets out policies and practices including
forming a Disclosure Committee.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer have evaluated the
effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures related to
the preparation of the management's discussion and analysis and the
consolidated financial statements as well as other information contained in
this report. They have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and
procedures were adequate and effective to ensure that material information
relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries would be made known
to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which the management's discussion and analysis and the consolidated financial
statements contained in this report were being prepared.

There were no significant changes in the Company's internal controls or in
other factors that could significantly affect internal controls subsequent to
when they were evaluated, nor were there any significant deficiencies or
material weaknesses in these controls requiring corrective actions.

TELUS' Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer expect to certify
TELUS' annual filing with the United States' Securities and Exchange Commission
on Form 40-F as required by the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

The Board of Directors has reviewed and approved these consolidated financial
statements. To assist the Board in meeting its oversight responsibilities, it
has appointed an audit committee, which is comprised entirely of independent
directors. All the members of the committee are financially literate and the
Chair of the committee is an audit committee financial expert as defined in
accordance with applicable securities laws. The committee oversees the
Company's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls and disclosure
controls, legal and regulatory compliance, ethics policy and timeliness of
filings with regulatory authorities, the independence and performance of the
Company's external and internal auditors, the management of the Company's
risks, its credit worthiness, treasury plans and financial policy and its
whistleblower and accounting and ethics complaint procedures. The committee
meets no less than quarterly and, as a standard feature of regularly scheduled
meetings, holds an in-camera session with the external auditors and separately
with the internal auditors without other management,including management
directors present. It oversees the work of the external auditors and approves
the annual audit plan. It also receives reports on the external auditor's
internal quality control procedures and independence. Furthermore, the audit
committee reviews: the Company's major accounting policies including
alternatives and potential key management estimates and judgements; the
Company's financial policies and compliance with such policies; the evaluation
by either the internal or external auditors of management's internal control
systems; the evaluation by management of the adequacy and effectiveness in the
design and operation of the Company's disclosure controls and internal controls
for financial reporting. The audit committee also considers reports on the
Company's business continuity and disaster recovery plan; reports on financial
risk management including derivative exposure and policies; tax planning,
environmental risk management and management's approach for safeguarding
corporate assets and regularly reviews key capital expenditures. The committee
pre-approves all audit, audit-related and non-audit services provided to the
Company by the external auditors (and its affiliates). The committee's terms of
reference are available, on request, to shareholders and are available on the
Company's website.

"Robert G. McFarlane"

Robert G. McFarlane
Executive Vice-President
and Chief Financial Officer


Auditors' Report

To the Shareholders of TELUS Corporation

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of TELUS Corporation as at
December 31, 2003 and 2002 and the consolidated statements of income, retained
earnings and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements
are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain
reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.

In our opinion, these consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Company as at December 31,
2003 and 2002 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the
years then ended in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting
principles. As required by the Company Act (British Columbia), we report that,
in our opinion, except for the changes in accounting policies described in Note
2, these principles have been applied on a consistent basis.

"Deloitte & Touche LLP"

Deloitte & Touche LLP
Chartered Accountants
Vancouver, B.C.
February 2, 2004, except as to Note 16(c), which is as of February 12, 2004



Consolidated Statements of Income



Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING REVENUES								              $	7,146.0       $	7,006.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING EXPENSES
  Operations						                                	4,301.9 	4,488.1
  Restructuring and workforce reduction costs (Note 4)					  	   28.3 	  569.9
  Depreciation 						                                	1,272.9 	1,213.7
  Amortization of intangible assets						          	  379.9 	  356.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						                                                5,983.0 	6,628.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING INCOME						                                1,163.0 	  378.4
  Other expense, net 						                                   23.3 	   42.7
  Financing costs (Note 5) 						                          628.0 	  604.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST			                  511.7 	 (268.4)
  Income taxes (recovery) (Note 6)						                  176.9 	  (42.5)
  Non-controlling interest						                            3.3 	    3.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)						                                  331.5 	 (229.0)
  Preference and preferred share dividends						            3.5 	    3.5
  Interest on convertible debentures, net of income taxes					    7.1 	    6.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
COMMON SHARE AND NON-VOTING SHARE INCOME (LOSS)		                                      $   320.9       $	 (239.3)
=================================================================================================================================
INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND NON-VOTING SHARE ($) (Note 7)
   - Basic 						                                            0.92 	   (0.75)
   - Diluted						                                            0.91 	   (0.75)
DIVIDENDS DECLARED PER COMMON SHARE AND NON-VOTING SHARE ($)			                    0.60 	    0.60
TOTAL WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES AND NON-VOTING SHARES OUTSTANDING (millions)
    - Basic						                                          349.3 	  317.9
    - Diluted						                                          351.8 	  317.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


Consolidated Statements of Retained Earnings



Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT BEGINNING OF YEAR	                                                              $	  630.4       $	1,654.8
Transitional impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives (Note 2(g))		             - 		 (595.2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Adjusted opening balance		                                                          630.4 	1,059.6
Net income (loss)		                                                                  331.5 	 (229.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                  961.9 	  830.6
Less: 	Common Share and Non-Voting Share dividends paid, or payable, in cash 		          165.8 	  150.9
	Common Share and Non-Voting Share dividends reinvested, or to be reinvested,
         in shares issued from Treasury                                                            43.8 	   39.0
	Preference and preferred share dividends		                                    3.5 	    3.5
	Interest on convertible debentures, net of income taxes		                            7.1 	    6.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT END OF YEAR (Note 16)	                                                      $	  741.7       $	  630.4
=================================================================================================================================
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


Consolidated Balance Sheets



As at December 31 (millions)									2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
Current Assets
  Cash and temporary investments, net	                                                      $     6.2       $      -
  Accounts receivable (Notes 9, 18(b))		                                                  723.8 	  640.4
  Income and other taxes receivable 		                                                  187.4 	  134.0
  Inventories		                                                                          123.5 	   96.5
  Prepaid expenses and other (Note 18(b))		                                          172.4 	  163.5
  Current portion of future income taxes (Note 6)		                                  304.0 	  138.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                1,517.3 	1,173.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital Assets, Net (Note 10)
  Property, plant, equipment and other		                                                7,764.3 	8,025.9
  Intangible assets subject to amortization		                                          844.7 	  998.5
  Intangible assets with indefinite lives		                                        2,954.6 	2,950.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                               11,563.6        11,974.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Assets
  Deferred charges (Note 11)		                                                         610.7 	          729.1
  Future income taxes (Note 6)		                                                         626.0 	        1,170.3
  Investments		                                                                          41.9 	           48.1
  Goodwill (Note 12)		                                                               3,118.0          3,124.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                4,396.6 	5,072.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $17,477.5       $18,219.8
=================================================================================================================================

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current Liabilities
  Cash and temporary investments, net	                                                      $	     - 	      $	    9.0
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 18(b))		                                1,294.1 	1,198.8
  Restructuring and workforce reduction accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 4)	  141.0 	  400.4
  Dividends payable		                                                                   53.5 	   52.2
  Advance billings and customer deposits (Note 18(b))		                                  445.0 	  330.3
  Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 14)		                                  221.1 	  190.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                2,154.7 	2,181.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt (Note 14) 		                                                        6,469.4 	8,197.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other Long-Term Liabilities (Note 15)		                                                1,173.7 	  405.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Future Income Taxes (Note 6)		                                                        1,007.0 	  992.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-Controlling Interest		                                                           10.7 	   11.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity (Note 16)
  Convertible debentures		                                                          149.6 	  148.5
  Preference and preferred shares 		                                                   69.7 	   69.7
  Common equity		                                                                        6,442.7 	6,214.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                6,662.0 	6,432.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $17,477.5       $18,219.8
=================================================================================================================================
Commitments and Contingent Liabilities (Note 17)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


Approved by the Directors:

Director:	        Director:

"Brian F. MacNeill"	"Brian A. Canfield"
 -----------------       -----------------
 Brian F. MacNeill	 Brian A. Canfield


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows




Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)									      $	  331.5       $	 (229.0)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization						                        1,652.8 	1,570.3
  Future income taxes 						                                  398.6 	    9.2
  Gain on redemption of long-term debt						                     - 		  (82.7)
  Net employee defined benefit plans expense (credits)					           53.0 	   (9.8)
  Employer contributions to employee defined benefit plans			                  (99.8)	  (75.3)
  Restructuring and workforce reduction costs, net of cash payments (Note 4)		         (259.4)	  290.7
  Other, net						                                           44.0 	  (11.6)
  Net change in non-cash working capital (Note 18(c))						   23.3 	  279.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash provided by operating activities						                2,144.0 	1,741.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Capital expenditures (Note 10(a))						               (1,252.7)       (1,697.9)
Proceeds from the sale of property (Note 10(d)) and other assets			           51.2 	    8.2
Other						                                                    3.7 	   (1.4)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used by investing activities						               (1,197.8)       (1,691.1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares issued						           86.6  	   92.2
Public issuance of Non-Voting Shares						                     - 		  337.4
Cost of public issuance of Non-Voting Shares						             - 		  (14.5)
Dividends to shareholders						                         (172.0)	 (135.6)
Long-term debt issued (Note 14)						                          373.0 	  644.2
Redemptions and repayment of long-term debt (Note 14)					       (1,201.7)	 (901.0)
Change in short-term obligations (commercial paper and bank borrowings)			             - 		  (84.4)
Interest on convertible debentures						                  (10.2)	  (10.2)
Other						                                                   (6.7)	   (4.1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash used by financing activities						                 (931.0)	  (76.0)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CASH POSITION
Increase (decrease) in cash and temporary investments, net			                   15.2 	  (26.1)
Cash and temporary investments, net, beginning of year						   (9.0)	   17.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and temporary investments, net, end of year					      $	    6.2       $	   (9.0)
=================================================================================================================================
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOWS
Interest paid					                                              $	  657.5       $	  675.8
=================================================================================================================================
Interest received					                                      $	   41.6       $	   24.5
=================================================================================================================================
Income taxes (inclusive of Investment Tax Credits (Note 6)) received		              $	  165.5       $	   18.6
=================================================================================================================================
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


DECEMBER 31, 2003

TELUS Corporation is one of Canada's largest telecommunications companies,
providing a full range of telecommunications products and services. The Company
is the largest incumbent telecommunications service provider in Western Canada
and provides data, Internet Protocol, voice and wireless services to Central
and Eastern Canada.

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Canada and are
expressed in Canadian dollars.

The terms "TELUS" or "Company" are used to mean TELUS Corporation and, where
the context of the narrative permits or requires, its subsidiaries.

(a) Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and
all of the Company's subsidiaries, of which the principal one is TELUS
Communications Inc. (including the TELE-MOBILE COMPANY partnership).

The financing arrangements of the Company and all of its subsidiaries do not
impose restrictions on inter-corporate dividends.

On a continuing basis, TELUS Corporation reviews its corporate organization and
effects changes as appropriate so as to enhance its value. This process can,
and does, affect which of the Company's subsidiaries are considered principal
subsidiaries at any particular point in time.

(b) Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles ("GAAP") requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Examples of significant estimates include: the key economic assumptions used to
determine the fair value of residual cash flows arising from accounts
receivable securitization; the allowance for doubtful accounts; the allowance
for inventory obsolescence; the estimated useful lives of assets; the
recoverability of tangible assets; the recoverability of intangible assets with
indefinite lives; the recoverability of long-term investments; the
recoverability of goodwill; the composition of future income tax assets and
future income tax liabilities; the accruals for payroll and employee-related
liabilities; the accruals for restructuring and workforce reduction costs; and
certain actuarial and economic assumptions used in determining defined benefit
pension costs, accrued pension benefit obligations and pension plan assets.

(c) Revenue Recognition

The Company earns the majority of its revenue (voice local, voice contribution,
voice long distance, data and mobility network) from access to, and usage of,
the Company's telecommunication infrastructure. The majority of the balance of
the Company's revenue (other and mobility equipment) arises from providing
products facilitating access to, and usage of, the Company's telecommunication
infrastructure.

The Company offers complete and integrated solutions to meet its customers'
needs. These solutions may involve the delivery of multiple services and
products occurring at different points in time and/or over different periods of
time. As appropriate, these multiple element arrangements are separated into
their component accounting units, consideration is measured and allocated
amongst the accounting units and then the Company's relevant revenue
recognition polices are applied to them.

  Voice Local, Voice Long Distance, Data and Mobility Network: The Company
recognizes revenues on the accrual basis and includes an estimate of revenues
earned but unbilled. Wireline and wireless service revenues are recognized
based upon usage of the Company's network and facilities and upon contract
fees.

Advance billings are recorded when billing occurs prior to rendering the
associated service; such advance billings are recognized as revenue in the
period in which the services are provided. Similarly, and as appropriate,
upfront customer activation and installation fees, along with the corresponding
direct costs not in excess of the revenues, are deferred and recognized over
the average expected term of the customer relationship.
When the Company receives no identifiable, separable benefit for consideration
given to a customer, such as that which might arise in a customer loyalty
program, the consideration is recorded as a reduction of revenue rather than as
an expense as the Company considers this to result in a more appropriate
presentation of transactions in the financial statements.

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for its quality of
service penalties that arise from the jurisdiction of the Canadian
Radio-television and Telecommunications Commission ("CRTC").

  Voice Contribution: The CRTC has established a portable subsidy mechanism to
subsidize Local Exchange Carriers, such as the Company, that provide
residential service to high cost service areas ("HCSAs"). The CRTC has
determined the per line/per band portable subsidy rate for all Local Exchange
Carriers. The Company recognizes the portable subsidy on an accrual basis by
applying the subsidy rate to the number of residential network access lines it
has in HCSAs.

  Other and Mobility Equipment: The Company recognizes product revenues,
including wireless handsets sold to re-sellers and customer premises equipment,
when the products are delivered and accepted by the end-user customers.
Revenues from operating leases of equipment are recognized on a systematic and
rational basis (normally a straight-line basis) over the term of the lease.
When the Company receives no identifiable, separable benefit for consideration
given to a customer, the consideration is recorded as a reduction of revenue
rather than as an expense as the Company considers this to result in a more
appropriate presentation of transactions in the financial statements.

  Non-HCSA Deferral Account: On May 30, 2002, and on July 31, 2002, the CRTC
issued Decision 2002-34 and Decision 2002-43, respectively, pronouncements that
will affect the Company's wireline revenues for four-year periods beginning
June 1, 2002, and August 1, 2002, respectively. In an effort to foster
competition for residential basic service in non-high cost service areas
("non-HCSAs"), the concept of a deferral account mechanism was introduced by
the CRTC, as an alternative to mandating price reductions.
The deferral account arises from the CRTC requiring the Company to defer the
income statement recognition of a portion of the monies received in respect of
residential basic services provided to non-HCSAs. The revenue deferral is based
on the rate of inflation (as measured by a chain-weighted GDPPI index), less a
productivity offset of 3.5%, and an "exogenous factor" that is associated with
allowed recoveries in previous price cap regimes that have now expired. The
Company may recognize the deferred amounts upon the undertaking of qualifying
actions, such as Service Improvement Programs ("SIPs") in qualifying non-HCSAs,
rate reductions (including those provided to competitors as required in
Decision 2002-34 and Decision 2002-43) and/or rebates to customers. To the
extent that a balance remains in the deferral account, interest is required to
be accrued at the Company's short-term cost of borrowing.
The Company has adopted the liability method of accounting for the deferral
account. This results in the Company recording a liability to the extent that
activities it has undertaken, realized rate reductions for Competitor Services
and other future qualifying events do not extinguish the balance of the
deferral account. This also results in the Company continuing to record
incremental liability amounts, subject to reductions for the mitigating
activities, for the remaining duration of the Decisions' four-year periods.
Other than for the interest accrued on the balance of the deferral account,
which would be included in financing costs, all income statement effects of the
deferral account are recorded through operating revenues.

(d) Advertising Costs

Costs of advertising production, airtime and space are expensed as incurred.

(e) Research and Development

Research and development costs are expensed except in cases where development
costs meet certain identifiable criteria for deferral. Deferred development
costs are amortized over the life of the commercial production, or in the case
of serviceable property, plant and equipment, are included in the appropriate
property group and are depreciated over its estimated useful life.

(f) Depreciation and Amortization

Assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful
life as determined by a continuing program of studies. The composite
depreciation rate for the year ended December 31, 2003, was 6.6% (2002 - 6.6%).
Depreciation includes amortization of assets under capital leases. Intangible
assets with finite lives ("intangible assets subject to amortization") are
amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated lives; estimated lives
are annually reviewed. Estimated useful lives for the majority of the Company's
capital assets subject to depreciation and amortization are as follows:



                                                                                                                Estimated
                                                                                                                useful lives
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant, equipment and other
  Telecommunication assets
    Outside plant								                              17 to 40 years
    Inside plant								                               8 to 20 years
    Mobility site equipment								                     6.5 to  8 years
  Balance of depreciable property, plant, equipment and other					               5 to 20 years
Intangible assets subject to amortization
  Subscriber base (see Note 2(g))
    Wireline					                                                                    50 years
    Wireless					                                                                     7 years
  Software					                                                               3 to  5 years
  Access to rights-of-way and other					                                       7 to 30 years
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


 The Company chose to depreciate and amortize its assets on a straight-line
basis as it believes that this method better reflects the consumption of
resources related to the economic life span of the assets than use of an
accelerated method and thus is more representative of the economic substance of
the underlying use of the assets.

Commencing January 1, 2002, rather than being systematically amortized, the
carrying value of intangible assets with indefinite lives, and goodwill, are
periodically tested for impairment. The frequency of the impairment test
generally is the reciprocal of the stability of the relevant events and
circumstances, but intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill must,
at a minimum, be tested annually; the Company has selected December as its
annual test time. No impairment amounts arose from the December 2003 and
December 2002 annual tests. The test is applied to each of the Company's two
reporting units (the reporting units being identified in accordance with the
criteria in the Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants ("CICA") Handbook
section for intangible assets and goodwill): Communications and Mobility.

The Company assesses its goodwill by applying the prescribed method of
comparing the fair value of its reporting units to the carrying amounts of its
reporting units. Consistent with current industry-specific valuation methods,
the Company uses a combination of the discounted cash flow and the market
comparable approaches in determining the fair value of its reporting units.

(g) Translation of Foreign Currencies

  General: Trade transactions completed in foreign currencies are translated
into Canadian dollars at the rates prevailing at the time of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are
translated into Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the
balance sheet date with any resulting gain or loss being included in the
Consolidated Statements of Income (see Note 5).

The Company has a minor foreign subsidiary that is considered to be
self-sustaining. Accordingly, foreign exchange gains and losses arising from
the translation of the minor foreign subsidiary's accounts into Canadian
dollars are deferred and reported as cumulative foreign currency translation
adjustment in the equity section of the Consolidated Balance Sheets (see Note
16(a)).

  Hedge accounting: The Company applies hedge accounting to the financial
instruments used to establish designated currency hedging relationships for its
U.S. Dollar denominated long-term debt future cash outflows (semi-annual
interest payments and principal payments at maturity) (see Note 3 and Note
14(b)). Hedge accounting is applied to future purchase commitments on an
exception basis only. The purpose of hedge accounting, in respect of the
Company's designated currency hedging relationships, is to ensure that
counterbalancing gains and losses are recognized in the same periods.

The Company chose to apply hedge accounting, as it believes this is more
representative of the economic substance of the underlying transactions.

In order to apply hedge accounting, a high correlation (which indicates
effectiveness) is required in the offsetting changes in the values of the
financial instruments (the "hedging items") used to establish the designated
currency hedging relationships and of the U.S. Dollar denominated long-term
debt (the "hedged items"). The Company assesses the anticipated effectiveness
of designated hedging relationships at inception and for each reporting period
thereafter. A designated hedging relationship is considered effective by the
Company if the following critical terms match between the hedging item and the
hedged item: the notional amount of the hedging item and the principal of the
hedged item; maturity dates; payment dates, and interest rate index. Any
ineffectiveness, such as from a difference between the notional amount of the
hedging item and the principal of the hedged item, is reflected in the
Consolidated Statements of Income as "Financing costs".

In the application of hedge accounting, an amount (the "hedge value") is
recorded in respect of the fair value of the hedging items only to the extent
that their value counterbalances the difference between the Canadian dollar
equivalent of the value of the hedged items at the rate of exchange at the
balance sheet date and the Canadian dollar equivalent of the value of the
hedged items at the rate of exchange in the hedging items. Unrealized changes
in the fair value of hedging items, net of the hedge value recorded (see Note
11 and Note 15), are recognized when all the hedged cash flows have occurred
(see Note 5). If a previously effective designated hedging relationship becomes
ineffective, all gains or losses relating to the hedging item are prospectively
reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income as "Financing costs".

(h) Income Taxes

The Company follows the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under
this method, current income taxes are recognized for the estimated income taxes
payable for the current year. Future income tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for temporary differences between the tax and accounting bases of
assets and liabilities as well as for the benefit of losses available to be
carried forward to future years for tax purposes that are more likely than not
to be realized.

The Company's research and development activities may be eligible to earn
Investment Tax Credits. The Company's research and development activities and
their eligibility to earn Investment Tax Credits is a complex matter and, as a
result, the threshold of more likely than not is normally only achieved after
the relevant taxation authorities have made specific determinations. When it is
more likely than not that the Investment Tax Credits will be received, they are
accounted for using the cost reduction method whereby such credits are deducted
from the expenditures or assets to which they relate (see Note 6).

(i) Share-Based Compensation

The Company applies the intrinsic value based method of accounting for
share-based compensation awards granted to employees. Accordingly, no
compensation cost is recorded in the accounts for its share option plans.
Canadian GAAP requires that a fair value be determined for share options at the
date of grant and that such fair value is recognized in the financial
statements. In respect of share options awarded to employees, it is permissible
to use either the fair value based method or the intrinsic value based method,
however, if the intrinsic value based method is used, pro forma disclosure is
required so as to show what the effect would have been had the fair value based
method been applied (see Note 8(a) and Note 2(d)). Proceeds arising from the
exercise of share options are credited to share capital.

The Company has chosen to apply the intrinsic value method of accounting for
share-based compensation since estimating share-based compensation with
reasonable accuracy is not determinable and the effect the fair value method
would have on reducing the meaningfulness of the Consolidated Statements of
Income. As well, the Company believes that the majority of companies operating
in the same capital markets as the Company apply the intrinsic value method of
accounting for share-based compensation and thus the Company has selected the
intrinsic value method rather than the fair value method of accounting for the
reason of increasing the comparability of its financial reporting.

In respect of restricted share units, the Company accrues a liability equal to
the product of the vesting and vested restricted share units multiplied by the
fair market value of the corresponding shares at the end of the reporting
period (see Note 8(b)).

When share-based compensation vests in one amount at a future point in time
("cliff vesting"), the expense is recognized by the Company, either in the
Consolidated Statements of Income or in the pro forma disclosures in Note 8(a),
on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. When share based compensation
vests in tranches ("graded vesting"), the expense is recognized by the Company,
either in the Consolidated Statements of Income or in the pro forma disclosures
in Note 8(a), using the accelerated expense attribution method.

(j) Cash and Temporary Investments, Net

Cash and temporary investments, which include investments in money market
instruments that are purchased three months or less from maturity, are
presented net of outstanding items including cheques written but not cleared by
the bank as at the balance sheet date. Cash and temporary investments, net, are
classified as a liability on the balance sheet when the amount of the cheques
written but not cleared by the bank exceeds the amount of the cash and
temporary investments.

(k) Sales of Receivables

Effective July 1, 2001, transfers of receivables in securitization transactions
are recognized as sales when the Company is deemed to have surrendered control
over the transferred receivables and consideration, other than for its
beneficial interests in the transferred receivables, has been received. When
the Company sells its receivables, it retains reserve accounts, which are
retained interests in the securitized receivables, and servicing rights. When a
transfer is considered a sale, the Company derecognizes all receivables sold,
recognizes at fair value the assets received and the liabilities incurred and
records the gain or loss on sale in the Consolidated Statements of Income as
"Other expense, net". The amount of gain or loss recognized on the sale of
receivables depends in part on the previous carrying amount of the receivables
involved in the transfer, allocated between the receivables sold and the
retained interests based upon their relative fair market value at the sale
date. The Company estimates the fair value for its retained interests based on
the present value of future expected cash flows using management's best
estimates of the key assumptions - credit losses, the weighted average life of
the receivables sold and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved.

(l) Inventories

The Company's inventory consists primarily of wireless handsets, parts and
accessories and communications equipment held for resale. Inventories of
wireless handsets, parts and accessories are valued at the lower of cost and
replacement cost, with cost being determined on an average cost basis.
Inventories of communications equipment are valued at the lower of cost and net
realizable value, with cost being determined on an average cost basis.

(m) Capital Assets

  General: Property is recorded at historical cost and, with respect to
self-constructed property, includes materials, direct labour and applicable
overhead costs. In addition, where construction projects exceed $20 million and
are of a sufficiently long duration, an amount is capitalized for the cost of
funds used to finance construction (see Note 5). The rate for calculating the
capitalized financing costs is based on the Company's one-year cost of
borrowing.

When property, plant and/or equipment are sold by the Company, the historical
cost less accumulated depreciation is netted against the sale proceeds and the
difference is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as "Other
expense, net".

  Asset retirement obligations: Liabilities are recognized for statutory,
contractual or legal obligations, normally when incurred, associated with the
retirement of property, plant and equipment (primarily certain items of the
outside plant and mobility site components of the Company's telecommunications
assets) when those obligations result from the acquisition, construction,
development or normal operation of the assets. The obligations are measured
initially at fair value (using present value methodology) and the resulting
costs capitalized into the carrying amount of the related asset. In subsequent
periods, the liability is adjusted for the accretion of discount and any
changes in the amount or timing of the underlying future cash flows. The
capitalized asset retirement cost is depreciated on the same basis as the
related asset; discount accretion is included in determining the results of
operations.

(n) Leases

Leases are classified as capital or operating depending upon the terms and
conditions of the contracts.

Where the Company is the lessee, asset values recorded under capital leases are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the period of expected use. Obligations
recorded under capital leases are reduced by lease payments net of imputed
interest.

For the year ended December 31, 2003, real estate and vehicle operating lease
expenses, which are net of the amortization of the deferred gain on the
sale-leaseback of buildings (see Note 10(d) and Note 15), were $167.6 million
(2002 - $151.2 million).

(o) Investments

The Company accounts for its investments in affiliated companies over which it
has significant influence using the equity basis of accounting whereby the
investments are initially recorded at cost and subsequently adjusted to
recognize the Company's share of earnings or losses of the investee companies
and reduced by dividends received. The excess of the cost of equity investments
over the underlying book value at the date of acquisition, except for goodwill,
is amortized over the estimated useful lives of the underlying assets to which
it is attributed.

The Company accounts for its other investments using the cost basis of
accounting whereby investments are initially recorded at cost and earnings from
such investments are recognized only to the extent received or receivable.

Carrying values of equity and cost investments are reduced to estimated market
values if there is other than a temporary decline in the value of the
investment; such reduction recorded is included in the Consolidated Statements
of Income as "Other expense, net".

(p) Other Long-Term Liabilities - Individual Line Service Program

Included in "Other Long-Term Liabilities" are past contributions from the
Government of Alberta under the Individual Line Service program, which are
recognized as revenue on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life
of the related assets. The amount to be recognized as revenue within one year
is included with "Advance billings and customer deposits" in the Consolidated
Balance Sheets.

(q) Employee Future Benefit Plans

The Company accrues its obligations under employee defined benefit plans and
the related costs, net of plan assets. The cost of pensions and other
retirement benefits earned by employees is actuarially determined using the
projected benefit method pro-rated on service and management's best estimate of
expected plan investment performance, salary escalation and retirement ages of
employees. For the purpose of calculating the expected return on plan assets,
those assets are valued at fair value. The excess of the net actuarial gain
(loss) over 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and the fair value of
the plan assets is amortized over the average remaining service period of
active employees of the plan, as are past service costs and transitional assets
and liabilities.

The Company uses defined contribution accounting for the union pension plan
that covers certain of the Company's employees.

(r) Comparative Amounts

Certain of the comparative amounts have been reclassified to conform to the
presentation adopted currently.

2. Accounting Policy Developments

(a) Disclosure of Guarantees

Commencing with the Company's 2003 fiscal year, the new guidelines of the
Canadian Institute of Chartered Accountants ("CICA") for the disclosure of
guarantees (CICA Accounting Guideline AcG-14) apply to the Company (see Note
17(e)). The Guideline elaborates on required disclosures by a guarantor in its
financial statements about obligations under certain types of guarantees that
it has issued.

(b) Asset Retirement Obligations

During the Company's 2003 fiscal year, the Company early adopted the new
recommendations of the CICA for accounting for asset retirement obligations
(CICA Handbook Section 3110) (see Note 1(m)). The new section focuses on the
recognition and measurement of liabilities for statutory, contractual or legal
obligations, normally when incurred, associated with the retirement of
property, plant and equipment when those obligations result from the
acquisition, construction, development or normal operation of the assets. All
amounts recorded and arising from the application of this accounting policy
were not significant.

(c) Employee Future Benefits

Effective December 31, 2003, the Company early adopted the new recommendations
of the CICA dealing with incremental disclosure related to employee benefit
plans (CICA Handbook Section 3461) (see Note 19).

(d) Share-Based Compensation

Commencing with the Company's 2004 fiscal year, the amended recommendations of
the CICA for accounting for share-based compensation (such amendments arising
in 2003) (CICA Handbook Section 3870) will apply to the Company. The amendments
will result in the Company no longer being able to use the intrinsic method of
accounting for share options granted to employees. The Company has selected the
modified-prospective transition method (also referred to as the retroactive
application without restatement method), which will be implemented effective
January 1, 2004. The modified-prospective transition method will result in no
share option expense being recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income
in fiscal years prior to 2004. The share option expense that is recognized in
fiscal years subsequent to 2003 will be in respect of share options granted
after 2001 and vesting in fiscal periods subsequent to 2003.

(e) Hedging Relationships

Commencing with the Company's 2004 fiscal year, the new guidelines of the CICA
for accounting for hedging relationships (CICA Accounting Guideline AcG-13)
apply to the Company. The Company's existing hedge accounting policy is
compliant with the new Guideline (see Note 1(g)).

(f) Equity Settled Obligations

Commencing with the Company's 2005 fiscal year, the amended recommendations of
the CICA for the presentation and disclosures of financial instruments (CICA
Handbook Section 3860) specifically concerning the classification of
obligations that an issuer can settle with its own equity instruments (such
amendments arising in 2003) apply to the Company. The amendments will result in
the Company's convertible debentures being classified as a liability on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets and the associated interest expense will
correspondingly be classified with financing costs on the Consolidated
Statements of Income. In advance of the mandatory adoption date, the Company
will implement the amended standard on a retroactive basis in 2004.

(g) Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Commencing with the Company's 2002 fiscal year, the new recommendations of the
CICA for intangible assets and goodwill (CICA Handbook Section 3062) apply to
the Company (see Note 1(f)).

The Company's intangible assets with indefinite lives, which are its spectrum
licences, were tested for impairment as at January 1, 2002, and the impairment
amount (the "transitional impairment amount") of $595.2 million ($910.0 million
before tax) was considered to arise from a change in accounting policy and was
charged directly to opening retained earnings.

Similarly, goodwill was also to be tested for impairment as at January 1, 2002.
The Company completed this test in the first quarter of 2002 and determined
there was no goodwill transitional impairment amount.

As required, TELUS reviewed the estimated useful lives associated with its
intangible assets that are subject to amortization. Generally accepted
accounting principles require that changes in estimates, such as the useful
lives of assets, be applied prospectively. The Company's review resulted in the
following changes, effected in the first quarter of 2002, to the estimated
useful lives of intangible assets that are subject to amortization:



												Estimated useful lives
												Current		Former
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Subscribers - wireline						                                50 years	     40 years
Subscribers - wireless 						                                 7 years	7 to 10 years
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


3. Financial Instruments

The Company's financial instruments consist of cash and temporary investments,
accounts receivable, investments accounted for using the cost method (see Note
1(o)), accounts payable, restructuring and workforce reduction accounts
payable, dividends payable, short-term obligations, long-term debt, interest
rate swap agreements, foreign exchange hedges and convertible debentures.

The Company uses various financial instruments, the fair values of some which
are not reflected on the balance sheets, to reduce or eliminate exposure to
interest rate and foreign currency risks. These instruments are accounted for
on the same basis as the underlying exposure being hedged. The majority of
these instruments, which were newly added during 2001, pertain to TELUS' U.S.
Dollar borrowing. Use of these instruments is subject to a policy, which
requires that no derivative transaction be effected for the purpose of
establishing a speculative or a levered position, and sets criteria for the
credit worthiness of the transaction counterparties.

  Price risk - interest rate: The Company is exposed to interest rate risk
arising from fluctuations in interest rates on its temporary investments,
short-term obligations and long-term debt.

  Price risk - currency: The Company is exposed to currency risks arising from
fluctuations in foreign exchange rates on its U.S. Dollar denominated long-term
debt. Currency hedging relationships have been established for the related
semi-annual interest payments and principal payments at maturity (see Note 1(g)
and Note 14(b)).

The Company's foreign exchange risk management also includes the use of foreign
currency forward contracts to fix the exchange rates on short-term foreign
currency transactions and commitments. Hedge accounting is applied to these
short-term foreign currency forward contracts on an exception basis only.

As at December 31, 2003, the Company had entered into foreign currency forward
contracts that have the effect of fixing the exchange rates on U.S.$43.0
million of fiscal 2004 purchase commitments; hedge accounting has been applied
to these foreign currency forward contracts, all of which relate to the
Mobility segment.

  Credit risk: The Company is exposed to credit risk with respect to its
short-term deposits, accounts receivable, interest rate swap agreements and
foreign exchange hedges.

Credit risk associated with short-term deposits is minimized substantially by
ensuring that these financial assets are placed with governments,
well-capitalized financial institutions and other creditworthy counterparties.
An ongoing review is performed to evaluate changes in the status of
counterparties.

Credit risk associated with accounts receivable is minimized by the Company's
large customer base, which covers all consumer and business sectors in Canada.
The Company follows a program of credit evaluations of customers and limits the
amount of credit extended when deemed necessary. The Company maintains
provisions for potential credit losses, and any such losses to date have been
within management's expectations.

Counterparties to the Company's interest rate swap agreements and foreign
exchange hedges are major financial institutions that have all been accorded
investment grade ratings by a primary rating agency. The dollar amount of
credit exposure under contracts with any one financial institution is limited
and counterparties' credit ratings are monitored. The Company does not give or
receive collateral on swap agreements and hedges due to its credit rating and
those of its counterparties. While the Company is exposed to credit losses due
to the nonperformance of its counterparties, the Company considers the risk of
this remote; if all counterparties were not to perform, the pre-tax effect
would be limited to the value of the deferred hedging asset (Note 11).

  Fair value: The carrying value of cash and temporary investments, accounts
receivable, accounts payable, restructuring and workforce reduction accounts
payable, dividends payable and short-term obligations approximates their fair
values due to the immediate or short-term maturity of these financial
instruments. The carrying values of the Company's investments accounted for
using the cost method would not exceed their fair values.

The fair values of the Company's long-term debt and convertible debentures are
estimated based on quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or on
the current rates offered to the Company for debt of the same maturity as well
as the use of discounted future cash flows using current rates for similar
financial instruments subject to similar risks and maturities. The fair values
of the Company's derivative financial instruments used to manage exposure to
interest rate and currency risks are estimated similarly.



                                                                 2003                     		 2002
(millions)	                                        Carrying 				Carrying
                                                        amount		Fair value		amount		Fair value
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term debt	                                      $	6,690.5       $ 7,682.8 	      $	8,387.7       $	8,338.2
Convertible debentures	                              $	  149.6       $	  157.4 	      $	  148.5       $	  137.6
Derivative financial instruments used to manage
  exposure to interest rate and currency risks (1)
    - Deferred hedging liability (Note 15)	      $	  739.6       $	  858.6 	      $	     - 	      $	     -
    - Deferred hedging asset (Note 11)	              $	     - 	      $	     - 		      $	  134.1       $	  315.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)	Notional amount outstanding $4,822.9 (2002 - $4,925.7).



4. Restructuring and Workforce Reduction Costs

In 2001, the Company initiated the phased Operational Efficiency Program aimed
at improving the Company's operating and capital productivity and
competitiveness. The first phase of the Operational Efficiency Program was to
complete merger-related restructuring activities in TELUS Mobility and the
reorganization for TELUS Communications. Approximately one-half of the 2001
charge was related to integration costs for TELUS Mobility including the
write-down of redundant capital assets, handset reconfiguration costs and
employee severance costs. The remaining charge was related to reorganization
costs in TELUS Communications, including employee severance costs and capital
asset impairment charges.

The second phase of the Operational Efficiency Program, which commenced at the
beginning of 2002, continued to focus on reducing staff, but also entailed a
comprehensive review of enterprise-wide processes to identify capital and
operational efficiency opportunities. Consequently, the Company initiated a
program offering an Early Retirement Incentive Plan and a Voluntary Departure
Incentive Plan to 11,000 of over 16,000 bargaining unit employees and announced
details on Operational Efficiency Program initiatives including: streamlining
of business processes; reducing the TELUS product portfolio and processes that
support them; optimizing the use of real estate, networks and other assets;
improving customer order management; reducing the scope of corporate support
functions; consolidating operational and administrative functions; and
consolidating customer contact centres.

The third phase of the Operational Efficiency Program, which commenced in the
third quarter of 2002, was focused on operationalizing the above noted
initiatives. Consolidation of administrative offices was largely completed by
December 31, 2002.

As at December 31, 2003, no future costs remain to be recorded under the
Operational Efficiency Program, but variances from estimates currently recorded
may impact amounts ultimately recorded.

The following table presents the program costs to date and the changes in
program costs in the year as well as the corresponding liabilities and changes
in the corresponding liabilities for the year.



                               Program(1)                   Program(1)                   Program(1)     Program(1)
                               inception to   Year ended    inception to   Year ended    inception to   items not      Total
                               December 31,   December 31,  December 31,   December 31,  December 31,   yet eligible   program
(millions)                     2001           2002          2002           2003          2003           for recording  (1)(2)
                  	                                                                             
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Workforce reduction costs
  Voluntary (Early
    Retirement Incentive
    Plan, Voluntary
    Departure Incentive
    Plan and other)	       $   94.6       $	 403.9 	    $	498.5 	   $    1.9 	 $  500.4 	$	-      $  500.4
  Involuntary and other		   67.3 	 153.5 		220.8 	       13.1 	    233.9	        - 	  233.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		                  161.9 	 557.4 		719.3 	       15.0 	    734.3 		- 	  734.3
Lease termination charges	    6.0 	  10.1 		 16.1 		2.4 	     18.5 		- 	   18.5
Asset write-offs		   30.5 	    - 		 30.5 		 - 	     30.5 		- 	   30.5
Other charges		             - 		   2.4 		  2.4 	       10.9 	     13.3               - 	   13.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Restructuring and workforce
  reduction costs		  198.4 	 569.9 		768.3 	       28.3 	    796.6 	$	- 	$ 796.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Less:
 Payments (Note 18(c))		   58.2 	 273.8 		332.0 	      287.7 	    619.7
 Asset write-offs related
   to restructuring		   30.5 	    - 	  	 30.5 	 	 - 	     30.5
 Reclassified to other
   long-term liabilities
   (pension and other
   post-retirement benefit
   liabilities)		             - 		   5.4 		  5.4 	         - 	      5.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		                   88.7 	 279.2 		367.9 	      287.7 	    655.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring and
  workforce reduction
  accounts payable and
  accrued liabilities(3)       $  109.7       $	 290.7 	    $	400.4 	   $ (259.4)	 $  141.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
(1) Program includes phases 1, 2 and 3 of the Operational Efficiency Program.
(2) Amounts were updated during the fourth quarter of 2003.
(3) Included in the December 31, 2003, balance of $141.0 is $47.7 related to
    early retirement benefits (see Note 19(h)) of which $23.8 will be funded after
2004.



The following table presents the status of various Operational Efficiency
Program initiatives. The expense and liability for the Early Retirement
Incentive Plan and Voluntary Departure Incentive Plan programs are recognized
when the employee accepts the Company's formalized offer. As a result,
Operational Efficiency Program costs may be, and have been, as appropriate and
required, recorded in advance of when the underlying event occurs.



                               Program(1)                   Program(1)                   Program(1)
                               inception to   Year ended    inception to   Year ended    inception to                  Total
                               December 31,   December 31,  December 31,   December 31,  December 31,                  program
(millions)                     2001           2002          2002           2003          2003           Future        (1)(2)
                  	                                                                             
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Customer contact centre
 consolidation		             - 		  24 		24            20 	    44 		   2 		  46
=================================================================================================================================

TELUS store closures		     - 		  33 		33 	       - 	    33 		   - 		  33
=================================================================================================================================
Staff reductions (net of
 targeted hiring)
  Phase 1		           800 		   - 	       800 	       - 	   800 		   - 	         800
  Phases 2 and 3		     - 	       5,200 	     5,200 	   1,500 	 6,700 		  50	       6,750
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                   800 	       5,200 	     6,000 	   1,500 	 7,500 		  50 	       7,550
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Program includes phases 1, 2 and 3 of the Operational Efficiency Program.
(2) Amounts were updated during the fourth quarter of 2003.



5. Financing Costs



Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest on long-term debt								      $	  666.7       $	  711.3
Interest on short-term obligations and other 						            5.0 	    3.6
Foreign exchange(1)						                                   (0.4)           (1.5)
Gain on redemption of long-term debt(2)						                     - 		  (82.7)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                                  671.3           630.7
Capitalized interest during construction 						             - 		   (0.7)
Interest income (including interest on tax refunds)						  (43.3)	  (25.9)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

					                                                      $	  628.0       $	  604.1
=================================================================================================================================

(1) For the year ended December 31, 2003, these amounts include gains (losses)
    of $0.5 (2002 - NIL) in respect of hedge ineffectiveness.
(2) This amount includes a gain of $4.3, which arose from the associated
    settlement of financial instruments which hedged U.S. dollar denominated
    long-term debt that was extinguished during the third quarter of 2002.



6. Income Taxes



Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current					                                                      $	 (221.7)      $	  (51.7)
Future						                                                  398.6 	    9.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

					                                                      $	  176.9        $  (42.5)
=================================================================================================================================


The Company's income tax expense (recovery) differs from that calculated by
applying statutory rates for the following reasons:



Years ended December 31 ($ in millions)				2003					2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic blended federal and provincial tax at
 statutory income tax rates			      $	 189.9 		  37.1%		      $	 (105.0)	   39.1%
Tax rate differential on settlement of prior
 year tax issues					 (47.0)					    2.4
Revaluation of future tax assets and liabilities
 for changes in statutory tax rates			  13.6 					   31.3
Non-tax effected elements of income (loss)
before income taxes and non-controlling interest	   1.9 					   10.0
Non-taxable portion of gains				    - 					  (16.4)
Other					                  (2.8)					   11.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					                 155.6 		  30.4%			  (66.7) 	   24.9%
Large corporations tax			                  21.3 					   24.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income tax expense (recovery) per Consolidated
 Statements of Income	                              $	 176.9 		  34.6%		      $	  (42.5)	   15.8%
=================================================================================================================================


As referred to in Note 1(b), the Company must make significant estimates in
respect of the composition of its future income tax assets and future income
tax liabilities. The operations of the Company are complex, and related tax
interpretations, regulations and legislation are continually changing. As a
result, there are usually some tax matters in question. Temporary differences
comprising the future tax assets (liabilities) are estimated as follows:



(millions)											2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital assets
  Property, plant, equipment, other and intangible assets subject to amortization	      $	   95.3       $	  291.2
  Intangible assets with indefinite lives						       (1,007.0)	 (992.3)
Reserves not currently deductible						                  156.1 	  145.7
Losses available to be carried forward						                  622.2 	  765.8
Other						                                                   56.4 	  106.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 					                                                      $	  (77.0)      $	  316.8
=================================================================================================================================
 Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as:
    Future tax assets
       Current					                                              $	  304.0       $	  138.8
       Non-current						                                  626.0 	1,170.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                                  930.0 	1,309.1
   Future tax liabilities						                       (1,007.0)	 (992.3)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Net future tax assets (liabilities)					                       $  (77.0)      $	  316.8
=================================================================================================================================
 

The Company expects to be able to fully utilize its non-capital losses over the
next several years. The Company's assessment is that the risk of expiry of such
non-capital losses is remote.

The Company conducts research and development activities, which are eligible to
earn Investment Tax Credits. During the year ended December 31, 2003, the
Company recorded Investment Tax Credits of $1.5 million (2002 - $67.2 million)
of which $1.3 million (2002 - $50.5 million) was recorded as a reduction of
"Operations expense" and the balance was recorded as a reduction of capital
expenditures.

7. Per Share Amounts

Basic income (loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share is calculated by
dividing Common Share and Non-Voting Share income (loss) by the total weighted
average Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares outstanding during the year.
Diluted income (loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share is calculated to
give effect to share options and warrants and shares issuable on conversion of
debentures.

The following tables present the reconciliations of the numerators and
denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations.




Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss)									      $	 3 31.5       $	 (229.0)
Deduct:
  Preference and preferred share dividends						            3.5             3.5
  Interest on convertible debentures, net of income taxes					    7.1 	    6.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic and diluted Common Share and Non-Voting Share income (loss)		              $	  320.9       $	 (239.3)
=================================================================================================================================
Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic total weighted average Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares outstanding			  349.3 	  317.9
Effect of dilutive securities
   Exercise of share options and warrants						            2.5 	     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Diluted total weighted average Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares outstanding			  351.8 	  317.9
=================================================================================================================================
 

Certain outstanding share options, in the amount of 17.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2003, were not included in the computation of diluted income
(loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share because the options' exercise
prices were greater than the average market price of the Common Shares and
Non-Voting Shares during the year. Similarly, convertible debentures, which
were convertible into 3.8 million shares in the year ended December 31, 2003,
were not included in the computation of diluted income (loss) per Common Share
and Non-Voting Share because the conversion price was greater than the average
market price of the Non-Voting Shares during the year.

8. Share-Based Compensation

(a) Share Options

The Company applies the intrinsic value based method of accounting for
share-based compensation awards granted to employees. Accordingly, no
compensation cost is recorded in the accounts in respect of its share option
plans. For share options granted after 2001, disclosure of the impact on net
income (loss) and net income (loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share as if
the fair value based method of accounting for the share-based compensation had
been applied is required. Such impact, using weighted average fair values of
$6.63 (2002 - $5.10) for options granted in 2003 would approximate the
following pro forma amounts:



Years ended December 31 (millions except per share amounts)					2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compensation cost					                                      $	   18.4       $	    6.9
Net income (loss)
  As reported					                                              $	  331.5       $	 (229.0)
  Pro forma					                                              $	  313.1       $	 (235.9)
Net income (loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share
  Basic
    As reported					                                              $	    0.92      $	   (0.75)
    Pro forma					                                              $	    0.87      $	   (0.77)
  Diluted
    As reported					                                              $	    0.91      $	   (0.75)
    Pro forma					                                              $	    0.86      $	   (0.77)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


As only share options granted after 2001 are included, these pro forma
disclosures are not likely to be representative of the effects on reported net
income for future years.

The fair value of each option granted is estimated at the time of grant using
the Black-Scholes model with weighted average assumptions for grants as
follows:



Years ended December 31										2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk free interest rate					                                            4.5%	    4.9%
Expected lives (years)					                                            4.5		    6.2
Expected volatility					                                           40.0%	   36.6%
Dividend yield					                                                    2.9%	    3.8%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Forfeitures of options are accounted for in the period of forfeiture.

Had weighted average assumptions for grants of share options which are
reflected in the pro forma disclosures above been varied by 10 per cent and 20
per cent changes, the pro forma compensation cost arising from share options
for the year ended December 31, 2003, would have varied as follows:



                                                                                              Hypothetical change in
                                                                                                  assumptions(1)
($ in millions)											10%		20%
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Risk free interest rate					                                      $	    0.4       $	    0.9
Expected lives (years)				                                              $	    0.4       $	    0.8
Expected volatility					                                      $	    1.5       $	    3.1
Dividend yield					                                              $	    0.7       $	    1.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution.
    Favourable hypothetical changes in the assumptions result in a decreased
    amount, and unfavourable hypothetical changes in the assumptions result in an
    increased amount, of the pro forma compensation cost arising from share
    options. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based on a 10 per cent
    variation in assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the
    relationship of the change in assumption to the change in fair value may not be
    linear; in particular, variations in expected lives are constrained by vesting
    periods and legal lives. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a
    particular assumption on the amount of the pro forma compensation cost arising
    from share options is calculated without changing any other assumption; in
    reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for example,
    increases in risk free interest rates may result in increased dividend yields),
    which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.



(b) Other Share-Based Compensation

The Company uses restricted share units as a form of incentive compensation.
Each restricted share unit is equal in value to one Non-Voting Share and the
dividends that would have arisen thereon had it been an issued and outstanding
Non-Voting Share are recorded as additional restricted share units during the
life of the restricted share unit. During the year ended December 31, 2003,
238,660 restricted share units (2002 - 77,970 restricted share units) were
granted at a weighted average value of $16.50 each (2002 - $16.75 each). The
restricted share units become payable as they vest over their, currently, three
year lives. Reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Income as "Operations
expense" for the year ended December 31, 2003, is compensation expense arising
from restricted share units of $1.6 million (2002 - $4.0 million).

9. Accounts Receivable

On July 26, 2002, TELUS Communications Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of
TELUS, entered into an agreement (the "2002 Securitization") with an
arm's-length securitization trust under which TELUS Communications Inc. is able
to sell an interest in certain of its trade receivables up to a maximum of $650
million. As a result of selling the interest in certain of the trade
receivables on a fully-serviced basis, a servicing liability is recognized on
the date of sale and is, in turn, amortized to earnings over the expected life
of the trade receivables. This "revolving-period" securitization agreement has
an initial term ending July 18, 2007. TELUS Communications Inc. is required to
maintain at least a BBB (low) credit rating by Dominion Bond Rating Service or
the securitization trust may require the sale program to be wound down prior to
the end of the initial term.

On September 30, 2002, this securitization agreement was amended in order to
make available for purchase by the securitization trust an interest in a
certain class of TELUS Communications Inc.'s trade receivables, which were
previously of the type sold to a different arm's-length securitization trust
under a prior securitization agreement dated November 20, 1997. During the
third quarter of 2002, TELUS Communications Inc. delivered a notice of
termination in respect of this prior securitization; collection and final
remittances of the corresponding accounts receivable had been completed by
September 27, 2002.




(millions)											2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total managed portfolio	                                                                      $	1,036.9       $	1,139.0
Securitized receivables		                                                                 (369.5)	 (595.4)
Retained interest in receivables sold		                                                   56.4 	   96.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Receivables held	                                                                      $	  723.8       $	  640.4
=================================================================================================================================
 

For the year ended December 31, 2003, the Company recognized losses of $3.9
million (2002 - $3.7 million) on the sale of receivables arising from the 2002
Securitization.

Cash flows from the 2002 Securitization are as follows:



Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative proceeds from securitization, beginning of year		                      $	  475.0       $	     -
Proceeds from new securitizations						                   34.0 	  475.0
Securitization reduction payments						                 (209.0) 	     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cumulative proceeds from securitization, end of year					      $	  300.0       $	  475.0
=================================================================================================================================
Proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving period securitizations		      $	4,112.3       $	1,419.7
=================================================================================================================================
Proceeds from collections pertaining to retained interest				      $	  875.1       $	  281.5
=================================================================================================================================


The key economic assumptions used to determine the loss on sale of receivables,
the future cash flows and fair values attributed to the retained interest (see
Note 1(k)) are as follows:



Years ended December 31										2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected credit losses as a percentage of accounts receivable sold				    1.5%	    2.4%
Weighted average life of the receivables sold (days)						     40 	     39
Effective annual discount rate						                            4.3%	    4.2%
Servicing						                                            1.0%	    1.0%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Generally, the sold trade receivables do not experience prepayments.

At December 31, 2003, key economic assumptions and the sensitivity of the
current fair value of residual cash flows to immediate 10 per cent and 20 per
cent changes in those assumptions are as follows:



                                                                               Hypothetical change in assumptions(1)
$ in millions)			                                               2003		10%		20%
								               				
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Carrying amount/fair value of future cash flows			           $  56.4
Expected credit losses as a percentage of accounts
 receivable sold			                                       1.0%	      $	   0.4 		$   0.7
Weighted average life of the receivables sold (days)				40   	      $	    - 		$   0.1
Effective annual discount rate				                       4.1%	      $	    - 		$   0.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with
    caution. Favourable hypothetical changes in the assumptions result in an
    increased value, and unfavourable hypothetical changes in the
    assumptions result in a decreased value, of the retained interest in
    receivables sold. As the figures indicate, changes in fair value based
    on a 10 per cent variation in assumptions generally cannot be
    extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the
    change in fair value may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect
    of a variation in a particular assumption on the fair value of the
    retained interest is calculated without changing any other assumption;
    in reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another (for
    example, increases in market interest rates may result in increased
    credit losses), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.



10. Capital Assets


(a) Capital Assets, Net

                                                        	        Accumulated
                                                                        Depreciation and
                                                        Cost            Amortization	          Net Book Value
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(millions)											2003		2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Property, plant, equipment and other
  Telecommunications assets	                      $16,530.1       $ 10,527.7 	      $	6,002.4       $	6,252.9
  Assets leased to customers		                  417.1            357.1 		   60.0 	   77.5
  Buildings		                                1,576.5 	   744.5 		  832.0 	  836.0
  Office equipment and furniture		          870.1 	   605.1 		  265.0 	  280.8
  Assets under capital lease		                   25.6 	    11.4 		   14.2 	   10.3
  Other		                                          346.4 	   232.6 		  113.8 	  144.0
  Land		                                           49.0 	      - 		   49.0 	   55.4
  Plant under construction		                  405.0 	      - 		  405.0 	  341.6
  Materials and supplies		                   22.9 	      - 		   22.9 	   27.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                       20,242.7 	12,478.4 		7,764.3 	8,025.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intangible assets subject to amortization
  Subscriber base		                          362.9 	    73.2 		  289.7 	  311.6
  Software		                                1,084.0 	   610.3 		  473.7 	  600.3
  Access to rights-of-way and other		          115.5 	    34.2 		   81.3 	   86.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                        1,562.4 	   717.7 		  844.7 	  998.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intangible assets with indefinite lives
  Spectrum licences(1)		                        3,973.1 	 1,018.5 		2,954.6 	2,950.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                              $25,778.2        $14,214.6 	      $11,563.6       $11,974.5
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Accumulated amortization of spectrum licences is amortization
    recorded prior to 2002 and the transitional impairment amount.



Included in capital expenditures for the year ended December 31, 2003, were
additions of intangible assets subject to amortization of $213.0 million (2002
- $350.3 million) and intangible assets with indefinite lives of $1.5 million
(2002 - $4.6 million).

(b) Intangible Assets Subject to Amortization

Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets subject to
amortization, calculated upon such assets held as at December 31, 2003, for
each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:



Years ending December 31 (millions)
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004													      $	  291.8
2005														  188.8
2006														   75.1
2007														   30.3
2008														   15.8


(c) Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives

As referred to in Note 1(f) and Note 1(b), the carrying value of intangible
assets with indefinite lives and goodwill are periodically tested for
impairment and this test represents a significant estimate for the Company.
There is a material degree of uncertainty with respect to this estimate given
the necessity of making key economic assumptions about the future. The Company
considers a range of reasonably possible amounts and decides upon an amount
that represents management's best estimate. If the future was to adversely
differ from management's best estimate of key economic assumptions and
associated cash flows were to be materially adversely affected, the Company
could potentially experience future material impairment charges in respect of
its intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill.

Consistent with current industry-specific valuation methods, the Company uses a
discounted cash flow model combined with a market-based approach as a part of
determining the fair value of its spectrum licences and goodwill. The
discounted cash flow methodology uses management's best estimate of the cash
flows and a discount rate established by calculating a weighted average cost of
capital for each reporting unit. The market comparable approach uses current
(at the time of test) market consensus estimates and equity trading prices for
U.S. and Canadian firms in the same industry. In addition, the Company ensures
that the combination of the valuation of the reporting units is reasonable
based on current market values of the Company.

Based upon sensitivity testing conducted as a part of the December 2003 annual
test, and the results of operations for 2003, the Company estimates that its
annual cash flows would be sufficient to recover its carrying value of its
intangible assets with indefinite lives and goodwill. A component of the
sensitivity testing was a break-even analysis; an assumption of no growth rate,
with all other assumptions being held constant, resulted in the Company
continuing to be able to recover its carrying value of intangible assets with
indefinite lives and goodwill for the foreseeable future. Stress testing
included moderate declines in annual cash flows with all other assumptions
being held constant; this too resulted in the Company continuing to be able to
recover its carrying value of intangible assets with indefinite lives and
goodwill for the foreseeable future.

(d) Sale of Property

During the first quarter of 2003, the Company disposed of a non-strategic
property under the terms of a sale-leaseback transaction. The pre-tax gain of
$8.2 million, arising from net proceeds of $19.3 million, has been deferred and
is being amortized over the term of the lease.

During the second quarter of 2003, the Company disposed of non-strategic
properties and realized pre-tax gains totaling $7.3 million, arising from net
proceeds of $11.7 million.

11. Deferred Charges



(millions)											2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Recognized transitional pension assets and pension plan contributions
 in excess of charges to income (Note 19(a))						      $	  426.8       $	  367.9
Cost of issuing debt securities, less amortization						   39.2 	   53.4
Deferred hedging asset										     - 		  134.1
Deferred customer activation and installation costs (Note 1(c))					   80.8 	  100.3
Other												   63.9 	   73.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
											      $	  610.7       $	  729.1
=================================================================================================================================


12. Goodwill

For the year ended December 31, 2003, goodwill additions, arising from
acquisitions, and in 2003, contingent consideration paid in respect of a prior
year's acquisition, were $1.2 million (2002 - $3.7 million). For the year ended
December 31, 2003, goodwill reductions arising from the disposition of a minor
business, and in 2002 from discontinued operations, were $7.8 million (2002 -
$6.3 million).

During 2002, the Company updated its estimate of the net income tax benefits
that were obtained in the course of acquiring Clearnet Communications Inc. on
October 19, 2000. This resulted in an increase to the future income tax asset
of $193.2 million in 2002, which has been recorded as a reduction of the
unamortized balance of goodwill arising from the acquisition.

13. Short-Term Obligations

At December 31, 2003, the Company's available bilateral bank facilities
totalled $74 million (2002 - $74 million), of which $3.3 million (2002 - NIL)
was utilized in the form of an overdraft and $24 million (2002 - $5 million)
was utilized as outstanding undrawn letters of credit.

14. Long-Term Debt

(a) Details of Long-Term Debt



($ in millions)
             Series		        Rate		         Maturity		  2003		           2002
	      		        	  	         		                                
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TELUS Corporation Notes
             CA		                  7.5%(1)		 June 2006		  $1,572.1 		   $1,569.7
             U.S.		          7.5%(1)		 June 2007		   1,507.4 		    1,835.5
             U.S.		          8.0%(1)		 June 2011		   2,484.4 		    3,026.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                           5,563.9 		    6,431.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Corporation Credit Facilities     4.875%(2)	         May 2004		       7.0 		      655.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications Inc. Debentures
             1		                12.00%(1)		 May 2010		      50.0 		       50.0
             2		                11.90%(1)		 November 2015		     125.0 		      125.0
             3		                10.65%(1)		 June 2021		     175.0 		      175.0
             5		                 9.65%(1)		 April 2022		     249.0 		      249.0
             A		                 9.50%(1)	  	 August 2004		     189.5 		      189.5
             B		                 8.80%(1)		 September 2025		     200.0 		      200.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                             988.5 		      988.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications Inc. Medium Term Note Debentures
             96-9		        6.375%(1)		 August 2004		      20.0 		       20.0
             99-1		         7.25%(1)		 June 2030		       0.1 		      151.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                              20.1 		      171.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications Inc. Senior Discount Notes		                                       0.4 			0.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc. First Mortgage Bonds
             T		                10.80%(1)		 March 2003			- 		       30.0
             U		                11.50%(1)		 July 2010		      30.0 		       30.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                              30.0 		       60.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc. Medium Term Notes
             1		                 7.10%(1)		 February 2007		      70.0 		       70.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital leases issued at varying rates of interest from 5.3% to 18.0% and maturing on various
 dates up to 2008		                                                              10.3 		       10.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Other 			                                                                       0.3 			0.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total debt						                                   6,690.5 		    8,387.7
Less - current maturities					                             221.1 		      190.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-Term Debt			                                            	         $ 6,469.4 		  $ 8,197.4
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Interest is payable semi-annually.
(2) Weighted average rate as at December 31, 2003 (2002 - 4.325%).



(b) TELUS Corporation Notes

The notes are senior, unsecured and unsubordinated obligations of the Company
and rank equally in right of payment with all existing and future unsecured,
unsubordinated obligations of the Company and are senior in right of payment to
all existing and future subordinated indebtedness of the Company, and are
effectively subordinated to all existing and future obligations of, or
guaranteed by, the Company's subsidiaries.

The indentures governing the notes contain certain covenants which, among other
things, place limitations on the ability of TELUS and certain of its
subsidiaries to: grant security in respect of indebtedness, enter into sale and
lease-back transactions and incur new indebtedness.

   2006 (Canadian Dollar) Notes: In May 2001, the Company issued $1.6 billion
Notes at a price of $992.30 per $1,000.00 of principal to the public. The notes
are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time, or in part
from time to time, on not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, at
a redemption price equal to the greater of (a) the present value of the notes
discounted at the Government of Canada yield plus 35 basis points, or (b) 100%
of the principal amount thereof. In addition, accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, will be paid to the date fixed for redemption.

   2007 and 2011 (U.S. Dollar) Notes: In May 2001, the Company issued
U.S.$1.3 billion 2007 Notes at a price of U.S.$995.06 per U.S.$1,000.00 of
principal to the public and U.S.$2.0 billion 2011 Notes at a price of
U.S.$994.78 per U.S.$1,000.00 of principal to the public. The notes are
redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole at any time, or in part from
time to time, on not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice, at a
redemption price equal to the greater of (a) the present value of the notes
discounted at the Adjusted Treasury Rate plus 25 basis points in the case of
the 2007 Notes and 30 basis points in the case of the 2011 Notes, or (b) 100%
of the principal amount thereof. In addition, accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, will be paid to the date fixed for redemption.

   2007 and 2011 Cross Currency Interest Rate Swap Agreements: With respect
to the 2007 and 2011 (U.S. Dollar) Notes, U.S.$3.1 billion (2002 - U.S.$3.1
billion) in aggregate, the Company entered into cross currency interest rate
swap agreements which effectively convert the principal repayments and interest
obligations to Canadian dollar obligations with effective fixed interest rates
of 8.109% (2002 - 8.109%) and 8.493% (2002 - 8.493%), respectively. The
counterparties of the swap agreements are highly rated financial institutions
and the Company does not anticipate any non-performance. TELUS has not required
collateral or other security from the counterparties due to its assessment of
their creditworthiness (see Note 3).

As disclosed in Note 1(g), the Company translates items such as the U.S. Dollar
notes into equivalent Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange in effect at the
balance sheet date. The swap agreements, which at December 31, 2003, comprised
a deferred hedging liability of $739.6 million (see Note 15) (2002 - deferred
hedging asset of $134.1 million, see Note 11), in addition to fixing the
Company's effective interest rate, effectively fix the economic exchange rate
of the U.S. Dollar notes at $1.5374:U.S.$1.00 (2002 - $1.5374:U.S.$1.00). The
asset value of the swap agreements increases (decreases) when the balance sheet
date exchange rate increases (decreases) the Canadian dollar equivalent of the
U.S. Dollar notes.

   Repurchases: During the third quarter of 2002, the Company repurchased 2006
(Canadian Dollar) Notes, 2007 and 2011 (U.S. Dollar) Notes, with face values of
$22.0 million, U.S.$133.5 million and U.S.$75.0 million, respectively. The gain
on repurchasing these Notes and the gain on the corresponding amount of the
2007 and 2011 Cross Currency Interest Rate Swap Agreements terminated have been
included as a component of financing costs (gain on redemption on long-term
debt) (Note 5). Proceeds from the public issuance of Non-Voting Shares (Note
16(k)) in the third quarter of 2002 were, effectively, used to repurchase these
Notes as well as TELUS Communications Inc. Debentures and TELUS Communications
Inc. Medium Term Notes.

(c) TELUS Corporation Credit Facilities

TELUS Corporation's unsecured syndicated bank credit facilities at December 31,
2003, consisted of: i) a $1.5 billion (or the U.S. Dollar equivalent) revolving
credit facility with a three-year term expiring on May 30, 2004, used for
general corporate purposes, and ii) a 364-day facility with $600 million (or
the U.S. Dollar equivalent) in available credit on a revolving basis until May
26, 2004, at which time it may be extended, given majority lender approval, for
an additional 364-day revolving period or, if an extension is not granted, on a
non-revolving basis for 364 days for any amounts outstanding at May 26, 2004.
The 364-day facility may be used for general corporate purposes including the
backstop of commercial paper issued by the Company or TELUS Communications Inc.

The $1.5 billion and the 364-day facilities bear interest at prime rate, U.S.
Dollar Base Rate, Bankers' Acceptance rate or LIBOR, plus applicable margins.

Outstanding undrawn letters of credit under the $1.5 billion facility at
December 31, 2003, totalled $98.2 million (2002 - $47.0 million). The 364-day
facility was undrawn at year-end and there were no outstanding undrawn letters
of credit.

(d) TELUS Communications Inc. Debentures

The outstanding Series 1 through 5 debentures were issued by BC TEL, a
predecessor corporation of TELUS Communications Inc., under a Trust Indenture
dated May 31, 1990 and are non-redeemable.

The outstanding Series A Debentures and Series B Debentures were issued by AGT
Limited, a predecessor corporation of TELUS Communications Inc., under a Trust
Indenture dated August 24, 1994 and a supplemental trust indenture dated
September 22, 1995 relating to Series B Debentures only. They are redeemable at
the option of the Company, in whole at any time or in part from time to time,
on not less than 30 days' notice at the Government of Canada Yield plus 15
basis points. During 1995 the Company terminated an interest rate swap contract
relating to the Series A Debentures and realized a gain on early termination in
the amount of $16.8 million which is being amortized and credited to interest
expense over the remaining term of the Series A Debentures. The amortization of
the gain resulted in an effective rate of interest on Series A Debentures in
2003 of 8.79% (2002 - 8.79%).

Pursuant to an amalgamation on January 1, 2001, all these Debentures became
obligations of TELUS Communications Inc. The debentures are not secured by any
mortgage, pledge or other charge and are governed by certain covenants
including a negative pledge and a limitation on issues of additional debt,
subject to a debt to capitalization ratio and interest coverage test.

   Repurchases: During the second half of 2002, the Company repurchased TELUS
Communications Inc. Debentures, due August 2004, with a face value of $10.5
million. The gain on repurchasing these Debentures has been included as a
component of financing costs (gain on redemption on long-term debt) (Note 5).
Proceeds from the public issuance of Non-Voting Shares (Note 16(k)) in the
third quarter of 2002 were, effectively, used to repurchase some of these
Debentures as well as TELUS Corporation Notes and TELUS Communications Inc.
Medium Term Notes.

(e) TELUS Communications Inc. Medium Term Note Programs

At December 31, 2003, TELUS Communications Inc. had two series of extendible
medium term notes outstanding. These unsecured notes were originally issued by
BC TEL pursuant to a Trust Indenture dated May 31, 1990 and a supplement dated
October 24, 1994. In June 2000, $200 million of 6.4% notes were issued that
were to mature in June 2003 and were extendible to 2030 at the option of the
holder. If extended, the coupon rate increases to 7.25%. In June 2003, $150.9
million of the notes matured and were repaid. At December 31, 2003, the
remaining series of medium term notes, totaling $20.1 million, have maturities
of $20 million in 2004 and $0.1 million in 2030. The $20 million note, which
currently has a maturity date of August 2004, is extendible at the option of
TELUS Communications Inc. on a periodic basis through 2007.

   Repurchases: During the third quarter of 2002, the Company repurchased TELUS
Communications Inc. 6.4% Medium Term Notes with a face value of $49.0 million.
The gain on repurchasing these Notes has been included as a component of
financing costs (gain on redemption on long-term debt) (Note 5). Proceeds from
the public issuance of Non-Voting Shares (Note 16(k)) in the third quarter of
2002 were, effectively, used to repurchase these Notes as well as TELUS
Corporation Notes and TELUS Communications Inc. Debentures.

(f) TELUS Communications Inc. Senior Discount Notes

In June 2001, the indentures governing the notes were amended by supplemental
indentures pursuant to an Offer to Repay and Consent Solicitation. The effect
of the supplemental indentures was to remove the limitations on business
activities previously imposed by restrictive covenants. The Offer to Repay
resulted in the redemption of approximately 99.9% of the four series of Senior
Discount Notes.

During the third quarter of 2002, the 11.75% Senior Discount Notes, due 2007,
were called for redemption and were redeemed. Pursuant to a corporate
reorganization effected September 30, 2002, the outstanding Clearnet Inc.
Senior Discount Notes, which mature in 2008 and 2009, became obligations of
TELUS Communications Inc.

(g) TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc. First Mortgage Bonds

The first mortgage bonds of all series are secured equally and rateably by an
immovable hypothec and by a movable hypothec charging specifically certain
immovable and movable property of the subsidiary TELUS Communications (Quebec)
Inc., such as land, buildings, equipment, apparatus, telephone lines,
rights-of-way and similar rights as well as by an hypothec on all of the
movable and the immovable property, present and future of TELUS Communications
(Quebec) Inc. The first mortgage bonds are not redeemable prior to maturity.

(h) TELUS Communications (Quebec) Inc. Medium Term Note Program

The medium term notes were issued under a trust indenture dated September 1,
1994 as supplemented from time to time, and are unsecured and not redeemable
prior to maturity. New issues of medium term notes are subject to restrictions
as to debt ratio and interest coverage.

(i) Long-Term Debt Maturities Anticipated requirements to meet long-term debt
repayments during each of the five years ending December 31 are as follows:



(millions)	                                                         Credit facilities    Other(1)        Total(1)
  							                 		      	      
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004	                                                                 $   7.0              $   214.1       $   221.1
2005	                                                                      -                     1.5             1.5
2006	                                                                      -                 1,579.5         1,579.5
2007 	                                                                      -                 1,869.7         1,869.7
2008	                                                                      -                     1.8             1.8

(1)	 Where applicable, repayments reflect hedged foreign exchange rates



15. Other Long-Term Liabilities



(millions)										      2003		2002
											      		
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred gain on sale-leaseback of buildings	                                              $   109.1       $   111.1
Pension and other post-retirement liabilities (Note 19(a))	                            	  161.3 	  149.7
Deferred hedging liability		                                                          739.6 	     -
Deferred customer activation and installation fees (Note 1(c))		                           80.8 	  100.3
Other		                                                                                   82.9 	   44.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $	1,173.7       $   405.3
=================================================================================================================================


16. Shareholders' Equity

(a) Details of Shareholders' Equity



($ in millions except per share amounts)						      2003	       2002
					        		       		      	       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Convertible debentures (b)								      $	  149.6       $	  148.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS Communications Inc. Preference Shares and Preferred Shares (c)
	Authorized	                        Amount
	  Non-voting first preferred shares 	Unlimited
	                                                               Redemption
	Issued	                                                       Premium
	Cumulative
	$6.00	Preference			 8,090		       10.0%		            0.8 	    0.8
	$4.375	Preferred			53,000			4.0%		            5.3 	    5.3
	$4.50	Preferred			47,500			4.0%		            4.8 	    4.8
	$4.75	Preferred			71,250			5.0%		            7.1 	    7.1
	$4.75	Preferred (Series 1956)		71,250			4.0%		            7.1 	    7.1
	$5.15	Preferred		       114,700			5.0%		           11.5 	   11.5
	$5.75	Preferred			96,400			4.0%		            9.6 	    9.6
	$6.00	Preferred			42,750			5.0%		            4.3 	    4.3
	$1.21 	Preferred 		       768,400			4.0%		           19.2 	   19.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                        	           69.7 	   69.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preferred equity
     Authorized	                             Amount
       First Preferred Shares	           1,000,000,000
       Second Preferred Shares	           1,000,000,000
Common equity
    Shares
       Authorized			     Amount
       Common Shares	                   1,000,000,000
       Non-Voting Shares	           1,000,000,000
    Issued
       Common Shares (d)		                                                        2,349.1 	2,275.1
       Non-Voting Shares (d)		                                                        3,296.6 	3,243.2
    Options and warrants (e)		                                                           51.5 	   56.8
    Accrual for shares issuable under channel stock incentive plan (f)		                    0.6 	    0.3
    Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment		                                   (2.7)	    1.2
    Retained earnings		                                                                  741.7 	  630.4
    Contributed surplus		                                                                    5.9 	    7.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                6,442.7 	6,214.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Shareholders' Equity	                                                              $	6,662.0       $	6,432.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(b) Convertible Debentures

The 6.75% convertible debentures are unsecured, subordinated obligations of the
Company which mature on June 15, 2010, and are convertible at the holders'
option into Non-Voting Shares of the Company at a rate reflecting a share price
of $39.73. The convertible debentures were not redeemable prior to June 15,
2003. Redemption in the period from June 15, 2003 through June 15, 2005, is
allowed provided that the average trading price of Non-Voting Shares for a
defined period exceeds 125% of the conversion price.

The holders' conversion option is valued using the residual value approach. As
the Company has the unrestricted ability to settle the interest, principal and
redemption payments through the issuance of Non-Voting Shares, the convertible
debentures have been classified as equity. Accordingly, the principal amount is
included in Shareholders' Equity on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest
payments, net of income taxes, are classified as dividends and charged directly
to retained earnings.

(c) TELUS Communications Inc. Preference and Preferred Shares

TELUS Communications Inc. has the right to redeem the Preference and Preferred
shares upon giving three months' previous notice. On February 12, 2004, TELUS
Communications Inc. announced its intention to redeem all nine classes of its
outstanding preference and preferred shares during the third quarter of 2004
for total consideration of approximately $72.8 million.

(d) Changes in Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares



Years ended December 31						2003					2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                               Number of        Amount                  Number          Amount
                                                       shares	       (millions)		of shares	(millions)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Shares
  Beginning of year		                   187,271,994 	       $ 2,275.1 	        181,386,310 	$ 2,186.4
  Exercise of share options (g)		                36,682 		     0.7 		     77,937 	      1.7
  Exercise of pre-emptive rights (h)		          - 		      - 		    596,993 	     13.3
  Employees' purchase of shares (i)	             3,175,129 		    67.1 		  4,806,260 	     68.1
  Dividends reinvested in shares		       316,210 		     6.2 		    404,494 	      5.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  End of year		                           190,800,015 	       $ 2,349.1 		187,271,994 	$ 2,275.1
=================================================================================================================================
Non-Voting Shares
  Beginning of year		                   158,407,931 	       $ 3,243.2 		120,840,391 	$ 2,861.4
  Exercise of warrants (e)		                  - 		      - 		     28,667 	      1.1
  Channel stock incentive plan (f)	               46,150 		     1.0 		     26,950 	      0.3
  Exercise of share options (g)		              346,357 		    11.6 		     30,511 	      0.7
  Acquisitions and other (j)		                 (16)		      - 		    (25,288)	     (0.9)
  Public issuance of shares (k)		                   - 		      - 		 34,250,000 	    327.8
  Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan (l)
  Dividends reinvested in shares		     2,189,432 		    39.8 		  3,112,647 	     51.1
  Optional cash payments		                52,515 		     1.0 		    144,053 	      1.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
End of year		                           161,042,369 	       $ 3,296.6 		158,407,931 	$ 3,243.2
=================================================================================================================================


(e) Options and Warrants

Upon its acquisition of Clearnet in 2000, the Company was required to record
the intrinsic value of Clearnet options and warrants outstanding at that time.
As these options and warrants are exercised (see (d)), the corresponding
intrinsic values are reclassified to share capital. As these options and
warrants are forfeited or expire, the corresponding intrinsic values are
reclassified to contributed surplus. Proceeds arising from the exercise of
these options and warrants are credited to share capital.

Under the terms of the arrangement to acquire Clearnet, effective January 18,
2001, TELUS Corporation exchanged the warrants held by former Clearnet warrant
holders. Each warrant entitles the holder to purchase a Non-Voting Share at a
price of U.S.$10.00 per share until September 15, 2005. As at December 31,
2003, 0.8 million (2002 - 0.8 million) warrants remained outstanding.

(f) Channel Stock Incentive Plan

The Company initiated the Plan to increase sales of various products and
services by providing additional performance-based compensation in the form of
Non-Voting Shares. The Company has reserved 0.2 million (2002 - 0.3 million)
shares for issuance under the Plan. As at December 31, 2003, shares earned, but
not yet issued, are accrued as a component of Common Equity.

(g) Share Option Plans

The Company has a number of share option plans under which directors, officers
and other employees receive options to purchase Common Shares and/or Non-Voting
Shares at a price equal to the fair market value at the time of grant. Options
granted under the plans may be exercised over specific periods not to exceed 10
years from the time of grant. At December 31, 2003, 29.5 million (2002 - 25.8
million) shares are reserved for issuance under the share option plans.

The following table presents a summary of the activity related to the Company's
share options plans for the years ended December 31.



Years ended December 31						2003					2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                Weighted                                Weighted
                                                        Number of 	average option          Number of       average option
                                                        shares	        price		        shares		price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding, beginning of year		              24,689,860 	$ 25.60 		19,668,368 	$  29.11
Granted		                                       3,485,225 	  21.32 		7,000,720 	   17.19
Exercised		                                (383,039)	  14.53 		(108,448)	   20.56
Forfeited		                              (1,801,305)	  30.50 		(1,827,553)	   31.17
Expired (and cancelled)		                        (216,909)	  25.03 		(43,227)	   34.82
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Outstanding, end of year		              25,773,832 	  24.85 		24,689,860 	   25.60
=================================================================================================================================

The following is an option price stratification of the Company's share options outstanding as at December 31, 2003.

	                                            Options outstanding		                   Options exercisable
                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

			                              Weighted
                            		              average           Weighted                                Weighted
                              Number of               remaining         average option          Number of       average option
Range of option prices        shares                  contractual life	 price                  shares          price
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  $  4.43 -  5.95	           116,457 		4.9 years	$  5.91 		 116,457 	 $  5.91
     6.81 - 10.01		   415,615 		2.9 years	   7.91 		 350,877 	    7.82
    10.51 - 15.30		 1,911,286 		5.9 years	  13.90 		 820,628 	   12.90
    15.98 - 23.75		 5,944,076 		7.0 years	  16.72 	       1,249,854 	   17.27
    24.00 - 35.90		15,483,979 		7.1 years	  28.10 	      10,734,281 	   29.05
    36.78 - 46.75		 1,902,419 		5.8 years	  39.65 	       1,498,015 	   39.94
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                25,773,832 						      14,770,112
=================================================================================================================================


(h) Pre-Emptive Rights

Verizon Communications Inc., a significant shareholder, has the right to
acquire, from Treasury, its pro rata share of any issue, at the time of issue,
by the Company of Common Shares and Non-Voting Shares, other than by way of
grant of share options.

(i) Employee Share Purchase Plan

The Company has an employee share purchase plan under which eligible employees
can purchase Common Shares through regular payroll deductions by contributing
between 1% and 6% of their pay. The Company contributes two dollars for every
five dollars contributed by an employee. The Company records its contributions
as a component of operating expenses. During 2003, the Company contributed
$20.6 million (2002 - $23.9 million) to this plan. Under this plan, the Company
has the option of offering shares from Treasury or having the trustee acquire
shares in the stock market. Prior to February 2001, when the issuance of shares
from Treasury commenced, all Common Shares issued to employees under the plan
were purchased on the market at normal trading prices.

(j) Acquisitions and Other

During 2001, the Company issued Non-Voting Shares as partial consideration for
acquisitions made during the year. Some of these Non-Voting Shares, which were
held in an escrow account, represented contingent consideration that met the
requirements for recording as capital at the time of the acquisition. The
excess of the amount of contingent consideration over the amount actually
earned has been recorded as a reduction of Non-Voting Share capital.

(k) Public Issuance of Non-Voting Shares

In the third quarter of 2002, the Company sold 34,250,000 Non-Voting Shares by
way of a public offering in Canada and the United States at a price of $9.85
per share. Proceeds of $337.4 million were reduced by costs of issue of $14.5
million, less related future income taxes of $4.9 million.

(l) Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan

The Company has a Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan under which
eligible shareholders may acquire Non-Voting Shares through the reinvestment of
dividends and additional optional cash payments. Excluding Non-Voting Shares
purchased by way of additional optional cash payments, the Company, at its
discretion, may offer the Non-Voting Shares at up to a 5% discount from the
market price. Shares purchased through optional cash payments are subject to a
minimum investment of $100 per transaction and a maximum investment of $20,000
per calendar year. Under this Plan, the Company has the option of offering
shares from Treasury or having the trustee acquire shares in the market. Prior
to July 1, 2001, when the acquisition of shares from Treasury commenced, all
Non-Voting Shares were acquired in the market at normal trading prices.

17.  Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

(a) CRTC Decisions 2002-34 and 2002-43 Deferral Accounts

On May 30, 2002, and on July 31, 2002, the CRTC issued Decision 2002-34 and
2002-43, respectively, and introduced the concept of a deferral account (see
Note 1(c)). The Company records a liability ($76 million as of December 31,
2003 (2002 - $23 million)) to the extent that activities it has undertaken,
other qualifying events and realized rate reductions for Competitor Services do
not extinguish it. Management is required to make estimates and assumptions in
respect of the offsetting nature of these items. If the CRTC, upon its annual
review of the Company's deferral account, disagrees with management's estimates
and assumptions, the CRTC may adjust the deferral account balance and such
adjustment may be material.

(b) Labour Negotiations

In 2000, TELUS commenced collective bargaining with the Telecommunications
Workers Union for a new collective agreement replacing the five legacy
agreements from BC TELECOM and Alberta-based TELUS. Following the Clearnet
acquisition and subsequent transactions, the Mobility business assumed
responsibility for separate negotiations for its unionized operations in
British Columbia and Alberta. This is the first round of collective bargaining
since the merger of BC TELECOM and TELUS Alberta and the Company's aim is to
replace the multiple legacy collective agreements with a single collective
agreement for the new bargaining unit.

During the fourth quarter of 2002, the Company's application to the Federal
Minister of Labour, as provided for under the Canada Labour Code, requesting
the appointment of a federal conciliator was granted. While the conciliation
process is underway, the Canada Labour Code prohibits a strike or lock out.

In January 2003, the Company and the Telecommunications Workers Union signed a
Maintenance of Activities agreement, as required by federal legislation. This
agreement ensures the continuation of services to 911 emergency, police, fire,
ambulance, hospitals and coast guard, with provisions to cover other potential
emergency services necessary to prevent immediate and serious danger to the
health or safety of the public, in the event of a work stoppage.

Also in January 2003, the Company and the Telecommunications Workers Union
agreed to an extension of the conciliation process to include a global review
of all outstanding issues and a subsequent 60-day conciliation period. In July
2003, the conciliators concluded their global review and released their action
plan, which was agreed to and accepted by the Company and the
Telecommunications Workers Union. The conciliators' action plan set out that a
60-day conciliation period would commence November 14, 2003, while, in the
interim, pensions and employee benefits discussions would continue. The
outstanding issues were not resolved at the end of the 60-day period.

On January 15, 2004, the Federal Minister of Labour appointed the two
conciliators as mediators to continue to work with the Company and the
Telecommunications Workers Union towards a possible resolution.

On January 28, 2004, the Canadian Industrial Relations Board ruled, in response
to an unfair labour practice complaint filed by the Telecommunications Workers
Union, that the Company must make an offer of binding arbitration to the
Telecommunications Workers Union to settle the collective agreement between the
parties. The Company made the offer of binding arbitration on January 29, 2004,
and on January 30, 2004, the Telecommunications Workers Union accepted the
offer. Under the provisions of binding arbitration, no legal labour disruption
can occur.

(c) Contractual Obligations



The Company's known contractual obligations at December 31, 2003, are as follows:

	Long-term debt maturities(1)
                (see Note 14)
       ------------------------------
                   All except                           Other long-term     Operating
                   capital                              liabilities(2)      leases                 Purchase
(millions)	   leases	      Capital leases	(see Note 15)      (see Note 17(d))        obligations(3)       Total
		                   	    	 	            		           	               
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004	           $  217.1 	      $	 4.0 	        $ 22.6 	           $ 163.2 	           $ 650.5 	       $1,057.4
2005		         - 		 1.5 		  17.8 		     141.9 	             341.8 	          503.0
2006	            1,578.0 		 1.5 		  14.0 		     126.1 	              95.0 	        1,814.6
2007	            1,868.2 		 1.5 		  14.0 		     118.4 	              35.8 	        2,037.9
2008	 	         - 		 1.8 		  14.2 		     109.8 	              31.1 	          156.9
Thereafter          3,785.4 		  - 		 109.8 		     399.3 	               7.4 	        4,301.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total	           $7,448.7 	      $ 10.3 	       $ 192.4 	          $1,058.7 	          $1,161.6 	       $9,871.7
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Where applicable, long-term debt maturities reflect hedged foreign exchange
    rates. As disclosed in Note 2(g), long-term debt will include the Company's
    convertible debentures (Note 16(b)) commencing January 1, 2004. As the Company
    has the unrestricted ability to settle the interest, principal and redemption
    payments through the issuance of Non-Voting Shares, the convertible debentures
    have not been included in this schedule.
(2) Items that do not result in a future outlay of economic resources, such
    as deferred gains on sale-leasebacks of buildings and deferred customer
    activation and installation fees, have been excluded. As long-term debt
    maturities reflect hedged foreign exchange rates, the deferred hedging
    liability is included therein. Funding of pension and other benefit plans has
    been included for 2004 for all plans that have a net accrued benefit liability
    position as at the current year end; only funding of unfunded plans has been
    included in years subsequent to 2004, up to the liability recognized at the
    current year end.
(3) Where applicable, purchase obligations reflect foreign exchange rates
    as at the current year end. Purchase obligations include both future operating
    and capital expenditures that have been contracted for as at the current year
    end and include most likely estimates of prices and volumes where necessary. As
    purchase obligations reflect market conditions at the time the obligation was
    incurred for the items being purchased, they may not be representative of
    future years. Obligations arising from personnel supply contracts and other
    such labour agreements have been excluded.



The Company's estimate of 2004 expenditures for capital assets is $1,225
million. Substantial purchase commitments have been made in connection with
these capital assets as at December 31, 2003.

(d) Leases

The Company occupies leased premises in various centres and has land, buildings
and equipment under operating leases. As a result of the consolidation of
leased premises arising from the Operational Efficiency Program (see Note 4),
some of the leased building premises were sub-let. At December 31, 2003, the
future minimum lease payments under capital leases and operating leases, and
future receipts from real estate operating sub-leases, are as follows:




			                 Operating lease payments
                          ------------------------------------------------------------------------------


												           Operating
			              Land and buildings						   lease
           Capital	  -----------------------------------------	   Vehicles 			   receipts from
	   lease			   Occupancy			   and other			   sub-let land
(millions) payments	   Rent		   costs	  Gross		   equipment	   Total           and buildings
	                	           	           		   	                        
2004	   $  4.3 	   $  96.9 	   $  47.9 	   $ 144.8 	   $  18.4 	   $ 163.2 	   $  1.9
2005	      1.7 	      83.8 	      43.9 	     127.7 	      14.2 	     141.9 	      0.8
2006	      1.7 	      75.1 	      43.5 	     118.6 	       7.5 	     126.1 	      0.5
2007	      1.7 	      70.9 	      44.3 	     115.2 	       3.2 	     118.4 	       -
2008	      1.9 	      65.4 	      44.0 	     109.4 	       0.4 	     109.8 	       -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total future
 minimum lease
 payments    11.3
Less imputed
interest      1.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Capital lease
liability  $ 10.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(e) Guarantees

Effective for reporting periods ending after December 31, 2002, Canadian GAAP
requires the disclosure of certain types of guarantees and their maximum,
undiscounted amounts. The maximum potential payments represent a "worst-case
scenario" and do not necessarily reflect results expected by the Company.
Guarantees requiring disclosure are those obligations that require payments
contingent on specified types of future events; in the normal course of its
operations, the Company enters into obligations which GAAP may consider to be
guarantees. As defined by Canadian GAAP, guarantees subject to these disclosure
guidelines do not include guarantees that relate to the future performance of
the Company.

Performance guarantees: Performance guarantees contingently require a guarantor
to make payments to a guaranteed party based on a third party's failure to
perform under an obligating agreement. TELUS provides sales price guarantees in
respect of employees' principal residences as part of its employee relocation
policies. In the event that the Company is required to honour such guarantees,
it purchases (for immediate resale) the property from the employee.

The Company has guaranteed a third party's financial obligation as a part of a
facility naming rights agreement. The guarantee runs through to December 31,
2014, on a declining-balance basis and is of limited recourse.

In 2003, the Company guaranteed a customer's financial obligation to a third
party in respect of telecommunication equipment that the Company is supplying
to the customer. The Company could be required to make a payment to the third
party in the event that the customer does not accept the telecommunications
equipment as a result of a major failure of the equipment that prevents the
equipment from meeting specified service levels. The guarantee runs through to
July 1, 2004, and the Company has recourse to the underlying assets.

As at December 31, 2003, the Company has no liability recorded in respect of
the aforementioned performance guarantees.

Financial guarantees: In conjunction with its 2001 exit from the equipment
leasing business, the Company provided a guarantee to a third party with
respect to certain specified telecommunication asset and vehicle leases. If the
lessee were to default, the Company would be required to make a payment to the
extent that the realized value of the underlying asset is insufficient to pay
out the lease; in some instances, the Company could be required to pay out the
lease on a gross basis and realize the underlying value of the leased asset
itself. As at December 31, 2003, the Company has a liability of $1.5 million
recorded in respect of these lease guarantees.

The following table quantifies the maximum undiscounted guarantee amounts as at
December 31, 2003, without regard for the likelihood of having to make such
payment.



                                                                Performance             Financial
(millions)			                                guarantees(1)	        guarantees(1)		Total
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004			                                        $   7.2 		$   5.1 		$   12.3
2005				                                    2.0 		    4.0 		     6.0
2006			     	                                    1.8 		    2.9 		     4.7
2007				                                    1.6 		    1.4 		     3.0
2008				                                    1.4 		    0.5 		     1.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Annual amounts for performance guarantees and financial guarantees
    include the maximum guarantee amounts during any year of the term of the
    guarantee.



Indemnification obligations: In the normal course of operations, the Company
may provide indemnification in conjunction with certain transactions. The term
of these indemnification obligations range in duration and often are not
explicitly defined. Where appropriate, an indemnification obligation is
recorded as a liability. In many cases, there is no maximum limit on these
indemnification obligations and the overall maximum amount of the obligations
under such indemnification obligations cannot be reasonably estimated. Other
than obligations recorded as liabilities at the time of the transaction,
historically the Company has not made significant payments under these
indemnifications.

In connection with its 2001 disposition of TELUS' directory business, the
Company agreed to bear a proportionate share of the purchaser's increased
directory publication costs if the increased costs were to arise from a change
in the applicable CRTC regulatory requirements. The Company's proportionate
share would be 80% through May 2006, declining to 40% in the next five-year
period and then to 15% in the final five years. As well, should the CRTC take
any action which would result in the purchaser being prevented from carrying on
the directory business as specified in the agreement, TELUS would indemnify the
purchaser in respect of any losses that the purchaser incurred.

The Company has no liability recorded, as at December 31, 2003, in respect of
indemnification obligations.

(f) Verizon Communications Inc. Agreement

Effective 2001, the Company has entered into an agreement with Verizon
Communications Inc., a significant shareholder, with respect to acquiring
certain rights to Verizon's software, technology, services and other benefits,
thereby replacing and amending a previous agreement between the Company and GTE
Corporation. The agreement is renewable annually at the Company's sole option
up to December 31, 2008, and it has been renewed for 2004. Assuming renewal
through to 2008, the total commitment under the agreement is U.S.$102 million
for the period 2004 to 2008 and the current contractual obligation for 2004,
none of which is capital in nature, is U.S.$20 million (see Note 21).

(g) Claims and Lawsuits

A number of claims and lawsuits seeking damages and other relief are pending
against the Company. It is impossible at this time for the Company to predict
with any certainty the outcome of such litigation. However, management is of
the opinion, based upon information presently available, that it is unlikely
that any liability, to the extent not provided for through insurance or
otherwise, would be material in relation to the Company's consolidated
financial position.

18. Additional Financial Information


(a) Income Statement

Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
=================================================================================================================================
Advertising expense		                                                              $   153.2       $   153.3
=================================================================================================================================
(b) Balance Sheet

(millions)										        2003		2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accounts receivable
  Customer accounts receivable						                      $	  624.1       $	  524.7
  Accrued receivables								                  158.4 	  179.2
  Allowance for doubtful accounts							          (67.6)	  (71.8)
  Other									  	                    8.9 	    8.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
										              $	  723.8       $   640.4
=================================================================================================================================

Prepaid expense and other
  Prepaid expenses							                      $	   86.6       $   106.1
  Deferred customer activation and installation costs				                   77.2 	   57.3
  Other										                    8.6 	    0.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 										              $	  172.4        $  163.5
=================================================================================================================================

Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
  Trade accounts payable							              $	  377.2        $  334.8
  Accrued liabilities								                  384.1 	  388.1
  Payroll and other employee-related liabilities					          430.4 	  359.7
  Interest payable								                   72.4 	   77.7
  Other										                   30.0 	   38.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 										              $ 1,294.1       $	1,198.8
=================================================================================================================================

Advance billings and customer deposits
  Advance billings							                      $	  340.9       $	  247.0
  Deferred customer activation and installation fees				                   77.2 	   57.3
  Customer deposits							 	                   26.9 	   26.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 										              $	  445.0       $	  330.3
=================================================================================================================================
(c) Supplementary Cash Flow Information

Years ended December 31 (millions)						 	        2003		2002
=================================================================================================================================
Net change in non-cash working capital
  Accounts receivable								              $	  (83.4)      $	  327.6
  Income and other taxes receivable						                  (53.4)	 (126.8)
  Inventories									                  (27.0)	   21.8
  Prepaid expenses and other							                   (0.8)	   11.1
  Accounts payable and accrued liabilities					                   73.2 	   26.0
  Advance billings and customer deposits						          114.7 	   19.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 										              $	   23.3       $	  279.2
=================================================================================================================================
 Disbursements made in conjunction with Operational Efficiency Program
  Workforce reduction
    Voluntary (Early Retirement Incentive Plan, Voluntary DepartureIncentive Plan and other)  $	  184.1       $	  131.0
		Involuntary and other							           81.7 	  109.7
    Lease termination								                    7.9 	    7.0
    Other										           14.0 	   26.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 										              $	  287.7       $	  273.8
=================================================================================================================================


19. Employee Future Benefits

The Company has a number of defined benefit and defined contribution plans
providing pension, other retirement and post-employment benefits to most of its
employees. Other benefit plans include TELUS Quebec Inc. healthcare costs. The
benefit plan(s) in which an employee is a participant in reflects the general
development of the Company.

Pension Plan for Management and Professional Employees of TELUS Corporation:
This defined benefit pension plan, which comprises approximately one-quarter of
the Company's total accrued benefit obligation, provides a non-contributory
base level of pension benefits. Additionally, on a contributory basis,
employees can periodically choose increased and enhanced levels of pension
benefits over the base level of pension benefits. At an enhanced level of
pension benefits, the defined benefit pension plan has indexation of 100% of a
specified cost-of-living index, to a maximum of 2%. Pensionable remuneration is
determined by the average of the best five consecutive years.

TELUS Corporation Pension Plan: Management and professional employees in
Alberta who joined the Company prior to January 1, 2001, and certain unionized
employees are covered by this contributory defined benefit pension plan, which
comprises slightly more than one-half of the Company's total accrued benefit
obligation. Indexation is up to 70% of a specified cost-of-living index and
pensionable remuneration is determined by the average of the best five years in
the last ten years preceding retirement.

TELUS Communications Quebec Pension Plan: This contributory defined benefit,
multiple employer pension plan, which comprises approximately one-tenth of the
Company's total accrued benefit obligation, has no indexation and pensionable
remuneration is determined by the average of the best four years.

TELUS Edmonton Pension Plan: This contributory defined benefit pension plan
ceased accepting new participants January 1, 1998. Indexation is 60% of a
specified cost-of-living index and pensionable remuneration is determined by
the annualized average of the best sixty consecutive months in the last ten
years preceding retirement.

Other defined benefit pension plans: In addition to the foregoing plans, the
Company has non-registered, non-contributory supplementary defined benefit
pension plans which have the effect of maintaining the earned pension benefit
once the allowable maximums in the registered plans are attained.

The Company has three contributory, non-indexed pension plans arising from a
pre-merger acquisition which comprise less than 1% of the Company's total
accrued benefit obligation; these plans ceased accepting new participants
September 1989.

Other defined benefit plans: Other defined benefit plans, which are all
non-contributory, are comprised of a disability income plan, a healthcare plan
for retired employees and two life insurance plans. The healthcare plan for
retired employees and one of the life insurance plans ceased accepting new
participants effective January 1, 1997; the second life insurance plan ceased
accepting new participants July 1, 1994.

Telecommunication Workers Pension Plan: Certain employees in British Columbia
are covered by a union pension plan. Contributions are determined in accordance
with provisions of negotiated labour contracts and are generally based on
employee gross earnings.

Defined contribution pension plans: The Company's defined contribution pension
plan requires a base level of Company contributions. Additionally, employees
can annually choose to contribute to the plan, at a rate of between 3% and 6%
of their pay, and the Company will match the contributions of the employees to
a maximum of 50%. Similarly, for certain employees, the Company offers
registered retirement savings plan-based programs; in one program the Company
contributes 3% of employee pay and in the other the Company matches employee
contributions, dollar for dollar, to a maximum of $2,500 per employee.


(a) Defined benefit plans

Information concerning the Company's defined benefit plans, in aggregate, is as follows:

							Pension Benefit Plans			Other Benefit Plans
(millions)						2003		2002			2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued benefit obligation:
  Balance at beginning of year	                      $	4,585.7       $	4,400.5 	      $	   67.3       $	   61.3
  Current service cost		                          100.6 	  114.2 		    5.0 	    4.5
  Interest cost		                                  307.0 	  296.2 		    3.8 	    7.5
  Benefits paid (b)		                         (234.6)	 (195.7)		   (4.9)	   (4.8)
  Early retirement benefits (c)		                    - 		    9.4 		     - 		     -
  Impact of voluntary departure incentive program           - 		  (35.0)		     - 		     -
  Actuarial loss (gain)		                          280.0 	   (5.9)		   (3.5)	   (1.2)
  Plan amendments		                             - 		    2.0 		     - 		     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	Balance at end of year (d)		        5,038.7 	4,585.7 		   67.7            67.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Plan assets (e):
  Fair value at beginning of year		        4,506.8 	4,739.0 		   52.8 	   45.7
  Annual return on plan assets		                  599.6 	 (144.3)		    0.9 	    3.4
  Employer contributions (f)		                   95.3 	   68.2 		    0.8 	    8.5
  Employees' contributions		                   35.3 	   39.6 		     - 		     -
  Benefits paid (b)		                         (234.6)	 (195.7)		   (4.9)	   (4.8)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	Fair value at end of year		        5,002.4 	4,506.8 		   49.6 	   52.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Funded status - plan surplus (deficit)		          (36.3)	  (78.9)		  (18.1)	  (14.5)
Unamortized net actuarial loss (gain)		          793.3 	  806.7 		  (16.3)	  (20.0)
Unamortized past service costs		                    7.3 	    7.9 		     - 		     -
Unamortized transitional obligation (asset)		 (367.6)	 (412.4)		    4.8 	    5.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued benefit asset (liability)		          396.7 	  323.3 		  (29.6)	  (28.9)
Valuation allowance		                         (101.6)	  (76.2)		     - 		     -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued benefit asset (liability), net of valuation
 allowance	                                      $	  295.1         $ 247.1 	      $	  (29.6)      $   (28.9)
=================================================================================================================================



The accrued benefit asset (liability), net of valuation allowance, is reflected in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

(millions)											2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension benefit plans					                                      $	  295.1       $   247.1
Other benefit plans						                                  (29.6)	  (28.9)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					                                                      $	  265.5       $   218.2
=================================================================================================================================
Presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as:
  Deferred charges (Note 11)					                              $	  426.8       $	  367.9
  Other long-term liabilities (Note 15)						                 (161.3)	 (149.7)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					                                                      $	  265.5       $	  218.2
=================================================================================================================================


The measurement date used to determine the plan assets and accrued benefit
obligation was December 31.


The Company's net defined benefit plan costs were as follows:

Years ended December 31 (millions)	                  2003		                                 2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					Incurred in 	Matching 	Recognized	Incurred in    Matching        Recognized
                                        year            adjustments(1)	in year         year           adjustments(1)  in year
															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension benefit plans
 Current service cost	               $  65.3 	       $    - 	        $  65.3  	$  73.9        $    - 	       $  73.9
 Interest cost		                 307.0 		    - 		  307.0 	  296.2 	    - 		 296.2
 Return on plan assets		        (599.6)		 265.0 		 (334.6)	  144.3 	(506.9)		(362.6)
 Past service costs		            - 		   0.6 		    0.6 	    2.0 	  (2.0)		    -
 Actuarial loss (gain)		         280.0 		(250.7)		   29.3 	   (5.9)	   5.8 		  (0.1)
 Valuation allowance provided
  against accrued benefit asset		    - 		  25.4 		   25.4 	     - 		  25.4 		  25.4
 Amortization of transitional
  obligation (asset)		            - 		 (44.8)		  (44.8)	     - 		 (44.8)	 	 (44.8)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                          52.7 		  (4.5)		   48.2 	  510.5 	(522.5)		 (12.0)
Early retirement benefits		    - 		    - 		     - 		    5.4 	    - 		   5.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                               $  52.7 	       $  (4.5)		$  48.2 	$ 515.9        $(522.5)	       $  (6.6)
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Accounting adjustments to allocate costs to different periods so as to recognize the long-term nature of employee
    future benefits.





Years ended December 31 (millions)			2003						2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					Incurred in 	Matching 	Recognized	Incurred in    Matching        Recognized
                                        year            adjustments(1)	in year         year           adjustments(1)  in year

															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Other benefit plans
 Current service cost	               $   5.0 	       $    - 		$   5.0 	$   4.5        $    - 	       $   4.5
 Interest cost		                   3.8 		    - 		    3.8 	    7.5 	    - 		   7.5
 Return on plan assets		          (0.9)		  (1.8)		   (2.7)	   (3.4)	   0.1 		  (3.3)
 Actuarial loss (gain)		          (3.5)		   2.3 		   (1.2)	   (1.2)	  (0.6)		  (1.8)
 Amortization of transitional
  obligation (asset)		            - 		   0.8 		    0.8 	     - 		   0.8 		   0.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                               $   4.4 	       $   1.3 		$   5.7 	$   7.4        $   0.3 		$  7.7
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Accounting adjustments to allocate costs to different periods so as to recognize the long-term nature
    of employee future benefits.



(b) Benefit payments



Estimated future benefit payments from the Company's defined benefit plans are as follows:

				                        					Pension 	Other Benefit
Years ending December 31 (millions)	                                                        Benefit Plans   Plans
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004											      $	  237.0       $	    5.1
2005												  242.8 	    5.3
2006												  253.4 	    5.5
2007												  265.0 	    5.7
2008												  276.9 	    5.9
2009 - 2013											1,601.6 	   32.5


(c) Early retirement benefits

A component of the Company's Operational Efficiency Program (see Note 4) was
early retirement incentives. The early retirement incentives allowed qualifying
employees the opportunity to retire with a normal pension earlier than they
otherwise would have. The benefits expense related to the early retirement
incentives has been included in the Consolidated Statements of Income as
"Restructuring and workforce reduction costs".

(d) Benefit obligations

Included in the defined benefit accrued benefit obligations at year-end are the
following amounts in respect of defined benefit plans that are not funded:



                                                        Pension Benefit Plans		        Other Benefit Plans
(millions)						2003		2002			2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Accrued benefit obligation	                      $   146.6       $	  148.8 	      $	   27.7       $	   25.2
=================================================================================================================================


At December 31, 2003 and 2002, undrawn Letters of Credit secured certain of the
unfunded defined benefit pension plans (see Note 14(c)).

The accumulated benefit obligation (which differs from the accrued benefit
obligation in that it does not include assumptions about future compensation
levels) for all defined benefit pension plans at December 31, 2003, was
$4,744.0 million (2002 - $4,277.0 million). The accumulated benefit obligation
for defined benefit pension plans that are not funded at December 31, 2003, was
$128.0 million (2002 - $107.1 million).

(e) Plan investment strategies and policies

The Company's primary goal for the defined benefit plans is to ensure the
security of the retirement income and other benefits of the plan members and
their beneficiaries. A secondary goal of the Company is to maximize the
long-term rate of return of the defined benefit plans' assets within a level of
risk acceptable to the Company.

Risk management: The Company considers absolute risk (the risk of contribution
increases, inadequate plan surplus and unfunded obligations) to be more
important than relative return risk. Accordingly, the defined benefit plans'
designs, the nature and maturity of defined benefit obligations and
characteristics of the plans' memberships significantly influence investment
strategies and policies. The Company manages risk through specifying allowable
and prohibited investment types, setting diversification strategies and
determining target asset allocations.

Allowable and prohibited investment types: Allowable and prohibited investments
types, along with associated guidelines and limits, are set out in each fund's
Pension Benefits Standards Act required Statement of Investment Policies and
Procedures ("SIP&P") which is reviewed and approved annually by management and
the Company's Pension Committee or designated governing fiduciary,
respectively. The SIP&P guidelines and limits are further governed by the
Pension Benefits Standards Regulations' permitted investments and lending
limits. As well as conventional investments, each fund's SIP&P may provide for
the use of derivative products to facilitate investment operations and to
manage risk provided that no short position is taken, no use of leverage is
made and there is no violation of guidelines and limits established in the
SIP&P. Internally managed funds are prohibited from increasing grandfathered
investments in securities of the Company or Verizon Communications Inc., a
significant shareholder; grandfathered investments were made prior to the
merger of BC TELECOM Inc. and TELUS Corporation, the Company's predecessors.
Externally managed funds are permitted to invest in securities of the Company
and Verizon Communications Inc., a significant shareholder, provided that the
investments are consistent with the funds' mandate and are in compliance with
the relevant SIP&P.

Diversification: The Company's strategy for equity security investments is to
be broadly diversified across individual securities, industry sectors and
geographical regions. A meaningful portion (15-25% of total plans' assets) of
the investment in equity securities is allocated to foreign equity securities
with the intent of further increasing the diversification of the plans' assets.
Debt securities may include a meaningful allocation to mortgages with the
objective of enhancing cash flow and providing greater scope for the management
of the bond component of the plans' assets. Debt securities also may include
real return bonds to provide inflation protection, consistent with the indexed
nature of some defined benefit obligations. Real estate investments are used to
provide diversification of plans' assets, potential long-term inflation hedging
and comparatively stable investment income.

Relationship between plan assets and benefit obligations: With the objective of
lowering its long-term costs of defined benefit plans, the Company purposely
mismatches plan assets and benefit obligations. This mismatching is implemented
by including equity investments in the long-term asset mix as well as fixed
income securities and mortgages with durations that differ from the benefit
obligations. Compensation for liquidity issues that may have otherwise arisen
from mismatching of plan assets and benefit obligations comes from broadly
diversified investment holdings (including cash and short-term investment
holdings) and cash flows from dividends, interest and rents from diversified
investment holdings.

Asset allocations: Information concerning the Company's defined benefit plans'
target asset allocation and actual asset allocation is as follows:




                                                  Pension Benefit Plans		                         Other Benefit Plans
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                Target        Percentage of plan assets         Target        Percentage of plan assets
                                       allocation	   at end of year		allocation	   at end of year
                                        2004		2003		2002		2004		2003		2002
															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Equity securities		        55-65%		63%		 57%		    - 		 - 		  -
Debt securities		                35-40%		31%		 35%		   0-5%		 - 		  1%
Real estate		                  0-5%		 3%		  4%		    - 		 - 		  -
Other		                          0-5%		 3%		  4%		95-100%		100% 		 99%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 				                       100% 		100% 		                100% 		100%
=================================================================================================================================


At December 31, 2003 and 2002, shares of TELUS Corporation, combined with
shares of Verizon Communications Inc., a significant shareholder, accounted for
less than 1% of the assets held in the pension and other benefit trusts
administered by the Company.

(f) Employer contributions

The best estimates of fiscal 2004 employer contributions to the Company's
defined benefit plans are $104.8 million and $1.0 million for defined pension
benefit plans and other defined benefit plans, respectively. These estimates
are based upon the mid-year 2003 annual funding reports that were prepared by
actuaries using previous actuarial valuations. The funding reports are based on
the pension plans' fiscal years, which are calendar years. The next annual
funding valuations are expected to be prepared mid-year 2004.

(g) Assumptions

Management is required to make significant estimates about certain actuarial
and economic assumptions to be used in determining defined benefit pension
costs, accrued benefit obligations and pension plan assets. These significant
estimates are of a long-term nature, which is consistent with the nature of
employee future benefits. The significant weighted average actuarial
assumptions arising from these estimates and adopted in measuring the Company's
accrued benefit obligations are as follows:




								Pension Benefit Plans		        Other Benefit Plans
								2003		2002			2003		2002
															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Discount rate used to determine:
  Net benefit costs for the year ended December 31		6.75%		6.75%			5.64%		6.75%
  Accrued benefit obligation as at December 31		        6.25%		6.75%			5.51%		5.65%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
  used to determine:
  Net benefit costs for the year ended December 31		7.48%	        7.77%			5.50%		7.75%
  Accrued benefit obligation as at December 31		        7.50%		7.48%			5.50%		7.50%
Rate of future increases in compensation used to
  determine:
  Net benefit costs for the year ended December 31		3.80%		4.25%			-		-
  Accrued benefit obligation as at December 31		        3.50%		3.80%			-		-
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2003 sensitivity of key assumptions	                        Pension Benefit Plans		        Other Benefit Plans
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 (millions)						     Change in           Change in              Change in      Change in
                                                             obligation		 expense		obligation	expense
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Impact of hypothetical 0.25% change(1) in:
  Discount rate	                                            $ 167.2 		$  19.5 		$  1.1 		$   0.1
  Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets			        $  10.8 			        $   0.1
  Rate of future increases in compensation	            $  32.0 		$   6.6 		$   - 	        $    -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) These sensitivities are hypothetical and should be used with caution. Favourable hypothetical changes
    in the assumptions result in decreased amounts, and unfavourable hypothetical changes in the assumptions result
    in increased amounts, of the obligations and expenses. Changes in amounts based on a 0.25 per cent variation in
    assumptions generally cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in assumption to the change
    in amounts may not be linear. Also, in this table, the effect of a variation in a particular assumption on the change
    in obligation or change in expense is calculated without changing any other assumption; in reality, changes in one
    factor may result in changes in another (for example, increases in discount rates may result in increased expectations
    about the long-term rate of return on plan assets), which might magnify or counteract the sensitivities.



The Company's health benefit costs for hospital rooms and medication were
estimated to increase at an annual rate of 10% (2002 - 8%), decreasing to an
annual growth rate of 5% (2002 - 5%) over a ten-year period; all other health
benefit costs were estimated to increase at an annual rate of 10% (2002 - 5%),
decreasing to an annual growth rate of 5% (2002 - 5%).

(h) Defined contribution plans


The Company's total defined contribution pension plan costs recognized were as follows:

Years ended December 31 (millions)								2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Union pension plan contributions
  Regular benefits					                                      $    39.6        $   50.2
  Early retirement benefits (c)						                             - 		   65.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						                                                   39.6 	  115.9
Other defined contribution pension plans					                   10.4 	    4.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 					                                                      $	   50.0       $   120.3
=================================================================================================================================


Regular benefit contributions for the union pension plan include other benefit
amounts of  $2.8 million (2002 - NIL).


20. Segmented Information The Company's reportable segments, which are used to
manage the business, are Communications and Mobility. The Communications
segment includes voice local, voice long distance, data and other
telecommunication services excluding wireless. The Mobility segment includes
digital personal communications services and wireless Internet services.
Segmentation is based on similarities in technology, the technical expertise
required to deliver the products and services, and the distribution channels
used. Intersegment sales are recorded at the exchange value, which is the
amount agreed to by the parties.




Years ended
December 31	            Communications	         Mobility		 Eliminations		  Consolidated
(millions)	          2003	       2002	    2003	 2002	      2003	   2002	        2003	     2002
                                                                                             
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
External revenue$	  4,786.4     $4,989.3 	   $2,359.6 	$2,017.4     $	   - 	  $	-      $7,146.0     $7,006.7
Inter-segment revenue	     94.5         95.3 	       15.7 	    17.5       (110.2)	    (112.8)	     - 		  -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total operating revenue	  4,880.9      5,084.6 	    2,375.3 	 2,034.9       (110.2)	    (112.8)	7,146.0      7,006.7
Operations expense	  2,852.2      3,100.8 	    1,559.9 	 1,500.1       (110.2)	    (112.8)	4,301.9      4,488.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EBITDA excluding
 restructuring and
 workforce reduction
 costs		          2,028.7      1,983.8 	      815.4 	   534.8 	   - 		- 	2,844.1      2,518.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Restructuring and
 work-force reduction
 costs		             28.3 	 563.4 		 - 	     6.5 	   -            -   	   28.3        569.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EBITDA(1)	         $2,000.4     $1,420.4 	   $  815.4 	$  528.3     $	   -      $     - 	$2,815.8    $1,948.7
=================================================================================================================================
CAPEX(2)	         $  892.8     $1,238.2 	   $  359.9 	$  459.7     $	   -      $     - 	$1,252.7    $1,697.9
=================================================================================================================================
EBITDA excluding
restructuring and
workforce reduction
costs less CAPEX	 $1,135.9     $	 745.6 	   $  455.5	$   75.1     $	   -      $	- 	$1,591.4     $ 820.7
=================================================================================================================================

(1) Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization ("EBITDA")
    is defined by the Company as operating revenues less operations expense and
    restructuring and workforce reduction costs. Previously, the Company defined
    EBITDA so as to exclude restructuring and workforce reduction costs; the
    definition was amended to reflect a change in how the Company operates. The
    Company has issued guidance on, and reports, EBITDA because it is a key measure
    used by management to evaluate performance of its business segments and is
    utilized in measuring compliance with debt covenants.
(2) Total capital expenditures ("CAPEX").



21. Related Party Transactions

In 2001, the Company entered into an agreement with Verizon Communications Inc.
("Verizon"), a significant shareholder, with respect to acquiring certain
rights to Verizon's software, technology, services and other benefits, thereby
replacing and amending a previous agreement between the Company and GTE
Corporation. The agreement is renewable annually at the Company's sole option
up to December 31, 2008, and it has been renewed for 2004. As of December 31,
2003, in aggregate, $312.1 million (2002 - $312.1 million) of specified
software licences and a trademark licence have been acquired and recorded as
capital and other assets. These assets are valued at fair market value at the
date of acquisition as determined by an arm's-length party's appraisal.
Assuming renewal through to 2008, the total commitment under the agreement is
U.S.$377 million for the period 2001 to 2008 and the commitment remaining after
December 31, 2003, is U.S.$102 million.

In the normal course of operations and on market terms and conditions, ongoing
services and other benefits have been received and expensed. In connection with
the 2001 disposition of TELUS' directory business to Verizon, the Company
rebills, and collects for, directory listings on Verizon's behalf. The Company
owed Verizon, on a net basis and including directory rebilling and collections
done on Verizon's behalf as well as dividends payable, $40.9 million at
December 31, 2003 (2002 - $75.4 million).



Years ended December 31 (millions)							       2003	        2002
											       	        
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Verizon agreement
  Ongoing services and benefits expensed					              $   27.7       $     43.9
  Specified software licences and trademark licence acquired and recorded as
  capital and other	    								      $	    - 	      $   112.8
Sales to Verizon (Verizon customers' usage of TELUS' telecommunication
  infrastructure and other)                                                                   $   47.2	           40.2
 and other)	                                                                              $   35.9 	      $    31.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


In common with, and on the same basis as, other shareholders of the Company,
Verizon is eligible to participate in the Company's Dividend Reinvestment and
Share Purchase Plan (see Note 16(l)). The following table presents a summary of
the Company's dividend transactions with Verizon, which are included elsewhere
in these financial statements in similarly captioned line item amounts.



Years ended December 31 (millions)							      2003	       2002
											      	       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Declared dividends attributable to Verizon's shareholdings
	- to be paid in cash		                                                      $    43.5       $    31.6
	- to be reinvested in Treasury shares						            0.5            12.3
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

						                                                   44.0 	   43.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Cash payments						                                           43.0 	   21.0
Reinvested in Treasury shares						                            1.0 	   22.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

						                                                   44.0 	   43.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Change in dividends payable to Verizon					            	             - 	            0.3
Dividends payable to Verizon, beginning of year					               	   11.0 	   10.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Dividends payable to Verizon, end of year					              $    11.0       $    11.0
=================================================================================================================================


22. Differences Between Canadian and United States Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
Canadian GAAP. The principles adopted in these financial statements conform in
all material respects to those generally accepted in the United States except
as summarized below. Significant differences between Canadian GAAP and U.S.
GAAP would have the following effect on reported net income of the Company:



Years ended December 31 (millions)							      2003	       2002
											      	       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) in accordance with Canadian GAAP					      $   331.5       $  (229.0)
Adjustments:
Decrease in depreciation expense (b)						                   35.8 	   35.8
Decrease in interest expense (c)						                    9.6 	    9.6
Amortization of intangible assets (d)						                  (81.8)	  (81.8)
Change in future employee benefits (e)						                  (16.9)	  (16.9)
Asset impairment - decrease in depreciation (f)						           57.6            72.1
Interest on convertible debentures (g)						                   (7.1)	   (6.8)
Accounting for derivatives (h)						                            2.0 	    1.3
Taxes on the above adjustments						                           (1.7)	   (8.6)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Income (loss) before effect of change in accounting principle			                  329.0 	 (224.3)
Effect of change in accounting principles for intangible assets and goodwill (j)		     - 	       (1,701.6)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP						          329.0        (1,925.9)
Other comprehensive income (loss) (h) (n)						         (205.0)           40.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Comprehensive income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP 		                      $   124.0       $(1,885.0)
=================================================================================================================================
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP per Common Share and Non-Voting (basic and
 diluted):
 Before effect of change in accounting principles for intangible assets and goodwill	      $     0.93      $    (0.72)
 Effect of change in accounting principles for intangible assets and goodwill (j)		     - 		   (5.35)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Net income (loss)					                                      $	    0.93      $    (6.07)
=================================================================================================================================


The following is a restatement of major balance sheet categories to reflect the
application of U.S. GAAP:



(millions)											2003	        2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current Assets										      $ 1,517.3       $ 1,173.2
Capital Assets
  Property, plant, equipment and other		                                                7,757.8 	7,926.0
  Intangible assets subject to amortization		                                        2,666.0 	2,901.6
  Intangible assets with indefinite lives		                                        2,954.6 	2,950.1
Goodwill		                                                                        3,536.6 	3,543.2
Deferred Income Taxes		                                                                  709.0 	1,174.7
Other Assets		                                                                          623.1 	  979.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $19,764.4       $20,648.7
=================================================================================================================================
Current Liabilities	                                                                      $ 2,154.7       $ 2,181.0
Long-Term Debt		                                                                        6,628.4 	8,364.9
Other Long-Term Liabilities		                                                        1,367.1 	  499.7
Deferred Income Taxes		                                                                1,638.8 	1,655.1
Non-Controlling Interest		                                                           10.7 	   11.2
Shareholders' Equity		                                                                7,964.7 	7,936.8
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $19,764.4       $20,648.7
=================================================================================================================================
 

The following is a reconciliation of shareholders' equity incorporating the differences between
Canadian and U.S. GAAP:

(millions)	                                                                              2003	        2002
											      		
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity under Canadian GAAP	                                              $ 6,662.0       $ 6,432.6
Adjustments:
  Purchase versus Pooling Accounting (a) - (e), (k)		                                1,512.9 	1,545.8
  Asset impairment (f)		                                                                     - 	          (36.2)
  Reclassification of convertible debentures from equity to debt (g)		                 (149.6)	 (148.5)
  Accounting for derivatives (h)		                                                   (0.1)	   (1.4)
  Additional goodwill on Clearnet purchase (l)		                                          123.5 	  123.5
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (n)		                                 (184.0)	   21.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shareholders' Equity under U.S. GAAP	                                                      $ 7,964.7       $ 7,936.8
=================================================================================================================================
Composition of Shareholders' Equity under U.S. GAAP
  Preference and preferred shares
  TELUS Communications Inc. Preference Shares and Preferred Shares	                      $	   69.7       $	   69.7
  Common equity
  Common Shares		                                                                        4,282.6 	4,208.6
  Non-Voting Shares		                                                                4,585.8 	4,532.4
  Options and warrants		                                                                   51.5 	   56.8
  Accrual for shares issuable under channel stock incentive plan		                    0.6 	    0.3
  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustment		                                   (2.7)	    1.2
  Retained earnings (deficit) 		                                                         (844.7)	 (960.6)
  Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (n)		                                 (184.0)	   21.0
  Contributed surplus		                                                                    5.9 	    7.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                                                                7,895.0 	7,867.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                                                                      $ 7,964.7       $ 7,936.8
=================================================================================================================================
 

(a)	Merger of BC TELECOM and TELUS

The business combination between BC TELECOM and TELUS Corporation (renamed
TELUS Holdings Inc. which was wound up June 1, 2001) was accounted for using
the pooling of interests method under Canadian GAAP. Under Canadian GAAP, the
application of the pooling of interests method of accounting for the merger of
BC TELECOM and TELUS Holdings Inc. resulted in a restatement of prior periods
as if the two companies had always been combined. Under U.S. GAAP, the merger
is accounted for using the purchase method. Use of the purchase method results
in TELUS (TELUS Holdings Inc.) being acquired by BC TELECOM for $4,662.4
million (including merger related costs of $51.9 million) effective January 31,
1999.

(b) Depreciation

Under the purchase method, TELUS' capital assets on acquisition have been
recorded at fair value rather than at their underlying cost (book values) to
TELUS. Therefore, depreciation of such assets based on fair values at the date
of acquisition under U.S. GAAP will be different than TELUS' depreciation based
on underlying cost (book values). As of March 31, 2004, the amortization of
this difference will have been completed.

(c) Interest

Under the purchase method, TELUS' long-term debt on acquisition has been
recorded at its fair value rather than at its underlying cost (book value) to
TELUS. Therefore, interest expense calculated on the debt based on fair values
at the date of acquisition under U.S. GAAP will be different than TELUS'
interest expense based on underlying cost (book value).

(d) Intangible Assets

As TELUS' intangible assets on acquisition have been recorded at their fair
value, amortization of such assets, other than for those with indefinite lives,
needs to be included under U.S. GAAP; consistent with prior years, amortization
is calculated using the straight-line method.

The incremental amounts recorded as intangible assets arising from the TELUS
acquisition above are as follows:



                                                        Cost	    Accumulated                   Net Book Value
                                                                    Amortization
(millions)					                                                2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Intangible assets subject to amortization
  Subscribers - wireline	                      $ 1,950.0       $   219.0 	      $ 1,731.0       $ 1,769.4
  Subscribers - wireless 		                  250.0 	  159.7 		   90.3 	  133.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 		                                        2,200.0 	  378.7 		1,821.3 	1,903.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Intangible assets with indefinite lives
  Spectrum licences(1)		                        1,833.3 	1,833.3 		     - 	             -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
	                                              $ 4,033.3       $ 2,212.0 	      $ 1,821.3       $ 1,903.1
=================================================================================================================================
 
(1) Accumulated amortization of spectrum licences is amortization recorded
    prior to 2002 and the transitional impairment amount.



Estimated aggregate amortization expense for intangible assets subject to
amortization, calculated upon such assets held as at December 31, 2003, for
each of the next five fiscal years is as follows:



Years ending December 31 (millions)
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2004													      $   373.6
2005														  270.6
2006														  117.0
2007														   68.7
2008														   54.2


(e) Future Employee Benefits

Under U.S. GAAP, TELUS' future employee benefit assets and obligations have
been recorded at their fair values on acquisition. Accounting for future
employee benefits under Canadian GAAP changed to become more consistent with
U.S. GAAP effective January 1, 2000. Canadian GAAP provides that the
transitional balances can be accounted for prospectively. Therefore, to conform
to U.S. GAAP, the amortization of the transitional amount needs to be removed
from the future employee benefit expense.

(f) Asset Impairment

In the first quarter of 1998, BC TELECOM took an asset impairment charge. In
assessing if a capital asset is impaired, estimated future net cash flows are
not discounted in computing the net recoverable amount. Under Canadian GAAP, at
the time the assessment took place, the impairment amount recorded was the
excess of the carrying amount over the recoverable amount; under U.S. GAAP the
impairment amount recorded was the excess of the carrying amount over the
discounted estimated future net cash flows that were used to determine the net
recoverable amount. Under U.S. GAAP the net of tax charge taken in 1998 would
be $232.2 million higher and would not be considered an extraordinary item. The
annual depreciation expense would be approximately $72 million lower subsequent
to when the increased impairment charge was taken under U.S. GAAP. As of
December 31, 2003, the amortization of this difference had been completed.

(g) Convertible Debentures

Under Canadian GAAP, financial instruments such as the convertible debentures
are classified as debt or equity according to their substance rather than their
legal form. Accordingly, due to the substance of the transaction the
convertible debentures have currently been classified as equity and the
corresponding interest expense and the amortization of issue costs has been
charged to the retained earnings rather than to the Consolidated Statements of
Income. Pursuant to U.S. GAAP, the convertible debentures would be included in
long-term debt. The corresponding interest expense on the convertible
debentures and the amortization of issue costs would be charged to the
Consolidated Statements of Income.

(h) Accounting for Derivatives

On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted, for U.S. GAAP purposes, the provisions
of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting For
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities." This standard requires that all
derivatives be recognized as either assets or liabilities and measured at fair
value. This is different from the Canadian GAAP treatment for financial
instruments. Under U.S. GAAP, derivatives which are fair value hedges, together
with the financial instrument being hedged, will be marked to market with
adjustments reflected in income and derivatives which are cash flow hedges will
be marked to market with adjustments reflected in comprehensive income.

(i) Income Taxes



Years ended December 31 (millions)					                        2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current					                                                      $  (221.7)      $  (51.7)
Deferred						                                          395.4 	  43.9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 						                                                  173.7 	  (7.8)
Investment Tax Credits						                                   (1.3)	 (50.5)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					                                                      $   172.4       $  (58.3)
=================================================================================================================================


The Company's income tax expense (recovery), for U.S. GAAP purposes, differs
from that calculated by applying statutory rates for the following reasons:




Years ended December 31 ($ in millions)	                       2003		                       2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Basic blended federal and provincial tax at
 statutory income tax rates	                      $   186.8 	   37.1%	      $   (93.3)	   39.4%
Tax rate differential on settlement of prior
 year tax issues		                          (47.0)				    2.4
Revaluation of deferred income tax assets and
liabilities for changes in statutory tax rates		   13.0 				   34.4
Non-tax effected elements of net income before tax	    1.9 				   10.0
Investment Tax Credits		                           (0.8)				  (30.6)
Non-taxable portion of gains		                     - 				          (16.4)
Other		                                           (2.8)				   11.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
		                                          151.1 	   30.0%		  (82.5)	   34.9%
Large corporations tax		                           21.3 				   24.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
U.S. GAAP income tax expense (recovery)	              $   172.4 	   34.3%	      $   (58.3)	   24.6%
=================================================================================================================================


As referred to in Note 1(b), the Company must make significant estimates in
respect of the composition of its future income tax assets and future income
tax liabilities. The operations of the Company are complex, and related tax
interpretations, regulations and legislation are continually changing. As a
result, there are usually some tax matters in question. Temporary differences
comprising the deferred tax assets (liabilities) are estimated as follows:



(millions)											2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Capital assets
 Property, plant, equipment, other and intangible assets subject to amortization	      $  (534.1)      $  (334.4)
 Intangible assets with indefinite lives						       (1,007.0)   	 (992.3)
Reserves not currently deductible						                  156.1 	  145.7
Losses available to be carried forward						                  622.2 	  765.8
Other						                                                  137.0 	   73.6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					                                                      $  (625.8)      $	 (341.6)
=================================================================================================================================
Deferred tax assets
	Current					                                              $   304.0       $	  138.8
	Non-current						                                  709.0 	1,174.7
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                                                1,013.0 	1,313.5
Deferred tax liabilities						                       (1,638.8)       (1,655.1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)					                      $  (625.8)      $	 (341.6)
=================================================================================================================================


(j) Intangible Asset Transitional Impairment Amount and Goodwill

Commencing January 1, 2002, in Canada and the United States, new Generally
Accepted Accounting Principles for intangible assets with an indefinite life
and goodwill apply to the Company (Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets"). As one part of the
transitional implementation, intangible assets with indefinite lives were
tested for impairment as at January 1, 2002. Any such transitional impairment
amount arising is considered to arise from a change in accounting policy and is
charged to earnings, in the period the change is effected, after determining
net income from operations. As a result of the differing accounting treatment
afforded the merger of BC TELECOM and TELUS (see (a) and (d)), the recorded
value of intangible assets with indefinite lives differs materially between
Canadian and U.S. GAAP. The Company has assessed its intangible assets with
indefinite lives and determined it necessary to record a transitional
impairment amount of $595.2 million ($910.0 million before tax) for purposes of
Canadian GAAP; a transitional impairment of $1,701.6 million ($2,609.7 million
before tax) was required under U.S. GAAP. The transitional impairment amount,
under both Canadian and U.S. GAAP, reduced the carrying values of the
intangible assets with indefinite lives to the same amounts, thus eliminating
the corresponding GAAP difference.

Similarly, goodwill was also to be tested for impairment as at January 1, 2002,
and any transitional impairment amount would also be considered to arise from a
change in accounting policy and is charged to earnings, in the period the
change is effected, after determining net income from operations. The Company
completed this test in the first quarter of 2002. By applying the prescribed
method of comparing the fair value of its reporting units to the carrying
amounts of its reporting units, the Company has assessed its goodwill and
determined that there was no goodwill transitional impairment amount.
Consistent with current industry-specific valuation methods, the Company used a
combination of the discounted cash flow model and the market comparable
approach for determining the fair value of its reporting units.

(k) Goodwill

Under the purchase method of accounting, TELUS' assets and liabilities at
acquisition (see (a)) have been recorded at their fair values with the excess
purchase price being allocated to goodwill in the amount of $403.1 million.
Commencing January 1, 2002, rather than being systematically amortized, the
carrying value of goodwill is periodically tested for impairment.

(l) Additional Goodwill on Clearnet purchase

Under U.S. GAAP, shares issued by the acquirer to affect an acquisition are
measured at the date the acquisition was announced; however, under Canadian
GAAP, at the time the transaction took place, shares issued to effect an
acquisition were measured at the transaction date. This results in the purchase
price under U.S. GAAP being $131.4 million higher than under Canadian GAAP. The
resulting difference is assigned to goodwill. Commencing January 1, 2002,
rather than being systematically amortized, the carrying value of goodwill is
periodically tested for impairment.

(m) Share-Based Compensation

Generally Accepted Accounting Principles require disclosure of the impact on
net income (loss) and net income (loss) per Common Share and Non-Voting Share
as if the fair value based method of accounting had been applied for
share-based compensation. Under Canadian GAAP, this is required in respect of
awards made after 2001; under U.S. GAAP, this is required in respect of awards
made after 1994. The fair values of the Company's options granted in 2003 and
2002, and the weighted average assumptions used in estimating the fair values,
are set out in Note 8(a). Such impact, using the fair values set out in Note
8(a) would approximate the following pro forma amounts:



Years ended December 31 (millions except per share amounts)		                        2003		2002
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compensation cost					                                      $	43.9 	      $	   62.3
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP
  As reported					                                              $	328.9 	      $(1,925.9)
  Pro forma					                                              $	285.0 	      $(1,988.2)
Net income (loss) in accordance with U.S. GAAP per Common Share and Non-Voting Share
  Basic
     As reported					                                      $	0.93 	      $	   (6.07)
     Pro forma					                                              $	0.81 	      $	   (6.25)
  Diluted
     As reported					                                      $	0.93 	      $	   (6.07)
     Pro forma					                                              $	0.80 	      $	   (6.25)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


(n) Additional Disclosures Required Under U.S. GAAP - Comprehensive Income

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income", requires that a statement of comprehensive income be displayed with
the same prominence as other financial statements. Comprehensive income, which
incorporates net income, includes all changes in equity during a period except
those resulting from investments by and distributions to owners. There is
currently no requirement to disclose comprehensive income under Canadian GAAP.



Years ended December 31 (millions)			2003		                                2002
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Unrealized                                      Unrealized
                                       fair value of                                   fair value of
                                       derivative      Minimum                         derivative      Minimum
                                       cash flow       pension                         cash flow       pension
                                       hedges          liability       Total           hedges          liability       Total
															
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Amount arising in year	               $ (303.8)       $ (12.5)	       $ (316.3)       $  227.8        $(156.5)	       $  71.3
Income tax expense (recovery)		 (114.5)	   3.2 		 (111.3)	   92.2 	 (61.8)		  30.4
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Net		                         (189.3)	 (15.7)		 (205.0)	  135.6 	 (94.7)		  40.9
Accumulated other comprehensive
 income (loss), beginning of year	  115.7 	 (94.7)		   21.0 	 (19.9)		    - 	         (19.9)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Accumulated other comprehensive
 income (loss), end of year	       $  (73.6)       $(110.4)	       $ (184.0)       $ 115.7 	        $(94.7)	       $  21.0
=================================================================================================================================
 

(o) Recently Issued Accounting Standards Not Yet Implemented

As would affect the Company, there are no U.S. accounting standards currently
issued and not yet implemented that would differ from Canadian accounting
standards currently issued and not yet implemented.




SIGNATURES


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Dated: April 12,2004
						TELUS Corporation



						___"James W. Peters"___
						Name:  James W. Peters
						Title:  Corporate Secretary








Exhibit 5: Information Circular of the Company as of March 18, 2004.
==============================================================================
Information Circular 2004:
==========================
Cover:

Leading the  way
----------------
Notice of Annual General Meeting
Information Circular 2004
--------------------------------

Inside Front Cover:

notice of annual general meeting			                 1
information circular						         2
invitation to shareholders					         2
frequently asked questions on voting			                 3
voting by attending the meeting				                 3
voting by proxy						                 3
restriction on ownership of shares			                 7
non-voting shares						         7
business of the meeting					                 8
   1. report of the directors and consolidated
      financial report					                 8
   2. election of directors				                 8
   3. appointment of auditors			                         13
mandate and report of the
Corporate Governance Committee			                         14
mandate and report of the Pension Committee	                         17
mandate and report of the Audit Committee		                 19
mandate and report of the Human Resources
and Compensation Committee				                 22
report on executive compensation			                 23
compensation of president and CEO			                 27
share ownership guidelines				                 27
executive compensation summary table		                         29
TELUS Pension Plan					                 31
employment agreements					                 33
indebtedness of directors and officers			                 33
directors' and officers' insurance and
indemnification						                 35
additional matters and information			                 35
board approval						                 36
certificate							         36
appendix A: statement of TELUS' corporate
governance practices					                 37

All figures reported in this information circular are in Canadian currency.



Notice of Annual General Meeting
--------------------------------

Notice is hereby given that the annual general meeting (the "meeting") of TELUS
Corporation (the "Company" or "TELUS") will be held on Wednesday, May 5, 2004
at 10:00 a.m. (Eastern Daylight Savings Time) at the Metro Toronto Convention
Centre, 255 Front Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5V 2W6. The purpose of the
meeting is to:

1.   receive the Company's 2003 audited consolidated financial statements
     together with the reports of the auditors on those statements

2.   elect directors of the Company for the ensuing year

3.   appoint Deloitte & Touche LLP as auditors for the ensuing year, and

4.   transact other business as may properly come before the meeting or any
     adjournment thereof.

The British Columbia Registrar of Companies has approved the Company's
application to hold this meeting outside British Columbia. A copy of this order
may be obtained upon request to TELUS' Corporate Secretary. Also, pursuant to
the Company Act (British Columbia), advance notice of the meeting was published
in the Vancouver Sun on March 1, 2004.

Dated at Vancouver, B.C. this 18th day of March, 2004.
By order of the Board of Directors

/s/James W. Peters
---------------
James W. Peters
Executive Vice-President, Corporate Affairs and
Chief General Counsel and Corporate Secretary


Holders of common shares of the Company who are unable to attend the meeting
may vote by proxy. Simply sign and return a paper proxy or submit a telephone
or Internet proxy by following the instructions in the information circular
accompanying this notice or the instructions on the paper proxy.

To be valid, proxies must be received by TELUS' Corporate Secretary, c/o
Computershare Trust Company of Canada at 9th floor, 100 University Avenue,
Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1, by 5:00 p.m. (local time) on May 3, 2004 or, if the
meeting is adjourned, by 5:00 p.m. (local time) on the second-last business day
prior to the date on which the meeting is reconvened.

                                 

Information Circular
--------------------

Invitation to Shareholders
--------------------------

On behalf of the TELUS Board of Directors and the rest of the TELUS team, we
invite you to join us at TELUS' annual general meeting (the "meeting"). This
year, the meeting will be held:

Date: 	Wednesday, May 5, 2004
Time: 	10:00 a.m. (Eastern Daylight Savings Time)
Place: 	Metro Toronto Convention Centre,
	255 Front Street West, Toronto, Ontario, M5V 2W6

At the meeting, holders of common shares ("shareholders") of TELUS will be
asked to approve the business items in the notice of annual general meeting and
this information circular.
We will also update you on how TELUS is continuing
to execute on its strategy and will give you an update on the Company's current
financial outlook. At the end of the meeting, a question and answer session
will take place. At the reception following the meeting, you will have an
opportunity to personally meet your directors and executives. As a shareholder,
your vote is very important to us and we encourage you to participate either in
person or by proxy. If you cannot attend the meeting in person, we invite you
to view our live Web cast at telus.com/agm at 10 a.m. (EDST) on May 5. We look
forward to seeing you.

Sincerely,

/s/Brian A. Canfield			/s/Darren Entwistle
-----------------			----------------
Brian A. Canfield			Darren Entwistle
Chair of the Board 			President &
of Directors				Chief Executive Officer

March 18, 2004

                                 

Frequently asked questions on voting
------------------------------------

Q: Am I entitled to receive notice of the meeting and attend the meeting?

A: Yes, if you are a holder of common shares or non-voting common shares of the
Company as of March 18, 2004, which is the record date for the meeting. All
shareholders, as of the close of business on that date, are entitled to receive
notice of, attend and be heard at the meeting.

Q: Am I entitled to vote and what am I voting on?

A: If you were a holder of common shares as of the close of business on March
18, 2004, you are entitled, subject to the cumulative voting provisions for
directors, to vote one vote per common share on the resolutions relating to:
 (i) electing the directors for the ensuing year, and
(ii) appointing the auditors for the ensuing year.
     If you were a holder of non-voting shares, as of the close of business on
March 18, 2004, you have the right to attend and be heard at the meeting.

Q: How can I vote my common shares?

A: You can vote your common shares either by attending and voting your common
shares at the meeting or, if you cannot attend the meeting, by having your
common shares voted by proxy. How you exercise your vote depends on whether you
are a registered or non-registered shareholder.
..you are a registered shareholder if you have a share certificate registered in
 your name
..you are a non-registered shareholder if: (i) your shares are registered in the
 name of an intermediary (for example, a bank, a trustee or an investment
 dealer), or the name of a clearing agency of which the intermediary is a
 participant, or (ii) you hold common shares through the TELUS Employee Share
 Purchase Plan.

Voting by attending the meeting

If you are a registered shareholder, you are entitled to attend the meeting and
cast your vote in person.
If you are a non-registered shareholder, you are entitled to attend the meeting
and cast your vote in person, provided you have submitted a properly executed
proxy, inserting your name in the blank space provided and returning it in the
envelope provided. When you arrive at the meeting, advise the registration
staff that you are a proxy appointee. If you have received a voting instruction
form, please follow the instructions on the form. Royal Trust Corporation of
Canada (the "Trustee") is the trustee of all common shares (the "employee
shares") held on behalf of members of the TELUS Employee Share Purchase Plan.
Holders of employee shares are treated in the same manner as non-registered
shareholders. If you hold employee shares, you are entitled to attend the
meeting and cast your vote in person, provided you have submitted a properly
executed proxy, inserting your name in the blank space provided and returning
it according to the instructions on the form. When you arrive at the meeting,
advise the registration staff that you are a proxy appointee.

Voting by proxy

How you vote by proxy depends on whether you are a registered shareholder, a
non-registered shareholder or a holder of employee shares.

1. Voting by proxy - registered shareholder

If you are a registered shareholder, you may vote your proxy in one of three
ways:
..    by paper proxy to be returned by mail or delivery
..    by telephone
..    by Internet.

Whichever method you choose, your proxy must be received by TELUS' Corporate
Secretary, c/o Computershare Trust Company of Canada (9th floor, 100 University
Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1), no later than 5:00 p.m. (local time) on May
3, 2004 or, if the meeting is adjourned, by 5:00 p.m. (local time) on the
second-last business day prior to the date on which the meeting is reconvened.

                                 

Proxy and voting by mail or delivery

To vote by mail or delivery, your paper proxy must be completed, signed and
returned in accordance with the instructions on the paper proxy.

Proxy and voting by telephone

To vote by telephone, call the toll-free number shown on the proxy form
provided. Using a touch-tone telephone to select your voting preferences,
follow the instructions of the "vote voice" and refer to your holder account
number and proxy access number provided on the proxy that was delivered to you
by mail or e-mail.
Note that voting by telephone is not available if you wish
to appoint a person as a proxy other than someone named on the proxy form or if
you wish to distribute your cumulative votes in any manner other than equally
regarding the election of directors. In either of these instances, your proxy
should be voted by mail, delivery or Internet.

Proxy and voting by Internet

To vote your proxy by Internet, visit the Web site address as shown on the
proxy form provided. Follow the online voting instructions given to you over
the Internet and refer to your holder account number and proxy access number
provided on the proxy that was delivered to you by mail or e-mail.

2. Voting by proxy - non-registered shareholder

If you are a non-registered shareholder and you receive these materials through
an investment dealer or other intermediary, complete and return the materials
entitling you to vote, in accordance with the instructions provided to you by
the investment dealer or other intermediary.
If you hold employee shares, use one of the three voting procedures outlined
above (mail, telephone or Internet) to direct the Trustee as to how your
employee shares are to be voted at the meeting. The Trustee will deliver the
proxy forms for use at the meeting for all votes to be cast at the meeting as
indicated on all paper, telephone or Internet proxies. Computershare Trust
Company of Canada ("Computershare") has agreed to act as the recipient of
voting instructions by holders of employee shares received by proxy and will
tabulate the results for the Trustee.
The voting rights attached to employee shares will be voted for or against or
withheld from voting only in accordance with the specifications made by the
employees. If a proxy is not received by Computershare on behalf of the Trustee
according to the above procedures, the employee shares will not be voted by the
Trustee.
For employee shares to be voted at the meeting by the Trustee or a duly
appointed proxy, proxies must be received by TELUS' Corporate Secretary, c/o
Computershare, (9th floor, 100 University Avenue, Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1) no
later than 5:00 p.m. (local time) on May 3, 2004 or, if the meeting is
adjourned, by 5:00 p.m. (local time) on the second-last business day prior to
the date on which the meeting is reconvened.
If an employee holds common shares (other than employee shares), another proxy
must be completed to vote those shares, unless such employee attends the
meeting and votes the common shares in person.

                                 

Q: Who votes my shares?

A: Each person named in the proxy to represent shareholders at the meeting is
a director and/or officer of the Company. You can appoint someone else to
represent you at the meeting, however, you must appoint that person by either
paper proxy or Internet proxy by inserting his or her name in the appropriate
space on the proxy form or completing another acceptable paper proxy. The
person you appoint does not need to be a shareholder but must attend the
meeting in order for your vote to be cast.

Q: How will my shares be voted if I return a proxy?

A: By completing and returning a proxy, you are authorizing the person named in
the proxy to attend the meeting and vote your shares on each item of business
you are entitled to vote on, according to your instructions. If there are no
instructions with respect to your proxy, your common shares will be voted in
favour of:
1.   electing each person nominated by management as a director, and
2.   appointing Deloitte & Touche LLP as auditors of the Company.

Q: Can I revoke a proxy?

A: Yes, if you are a registered shareholder and have voted by paper, telephone
or Internet proxy, you may revoke it by delivering a duly executed proxy by
paper, telephone or Internet with a later date or a form of revocation of
proxy. Such paper proxies can be delivered to the registered office of the
Company, c/o TELUS' Corporate Secretary, 3777 Kingsway, Burnaby, B.C. V5H
3Z7, any time up to and including May 3, 2004, or if the meeting is
adjourned, on the business day preceding the date of the adjourned meeting.
Alternatively, you may revoke your proxy and vote in person, by delivering a
form of revocation of proxy to the Chair of the meeting at the meeting or any
adjournment thereof. You may also revoke your proxy in any other manner
permitted by law. If you are a non-registered shareholder, you may revoke
your proxy or voting instructions by contacting the individual who serves
your account.
As a holder of employee shares, if you have provided your proxy
(by paper, telephone or Internet) you may revoke it by delivering another
proxy (by paper, telephone or Internet) with a later date or a form of
revocation of proxy, no later than 5:00 p.m. (local time) on May 3, 2004 or,
if the meeting is adjourned, by 5:00 p.m. (local time) on the second-last
business day prior to the date on which the meeting is reconvened.

Q: Who has discretionary authority to vote on amendments or variations to any
of the business items and on any other matter that may properly come before
the meeting?

A: Your voting instructions provided by paper, telephone or Internet proxy give
discretionary authority to the person you appoint to vote as he or she sees
fit on any amendment or variation to any of the matters identified in the
notice of meeting and any other matters that may properly be brought before
the meeting. As of March 12, 2004, neither the Board of Directors nor senior
officers of the Company is aware of any variation, amendment or other matter
to be presented for a vote at the meeting.

                                 

Q: Is my vote by proxy confidential?

A: Yes, your vote by proxy is confidential. Proxies are received, counted and
tabulated by our transfer agent, Computershare, in a way that preserves the
confidentiality of individual shareholders' votes, except:
..as necessary to meet the applicable legal requirements
..in the event of a proxy contest, or
..in the event a shareholder has made a written comment on the proxy.

Q: Who is soliciting my proxy?

A: Your proxy is being solicited on behalf of TELUS management. The
solicitation of proxies will be made either by mail to your latest address
shown on the register of shareholders or by electronic mail to your e-mail
address that you provided.(1) The cost of solicitation is paid for by the
Company.


(1) Pursuant to a court order of the British Columbia Supreme Court, the
    Company is exempt from any requirements in the Articles of the Company
    and the Company Act (British Columbia) that would prohibit the Company,
    or its agent, from delivering the notice of meeting, information
    circular, proxy form, annual financial statements and any other meeting
    materials for the meeting solely by electronic means to those
    shareholders of the Company who consent to such electronic delivery.



Q: What are the quorum requirements for the meeting and how many common shares
and non-voting shares are outstanding?

A: A quorum at the meeting will consist of at least two persons present and/or
represented by proxy, being two Canadians that hold not less than 1/20 (five
per cent) of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the
meeting.
On March 12, 2004, the Company had 191,492,171 common shares issued
and outstanding and 162,081,241 non-voting shares issued and outstanding.

Q: Does any shareholder beneficially own 10 per cent or more of the common
shares that are outstanding?

A: Yes, Verizon Communications Inc. ("Verizon"), through Verizon Canada
Holdings Corporation ("VCHC"), owned 48,551,972 common shares representing
approximately 25.4 per cent of the issued and outstanding common shares on
March 12, 2004. VCHC is beneficially owned and controlled by Verizon.
To the knowledge of the directors and senior officers of TELUS, on March 12,
2004, no other persons beneficially own, directly or indirectly, or exercise
control or direction over, common shares carrying more than 10 per cent of
the voting rights attached to all common shares entitled to be voted at the
meeting.

Q: What if I have a question?

A: If you have any questions regarding the meeting, please contact
Computershare:
..by phone	1-800-558-0046 (toll-free within North America)
		1-514-982-7270 (outside North America)
..by fax	        (416) 263-9394
..by e-mail	telus@computershare.com
..by mail	Computershare Trust Company of Canada
		9th floor, 100 University Avenue
		Toronto, Ontario, M5J 2Y1

                                 

Restriction on ownership of shares
----------------------------------

On October 25, 1994, the Canadian Telecommunications Common Carrier Ownership
and Control Regulations (the "Telecommunications regulations") were adopted
under the Telecommunications Act (Canada) (the "Telecommunications Act"). To
maintain the eligibility of certain of its subsidiaries which are Canadian
common carriers under the Telecommunications Act, the level of non-Canadian
ownership of the common shares cannot exceed 331/3 per cent and the Company
must not be otherwise controlled by non-Canadians. The Telecommunications
regulations give carrier-holding corporations of Canadian common carriers
certain powers to monitor and control the level of non-Canadian ownership of
voting shares. As a carrier-holding corporation, the powers and constraints of
the Telecommunications regulations have been incorporated into the Articles of
the Company.
The powers include the right to:
..   refuse to register a transfer of voting shares to a non-Canadian
..   require a non-Canadian to sell any voting shares
..   convert voting shares to non-voting shares, and
..   suspend the voting rights attached to the voting shares.

The Company monitors the level of non-Canadian ownership of its common shares
and periodically reports thereon to the Canadian Radio-television and
Telecommunications Commission ("CRTC").

Non-voting shares

Subject to the prior rights of the holders of first preferred shares and second
preferred shares of the Company, holders of non-voting shares are entitled to
participate equally with the holders of common shares with respect to the
payment of dividends and the distribution of assets of the Company on the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company. The non-voting shares
cannot be subdivided, consolidated, reclassified or otherwise changed unless
the common shares are changed in the same manner.

Generally, the holders of non-voting shares are entitled to receive notice of,
attend and be heard at all general meetings of the Company and are entitled to
receive all notices of meetings, information circulars and other written
information from the Company that the holders of common shares are entitled to
receive from the Company, but are not entitled to vote at such general meetings
unless otherwise required by law.
To ensure that the holders of non-voting shares can participate in any offer
made to holders of common shares (but that is not made to the holders of
non-voting shares on the same terms), the offer must, by reason of applicable
securities legislation or the requirements of the stock exchanges on which the
common shares are listed, be made to all or substantially all the holders of
common shares who are in any province of Canada to which such requirements
apply (an "exclusionary offer"). Each holder of non-voting shares will, for the
purposes of the exclusionary offer only, be permitted to convert all or part of
the non-voting shares held into an equivalent number of common shares during
the applicable conversion period. In certain circumstances (namely, the
delivery of certificates, at specified times, by holders of 50 per cent or more
of the issued and outstanding common shares to the effect that they will not,
among other things, tender to such exclusionary offer or make an exclusionary
offer), these conversion rights will not come into effect.
If the Telecommunications Act and Telecommunications regulations are changed so
that there is no restriction on non-Canadians holding common shares, holders of
non-voting shares will have the right to convert all or part of their
non-voting shares into common shares on a one-for-one basis. The Company will
have the right to require holders of non-voting shares who do not make such an
election to convert such non-voting shares into an equivalent number of common
shares.

                                 

business of the meeting
-----------------------

1 Report of the directors and consolidated financial report

The report of management and the audited consolidated financial statements for
the year ended December 31, 2003, including management's discussion and
analysis ("MD&A"), are contained in the 2003 annual report of the Company,
which accompanies this information circular.

2 Election of directors

General

The directors were elected by the holders of common shares on April 30, 2003
except for the following: A. Charles Baillie was appointed by the Board of
Directors on July 23, 2003. Alfred C. Giammarino resigned on September 22,
2003 and John J. Lack was appointed on the same day by the Board of Directors
to replace him. Iain J. Harris resigned as a director of TELUS, effective
December 10, 2003. Micheline Bouchard was appointed by the Board of Directors
on February 11, 2004. Peter D. Charbonneau has decided not to stand for
re-election to the TELUS Board.
TELUS thanks all of the directors who have resigned or will not be standing for
re-election for their hard work, dedication and contributions to the TELUS
Board.
The Articles of the Company provide for cumulative voting in respect of
the election of directors. The Board has determined that the number of
directors should be set at 12. Accordingly, at the meeting, each holder of
common shares can cast the number of votes for election of directors equal to
the number of common shares held by him or her multiplied by 12, being the
number of directors to be elected. Each holder of common shares may cast all
such votes in favour of one candidate or distribute the votes among the
candidates in any manner. If a holder of common shares votes for more than one
candidate without specifying the distribution of the votes among the
candidates, the votes will be distributed equally among the candidates voted
for by that holder of common shares. If at the meeting, the number of
candidates nominated for directors exceeds the number of directors to be
elected, the candidate who receives the least number of votes will be
eliminated until the number of candidates remaining equals the number of
positions to be filled. Unless the holder of common shares specifies that the
proxy be withheld from voting on the election of all or any of the directors,
or specifies how he or she wishes to distribute the votes among the candidates,
the persons named in the accompanying proxy (the "management proxyholders")
intend to vote for the election of all nominees for directors whose names are
set forth in the table on pages nine to 11, and to distribute the votes equally
among such nominees. If a holder of common shares wishes to distribute his or
her votes in a specific manner among the candidates for whom the holder of
common shares has directed the person designated in the accompanying proxy to
vote, the holder of common shares must do so personally at the meeting or by
another separate paper or Internet proxy, providing clear instructions on how
votes are to be allocated.
Management believes that all nominees are able to serve as a director. If prior
to the meeting any nominee is unable or unwilling to serve, the management
proxyholders, unless directed to withhold the common shares from voting for the
election of directors, reserve the right to vote for another nominee or
nominees in their discretion if additional nominations are made at the meeting.
Unless his or her office is vacated in accordance with applicable law or the
Articles of the Company, each director elected at the meeting will hold office
until the next annual meeting or until his or her successor is elected or
appointed.

                                 

The following table provides the name and background information of each
nominee, including present principal occupation, principal occupations during
the past five years and positions held with the Company.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck
Calgary, Alberta
Age: 53
Director Since(1): 2003
Shareholdings(2): 1,564/0
DSUs(3): 0/7,046
Options(4): 0/0/0

R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck was employed by Gulf Canada, an oil and gas company, for
25 years, retiring in 2001 as President and Chief Executive Officer of Gulf
Canada Resources after the sale of the company to Conoco Inc. He continues an
association with the company as a member of the Conoco-Phillips Board. From
1999 to 2001, he was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Gulf. From
1995 to 1999 he held the position of Senior Vice-President and Chief Operating
Officer of Gulf. He is also a member of the Boards of Directors of Sonic
Mobility and Enbridge Commercial Trust. He received a Bachelor of Applied
Science in Chemical Engineering from the University of British Columbia. Dick
currently serves as a member of the TELUS Human Resources and Compensation
Committee and the TELUS Corporate Governance Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
A.Charles Baillie
Toronto, Ontario
Age: 64
Director Since(1): 2003
Shareholdings(2): 0/37,000
DSUs(3): 0/4,083
Options(4): 0/0/0

A. Charles Baillie served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the
Toronto-Dominion Bank from 1998 until 2003 when he retired. Previously he had
served the Bank as President and Chief Executive Officer from 1997 until
1998; and President from 1995 to 1997. In addition to his affiliation with
various educational and cultural organizations, Mr. Baillie currently serves
on the Boards of Directors of Dana Corporation, Ballard Power Systems Inc.,
Quebecor World Inc., Canadian National Railway Company and George Weston
Limited. He holds an Honours B.A. from Trinity College, University of
Toronto, an MBA from Harvard Business School and an Honorary Doctorate of
Laws from Queen's University. Charles currently serves as a member of the
TELUS Audit Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Micheline Bouchard
Saint-Bruno, Quebec
Age: 56
Director Since(1): 2004
Shareholdings(2):0/0
DSUs(3): 0/3,500
Options(4): 0/0/0

Micheline Bouchard became President and Chief Executive Officer of ART
Advanced Research Technologies, a biomedical company, in 2002. From 2001 to
2002, she was Corporate Vice-President and General Manager, Enterprise
Services Organization of Motorola Inc. in Chicago and from 1998 to 2000, she
served as Corporate Vice-President and then President and Chief Executive
Officer of Motorola Canada Inc. Micheline currently serves as a member of the
Board of Trustees of Thunderbird University in Phoenix, Arizona and is a past
president of the Canadian Academy of Engineering. She holds a Bachelor's
degree in Applied Sciences and a Master's degree in Applied Sciences from
Ecole Polytechnique, Montreal, Quebec. She also holds an Honorary Doctorate
in Business from Universite de Montreal (HEC), an Honorary Doctorate in
Engineering from each of the University of Waterloo, the University of Ottawa
and Ryerson Polytechnic University, and an Honorary Doctorate of Laws from
McMaster University. Micheline was appointed to the Order of Canada in 1995.
Micheline currently serves as a member of the TELUS Audit Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R. John Butler
Edmonton, Alberta
Age: 60
Director Since(1): 1995
Shareholdings(2): 984/4,263
DSUs(3): 0/7,046
Options(4): 933/3,050 /2,700

R. John Butler, Q.C. is counsel to Bryan & Company, a law firm. John served on
the Board of ED TEL (Edmonton Telephones) prior to its acquisition by TELUS
Corporation and on the Board of TELUS Corporation prior to its 1999 merger with
BC TELECOM Inc. He is a member of the Boards of Directors of Trans Global
Insurance Company and Trans Global Life Insurance Company, Chair of the
Edmonton Eskimos Football Club and a member of the Board of Governors of the
Canadian Football League. John holds a Bachelor of Arts and a Bachelor of Laws
from the University of Alberta. He currently is Chair of the TELUS Pension
Committee and a member of the TELUS Corporate Governance Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 

Brian A. Canfield(5)
Point Roberts, Washington
Age: 65
Director Since(1): 1993
Shareholdings(2): 9,718/5,509
DSUs(3): 4,396/12,080
Options(4): 160,000/74,000/5,400

Brian A. Canfield is the Chair of TELUS Corporation. His career with TELUS
spans nearly 48 years, including four years as Chair and Chief Executive
Officer of BC TELECOM Inc., three years as President and Chief Executive
Officer and one year as President and Chief Operating Officer. He also served
as President and Chief Executive Officer of TELUS Corporation on an interim
basis from September 1999 to July 2000, after which he resumed his role as
Chair. He is a member of the Boards of Directors of Terasen Inc., Suncor Energy
Inc. and the Toronto Stock Exchange, and is a member of the Canadian Public
Accountability Board. In 1997, Brian was named an Honorary Doctor of Technology
by the British Columbia Institute of Technology, and in 1998 was appointed to
the Order of British Columbia. Brian currently serves as a member of the TELUS
Pension Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle
Vancouver, British Columbia
Age: 41
Director Since(1): 2000
Shareholdings(2): 18,313/72,383
Options(4): 150,000/798,280
RSUs(6): 223,686

Darren Entwistle assumed the position of President and Chief Executive Officer
of TELUS Corporation on July 10, 2000. He began his career at Bell Canada in
1988 and joined Mercury Communications Ltd. in 1993 in the UK, holding key
positions in corporate finance and strategy. He then moved to Cable & Wireless
plc as Merger Director and implemented the largest merger in UK history and the
world's first four-way merger, involving cable-TV and telecom companies. He
subsequently was Managing Director, Business of Cable & Wireless Communications
plc from May 1997 to August 1999, Chief Commercial Officer of Cable & Wireless,
UK & Europe, from August 1999 to April 2000, and President, Global Services of
Cable & Wireless, UK & Ireland, from May 2000 to July 2000. Darren holds a
Bachelor of Economics (Honours) from Concordia University, an MBA from McGill
University and a diploma in network engineering from the University of Toronto.
Darren is a member of the Board of Directors of The Toronto-Dominion Bank.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John S. Lacey
Don Mills, Ontario
Age: 60
Director Since(1): 2000
Shareholdings(2): 10,139/450
DSUs(3): 0/7,046
Options(4): 0/0/2,700

John S. Lacey is the Chairman of the Board of Directors of Alderwoods Group,
Inc., an organization operating funeral homes and cemeteries within North
America. From January 1999 to January 2002, John was the Chairman of the Board
of Directors of Loewen Group. From July 1998 to November 1998, he was President
and Chief Executive Officer of The Oshawa Group Ltd. in Toronto, Ontario. From
November 1996 to July 1998, he was President and Chief Executive Officer of WIC
Western International Communications in Vancouver, British Columbia. John
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Scott's Hospitality Inc.
from 1990 to 1996. He is an advisory Board member of Tricap, a director of
Cancer Care Ontario and is currently the Chairman of Doncaster Racing Inc. and
Doncaster Consolidated Ltd. John currently is the Chair of the TELUS Human
Resources and Compensation Committee and a member of the TELUS Corporate
Governance Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John J. Lack(5)
Colleyville, Texas
Age: 47
Director Since(1): 2003
Shareholdings(2): 1,501/500
DSUs(3): 0/0
Options(4): 0/0/0

John J. Lack is Senior Vice President of Verizon International Operations, the
division overseeing international telecommunications operations of Verizon
Communications Inc. He is responsible for supporting international business
units in the areas of wireline, wireless, advanced communications and Internet
protocol, information technology, operations and engineering, and marketing and
sales. Formerly, John was vice president - Asia for Verizon, responsible for
investment management, partnership management, regional business development
activities, and operations management, including oversight of new ventures and
investments. Prior to the Bell Atlantic/GTE merger, John was vice president and
regional manager - Asia/Pacific Operations for Bell Atlantic International
Wireless (BAIW). He was responsible for Bell Atlantic's wireless operations and
future business development in the world's most populous region. John holds a
Bachelor of Commerce (Finance) from Wilkes University and an MBA from Columbia
University. He has served as the Chief Operating Officer and a member of the
Board for Bell Atlantic's investments in Indonesia, Excelcomindo Pratama, since
1995.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 

Brian F. MacNeill
Calgary, Alberta
Age: 64
Director Since(1): 2001
Shareholdings(2): 1,000/0
DSUs(3): 0/15,677
Options(4): 0/0/2,700

Brian F. MacNeill retired as Chief Executive Officer of Enbridge Inc. on
January 1, 2001. Prior to that he was Executive Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer of Enbridge Inc. He is currently Chairman of Petro-Canada and
a director of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, Dofasco Inc., Western Oil Sands Inc.,
West Fraser Timber Co. Ltd., Veritas DGC Inc and Sears Canada Inc. Brian holds
a Bachelor of Commerce from Montana State University. He currently is the Chair
of the TELUS Audit Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Daniel C. Petri(5)
Bedford, New York
Age: 55
Director Since(1): 2002
Shareholdings(2): 1,501/500
DSUs(3): 0/0
Options(4): 0/0/0

Daniel C. Petri is Group President, International, for Verizon Communications
Inc., the holding company of a consolidated group of telecommunications
companies. Verizon was formed by the merger of GTE and Bell Atlantic in June
2000. He is responsible for Verizon's wireless and wireline operations in
Mexico, Venezuela, the Dominican Republic and Puerto Rico and Verizon's
investments in Canada. Prior to this appointment, Dan served as President,
International-Europe and Asia from July 2000 to October 2002 and was
responsible for wireless and wireline operations in those markets. During his
telecommunications career of more than 30 years, Dan held a number of key
positions in domestic and international operations. Dan holds a Bachelor of
Science from Rutgers University and Masters of Science from C.W. Post College.
He is a member of the Boards of Telecom Asia, Iusacell, Codetel and CANTV, and
is the Chair of the Business Council for International Understanding.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ronald P. Triffo
Edmonton, Alberta
Age: 64
Director Since(1): 1995
Shareholdings(2): 1,567/522
DSUs(3): 6,298/19,833
Options(4): 933/4,100/2,700

Ronald P. Triffo is the Chairman of Stantec Inc., an engineering and
international professional services company where he served in various
executive management positions for more than 20 years. He is a past President
of the Consulting Engineers of Alberta and the Association of Consulting
Engineers of Canada. He served as a director and Chairman of ED TEL prior to
its acquisition by TELUS Corporation. He is currently Chairman and director of
ATB Financial. Ron is the private-sector Co-Chair of the Alberta Economic
Development Authority. He also serves on the Board of the Alberta Ingenuity
Fund, the Advisory Councils of the Faculties of Business and Medicine at the
University of Alberta, and the Board of Governors of Junior Achievement of
Northern Alberta. Ron holds a Bachelor of Applied Science from the University
of Manitoba and an MBA from the University of Illinois. Ron currently is the
Chair of the TELUS Corporate Governance Committee and a member of the TELUS
Pension Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Donald P. Woodley
Mono Township, Ontario
Age: 58
Director Since(1): 1998
Shareholdings(2): 5,168/437
DSUs(3): 0/7,046
Options(4): 0/3,050/2,700

Donald P. Woodley is the President of The Fifth Line Enterprise, a privately
held company providing strategic advisory services and executive coaching to
the Canadian IT industry. From 1997 to 1999, he was President of Oracle
Corporation Canada Inc. and from 1987 to 1997, President of Compaq Canada Inc.
He currently serves on the Boards of Directors of DataMirror Corporation, Onx
Enterprise Solutions Inc. and Steam Whistle Brewing Inc. Don is a member and
Past Chair of the Board of Governors of ITAC (Information Technology
Association of Canada) and is immediate past Chair of the Board of Governors of
The Stratford Festival of Canada, and a member of the Board of Directors of The
Hospital for Sick Children Foundation. He holds a Bachelor of Commerce from
University of Saskatchewan and an MBA from the Richard Ivey School of Business
at the University of Western Ontario. Don currently serves as a member of the
TELUS Human Resources and Compensation Committee and the TELUS Pension
Committee.
------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  The Company or any of its predecessors.
(2)  Common shares/non-voting shares, as at March 12, 2004.
(3)  Deferred share units for common shares/deferred share units for non-voting
     shares, as at March 12, 2004.
(4)  Options acquired pre-merger, for 75 per cent common shares and 25 per cent
     non-voting shares when exercised/Options for common shares/Options for
     non-voting shares, as at March 12, 2004.
(5)  Nominee designated pursuant to the Long-Term Relationship Agreement dated
     January 31, 1999 among the Company and Verizon's subsidiaries, GTE
     Corporation and Anglo-Canadian Telephone Company.
(6)  Darren Entwistle also holds restricted stock units ("RSUs"), each equal to
     the value of one non-voting share as determined under the applicable plan.


                                 

Board and committee meetings held and attendance by directors for the year
ended December 31, 2003



Number of Board and 		         Attendance of directors
committee meetings held				                                  Board meetings        Committee meetings
 	                                 Director	                          attended	        attended
					 			                  			
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Board of Directors: 11

(a)	Audit Committee: 6	         Brian A. Canfield (Chair, d)(1)	  11 of 11	        3 of 3
(b)	Corporate Governance 	         R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck (a)(2)	           7 of 7		2 of 2
	Committee: 12		         A. Charles Baillie (a)(3)		   3 of 4		0 of 1
(c)	Human Resources and 	         R. John Butler (b, d-Chair)	          11 of 11	       16 of 16
	Compensation Committee: 4	 Peter D. Charbonneau(4)	           7 of 11	        4 of 6
(d)	Pension Committee: 4	         Mel Cooper(5)			           4 of 4		7 of 7
					 Darren Entwistle(6)		          11 of 11	          -
					 Alfred Giammarino(7)		           5 of 7		3 of 5
					 Iain Harris(8)			           5 of 11	        7 of 8
					 John S. Lacey (b, c-Chair)	           9 of 11	       13 of 14
					 John J. Lack(9) 			   4 of 4		   -
					 Brian F. MacNeill (a-Chair)(10)	  11 of 11	       13 of 13
					 Lawrence Pentland(11)		           3 of 4		2 of 2
					 Daniel C. Petri(12)			   8 of 11	        3 of 4
					 Ronald P. Triffo (b-Chair, d)	          11 of 11	       17 of 17
					 Donald P. Woodley (c, d)		  11 of 11	        9 of 9
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  In addition to Pension Committee meetings, Brian A. Canfield
     regularly attends meetings of other committees.
(2)  R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck was appointed to the Board and the Audit
     Committee on April 30, 2003.
(3)  A. Charles Baillie was appointed to the Board on July 23, 2003 and
     the Audit Committee on August 1, 2003.
(4)  Peter D. Charbonneau is not standing for re-election.
(5)  Mel Cooper did not stand for re-election at the 2003 annual general
     meeting held on April 30, 2003. He was a member of the Pension Committee
     and the Corporate Governance Committee.
(6)  The President and CEO does not serve on any committee of the Board,
     but regularly attends committee meetings.
(7)  Alfred Giammarino resigned from the Board on September 22, 2003.
(8)  Iain Harris resigned from the Corporate Governance Committee on
     February 12, 2003 when he became Chair of the Audit Committee. He
     resigned as Chair and as a member of the Audit Committee on June 11,
     2003. He resigned from the Board on December 10, 2003.
(9)  John J. Lack was appointed to the Board on September 22, 2003 and to
     the Audit Committee on October 29, 2003.
(10) Brian F. MacNeill served on the Corporate Governance Committee and
     the Human Resources and Compensation Committee in addition to the Audit
     Committee until July 2003 at which time he resigned from the first two
     committees and assumed the Chair of the Audit Committee.
(11) Lawrence Pentland did not stand for re-election at the 2003 annual
     general meeting held on April 30, 2003. He was a member of the Human
     Resources and Compensation Committee.
(12) Daniel C. Petri was a member of the Human Resources and Compensation
     Committee.



Micheline Bouchard was appointed to the Board and the Audit Committee on
February 11, 2004. All the Board members serving in September 2003, with the
exception of Iain Harris and Peter Charbonneau, attended the strategic planning
session and Board meetings held on September 21 to 23, 2003.

                                 

3. Appointment of auditors

Arthur Andersen LLP was appointed auditors of the Company on May 1, 2002 at the
annual general meeting of the Company. On June 3, 2002, Arthur Andersen LLP
ceased practising public accounting in Canada and the partners and staff of
Arthur Andersen LLP in Canada joined Deloitte & Touche LLP. Upon the
recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Board of Directors appointed
Deloitte & Touche LLP to fill the vacancy. Deloitte & Touche LLP was
re-appointed auditors of the Company on April 30, 2003 at the 2003 annual
general meeting of the Company. Upon the recommendation of the Audit Committee,
holders of common shares will be asked at the meeting to approve the
appointment of Deloitte & Touche LLP as auditors. This re-appointment will
become effective only if approved by at least a majority of the votes cast by
the holders of common shares present in person or by proxy, entitled to vote at
the meeting. The management proxyholders intend to vote for the appointment of
Deloitte & Touche LLP, Chartered Accountants, as auditors of the Company,
unless the holder of common shares specifies that his or her proxy be withheld
from voting.

Summary of billings and services by the external auditors

In accordance with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
rules on auditor independence, the two tables below provide greater disclosure
of the services provided by the Company's external auditors, separating the
services into four categories as mandated by the SEC. The following table is a
summary of billing by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, as auditors of TELUS, during the
period from January 1, 2003 to December 31, 2003:



Summary of billings for TELUS for the period January 1 to December 31, 2003


                                                        Deloitte	Deloitte
                                                        & Touche	Consulting	       Total fees	Percentage
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type of work
Audit fees			                        $1,849,595	-			$1,849,595	35.4
Audit related fees		                           304,298	-			   304,298	 5.8
Tax fees			                         1,033,204	-			 1,033,204	19.8
All other fees		                                    13,930	 2,019,960(1)	         2,033,890	39.0
Total				                        $3,115,537	$2,019,960		$5,220,987     100.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  Fees to Deloitte Consulting were paid pursuant to contracts entered
     into before Deloitte and Touche LLP became the auditors of the Company
     in 2002, and were for systems integration services.



The following table is a summary of billing by Arthur Andersen LLP and Deloitte
& Touche, LLP, for their respective periods as auditors of TELUS, during the
period from January 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002:



Summary of billings for TELUS for the period January 1 to December 31, 2002


Type of				Deloitte & 	Arthur 				Deloitte
work				Touche(1)	Andersen(2)	Sub-total	Consulting(3)  Total fees	Percentage
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Audit fees			$1,224,500	$270,750	$1,495,250	-		$1,495,250	 42.5
Audit
related fees			   124,435	  33,500	   157,935	-		   157,935	  4.5
Tax fees			    77,390	  68,775	   146,165	-		   146,165	  4.2
All
other fees			    60,250	  45,800	   106,050	 1,611,830	 1,717,880	 48.8
Total			        $1,486,575	$418,825	$1,905,400	$1,611,830	$3,517,230	100.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  For the period from June 3, 2002 to December 31, 2002 while Deloitte
     & Touche, LLP were the external auditors of TELUS.
(2)  For the period from January 1, 2002 to June 2, 2002 while Arthur
     Andersen LLP were the external auditors of TELUS.
(3)  With regard to the non-audit fees paid to Deloitte Consulting, all
     of the fees were paid pursuant to contracts entered into before Deloitte
     and Touche LLP became the auditors of the Company in 2002, and were for
     systems integration services.



                                 

Mandate and report of the corporate governance committee
--------------------------------------------------------

The mandate of the Corporate Governance Committee is to assist the Board in
fulfilling its oversight responsibilities to ensure that the Company has an
effective corporate governance regime. The Corporate Governance Committee is
responsible for monitoring corporate governance developments, best practices
for corporate governance and the effectiveness of the Company's corporate
governance practices. The Corporate Governance Committee is also responsible
for identifying, recruiting, appointing and providing ongoing development for
directors and overseeing Board and director evaluations. The Corporate
Governance Committee also assesses and makes recommendations to the Board for
its determination of the "independence" and "financial literacy" and "financial
expertise" and "accounting or related financial management expertise" of
directors as defined under new corporate governance rules and guidelines.

Membership
As at December 31, 2003, the Corporate Governance Committee was
comprised of Ron P. Triffo (Chair), R. John Butler, and John S. Lacey. The
current members, consisting of Ron P. Triffo (Chair), R. John Butler, John S.
Lacey and R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck, were appointed on February 11, 2004. All
members of the Corporate Governance Committee are independent. See Appendix A
for further information.

Meetings
The Corporate Governance Committee meets at least once each quarter
and reports on its activities to the Board. At each regularly scheduled
quarterly meeting, the Corporate Governance Committee holds an in camera
session without management present. The Corporate Governance Committee met
twelve times during 2003.

Highlights
Enhanced and renewed commitment to best practices for corporate governance
.. received regular updates on corporate governance initiatives taken by
  securities regulators and other interested parties and emerging best
  practices and implications of the proposals of Canadian and U.S.
  regulators with respect to TELUS
.. recommended revisions to the Board Policy Manual (available on
  telus.com), including the terms of reference for each committee of the
  Board. Revisions were made to document existing governance policies and
  to address the changing corporate governance rules and guidelines,
  including the requirements that:
  . each committee of the Board conduct an in camera session without
    management present as a regular feature of each regularly scheduled
    meeting
  . the Corporate Governance Committee, the Audit Committee and the Human
    Resources and Compensation Committee be entirely composed of independent
    directors
  . the Chair of the Board be independent
  . the committees meet at least once each quarter, and
  . the Board hold an annual in camera session at a regularly scheduled Board
    meeting without non-independent directors present.
.. oversaw addition of new corporate governance section to TELUS' Web
  site. The corporate governance section contains links to the Company's
  Ethics Policy, Policy on Corporate Disclosure and Confidentiality of
  Information and the Board Policy Manual
.. approved TELUS' Insider Trading Policy (available on telus.com).

                                 

Initiatives relating to Directors
.. reviewed and recommended nominees to stand for election as directors
  or to be appointed to the Board
.. reviewed the compensation payable to the directors for Board service
  and recommended a number of changes that were approved by the Board,
  considering the increased time commitment, responsibilities and risks
  faced by directors, as well as market data provided by an external
  consultant. Changes included:
  . eliminating option grants for directors. Directors now receive
    deferred share units instead of options
  . increasing the share ownership target for directors, to eight times
    the annual retainer for directors other than the Chair and two times the
    annual retainer for the Chair, to be achieved within five years
  . increasing the retainer and meeting fees payable to directors for
    Board and committee service
  . increasing the retainer and meeting fees payable to Audit Committee
    members, relative to the size of the retainer and meeting fees for other
    committee members, to reflect the increased time commitment and
    responsibilities of Audit Committee members
  . continued the orientation program for new directors and the ongoing
    education program for all directors, and
  . conducted an evaluation of each director of the Company, including the
    Chair, and an evaluation of the Board as a whole.

For more information on Director compensation see the table on page 16.

Signed, the members of the Corporate Governance Committee

/s/ Ron P. Triffo                  /s/ R. Auchinleck
----------------		  ----------------
Ron P. Triffo (Chair)	          R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck

/s/ R. John Butler		  /s/ John Lacey
-----------------                 --------------
R. John Butler	                  John S. Lacey

                                 

Director compensation Each director of the Company who is not an employee of
the Company, other than John J. Lack and Daniel C. Petri, receives an annual
fee for acting as a director on the Board and each committee served, plus a
further fee for each Board and committee meeting attended.(1)
 The following sets out the meeting fees paid to directors from January 1, 2003
to April 30, 2003:



Board retainers and meeting fees
for non-management directors                                   Compensation
								
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Chair's retainer			                        $175,000
Annual Vice-chair's retainer(1)		                         $44,000
Annual Directors' retainer		                         $22,000
Meeting fee (including Vice-chair)	                          $1,200
Chair's meeting fee			                        No meeting fee
Committee retainers and meeting
fees for non-management directors	                        Compensation
Meeting fee				                          $1,200
Chair's meeting fee			                          $1,200
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) As of February 11, 2004, the position of Vice-chair was eliminated.

(1) J.J. Lack and D.C. Petri do not receive director compensation due to
    Verizon's policy that no director, by virtue of his or her employment with
    Verizon, should receive director compensation.



The Board of Directors reviewed the compensation payable to directors in 2003.
After considering the responsibilities and risks of being a director and the
increasing demands placed on directors, and having canvassed market practices,
the Board approved the following increase in the compensation paid to
directors. These changes were effective as of April 30, 2003 and remain in
effect:




Regular Board Service
								
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual Director's retainer		 			$25,000
Meeting fee				  			 $1,500
Annual equity grant		          			  3,500 deferred share units
Committee Service: 		          			Audit
Chair's retainer			 			$10,000
Member retainer			          			 $6,000
Meeting fee				  			 $3,000
Committee Service: 		        			All Other Committees
Chair's retainer			  			 $6,000
Member retainer			          			 $3,000
Meeting fee				  			 $1,500
Chair of the Board
Annual retainer			        		       $200,000
Meeting fee	                        			  -
Annual equity grant		           			  6,000 deferred share units
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


Directors who are requested by the Chair to perform additional tasks or
assignments on behalf of the Board may in certain circumstances receive an
additional $1,500 per diem fee for such services. No such fees were paid in
2003.

                                 

Mandate and report of the pension committee
-------------------------------------------

Since the Company's inception, the Board of Directors formed the Pension
Committee to focus exclusively on pension matters. The mandate of the Pension
Committee is to oversee the administration, financial reporting and investment
activities of the Pension Plan for Management and Professional Employees of
TELUS Corporation, the TELUS Defined Contribution Pension Plan, the TELUS
Edmonton Pension Plan, the TELUS Corporation Pension Plan and any successor
plans (the "Plans") and the related trust funds (the "Funds"). The Pension
Committee is responsible for reporting to the Board in respect of the actuarial
soundness of the Funds, the administrative aspects of the Plans, investment
policy, the performance of the investment portfolios and compliance with
government legislation. The Pension Committee may, from time to time, recommend
to the Board changes to the Plans and their administration.

Membership

As at December 31, 2003, the Pension Committee was comprised of R. John Butler
(Chair), Brian A. Canfield, Ron P. Triffo and Donald P. Woodley.
The current members, consisting of R. John Butler (Chair), Brian A. Canfield,
Ron P. Triffo and Donald P. Woodley, were appointed on February 11, 2004. All
members of the Pension Committee are independent.

Meetings

The Pension Committee meets at least once each quarter and reports on its
activities to the Board. At each regularly scheduled quarterly meeting, the
Pension Committee holds an in camera session, without management present. The
Pension Committee also meets with Plan auditors without management present. The
Pension Committee met four times in 2003.

Highlights

TELUS Pension Plan Internal Controls Review
..The Pension Committee directed a management review of the processes and
 procedures for pension investment and administrative activities for the defined
 benefit pension plans to assess the existence and adequacy of internal
 controls, and concluded that the Company's internal framework for pension
 investment and administrative processes was satisfactory. Over the coming year,
 the Pension Committee will oversee the implementation by the Company of
 enhancements recommended in the internal controls review designed to improve
 plan governance structure, initiate proactive steps to meet Committee of
 Supporting Organizations ("COSO") and Sarbanes-Oxley Act type requirements that
 may be legislated in Canada, ensure that proper documentation is in place with
 respect to outsourced service provider relationships and develop a framework
 for ongoing monitoring of compliance with the COSO framework.

Strategic Risk Assessment

..The Pension Committee adopted an annual process of conducting a comprehensive
 strategic risk assessment during 2003. This process is another element of the
 COSO control framework adopted to further due diligence and support of the CEO
 and Chief Financial Officer ("CFO") certifications required under the
 Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The strategic risk assessment involved a survey of various
 stakeholder groups within TELUS who were asked to identify areas of possible
 low, medium and high risks in their areas of responsibility, including risks
 associated with investment and financial matters, legal issues, administration
 and actuarial funding. The goal of this review was to identify, assess and
 mitigate significant risks, if any, to the Plans to permit the Pension
 Committee and management to properly anticipate, evaluate and mitigate the
 impact of any such risks on Plan objectives. Risk management plans are in place
 for risks identified in the 2003 review.

                                 

Plan Management and Governance
In accordance with its mandate, the Pension Committee
as needed, approved the appointments of auditors, actuaries, custodians, legal
counsel and investment managers. As well, the Pension Committee received and
reviewed (and approved where necessary):
 .annual financial statements and audit reports for all Plans that fall
  within its mandate, which were prepared by the external auditors
 .regular briefings regarding legal matters that affect the Plans
 .reports from each Plan's actuaries, including the assumptions and the
  results
 .Plan budgets, including Plan expenses and peer plan results
 .quarterly and annual investment results
 .Plan insurance coverage
 .management self-assessment of internal controls
 .reports confirming compliance with pension plan ethical standards,
  investment policies and procedures, derivative policies and legislation
 .surveys and reports concerning pension governance best practices
 .investment manager performance assessments
 .the strategic investment plan
 .proposed changes to the Committee's terms of reference, and
 .management presentations on the subjects of actuarial practices,
  derivatives, pension risks, operations overview and performance
  measurement.

Signed, the members of the Pension Committee

/s/ R. John Butler              /s/ Donald P. Woodley
---------------                -----------------
R. John Butler (Chair)	       Donald P. Woodley

/s/ Ron P. Triffo              /s/ Brian A. Canfield
--------------                 -----------------
Ron P. Triffo	               Brian A. Canfield

                                 


mandate and report of the audit committee
-----------------------------------------

The Audit Committee supports the Board in fulfilling its oversight
responsibilities regarding the integrity of the Company's accounting and
financial reporting, the Company's internal controls and disclosure controls,
the Company's legal and regulatory compliance, the Company's ethics policy and
timeliness of filings with regulatory authorities, the independence and
performance of the Company's external and internal auditors, the management of
the Company's risk, the Company's credit worthiness, treasury plans and
financial policy, and the Company's whistleblower and complaint procedures.

Membership

As at December 31, 2003, the Audit Committee was comprised of Brian F. MacNeill
(Chair), R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck, A. Charles Baillie, Peter D. Charbonneau and
John J. Lack.
The current Committee members, consisting of Brian F. MacNeill (Chair), A.
Charles Baillie and Micheline Bouchard, were appointed on February 11, 2004.
The Board has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is
"financially literate" and has "accounting or related financial management
expertise", and that the Audit Committee Chair is an "audit committee financial
expert" as defined by applicable securities laws. All members of the Audit
Committee are independent.

Meetings

The Audit Committee meets at least once each quarter and reports on its
activities to the Board. At each regularly scheduled quarterly meeting, the
Committee meets separately, in camera, with both the internal auditor and
external auditors. The Committee also meets separately with management and
without management present, at each regularly scheduled meeting.
The Audit Committee met six times during 2003.

Highlights

Financial Reporting

.. reviewed and discussed with the Company's President and CEO and CFO
  their readiness to certify the annual financial statements and related
  disclosure material, as required under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act ("SOX")
.. reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval the public release
  and filing of the annual audited consolidated financial statements and
  quarterly unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and
  its subsidiaries whose financial statements are publicly filed,
  including related news releases and MD&A
.. reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval key securities
  filings that contain financial information, including the Annual
  Information Form
.. reviewed, throughout the year, any changes or adoption of significant
  accounting policies and significant estimates impacting the current and
  future financial statements of the Company.

External Auditors

.. oversaw the work of the external auditors
.. reviewed and approved the annual audit plan
.. monitored the progress of the external audit
.. received reports on the external auditors' internal quality control
  procedures, independence and confidentiality procedures
.. met quarterly with the external auditors without management present
.. reviewed and set the compensation of the external auditors
.. reviewed and pre-approved all audit, audit-related and non-audit services
  provided by the external auditors or their affiliates.



Accounting and Financial Management

.. reviewed the Company's major accounting policies, including alternatives and
  potential key management estimates and judgments and the Company's financial
  policies and compliance with such policies
.. reviewed with management the adoption of new accounting standards and emerging
  best practices in response to changes in securities legislation
.. reviewed with management the Company's financial policies and compliance with
  these policies. Reviewed quarterly derivatives reports and guarantees and
  indemnities reports. Recommended adoption of amended annual and long-term
  policy targets concerning matters such as leverage, liquidity, capital
  structure and credit ratings
.. reviewed quarterly treasury updates and approved key treasury matters,
  including financing plans
.. reviewed quarterly reports regarding taxation matters and structural/legal
  reorganizations
.. reviewed and discussed with management at each regularly scheduled meeting the
  results of significant capital expenditures including specific reviews of
  major capital projects.

Internal Controls and Disclosure Controls

.. reviewed and approved the internal audit program to provide assurance
  regarding risk exposures and internal controls
.. reviewed quarterly reports on internal audit activities and internal
  audit's evaluation of the Company's internal control systems and risk
  mitigation progress
.. met regularly with the Chief Internal Auditor without management
  present
.. monitored the adequacy of resources and the independence and
  objectivity of the internal audit function
.. reviewed briefings from management regarding key audit report
  follow-ups
.. reviewed quarterly the results of the cascading certifications by key
  stakeholders in the financial reporting and disclosure controls
  processes to provide reasonable assurance and confidence to the
  President and CEO and CFO
.. considered reports from the Chief Compliance Officer and Chief General
  Counsel on matters relating to compliance with laws and regulations
.. reviewed and recommended for approval by the Board the 2003 and 2004
  Ethics Policy
.. reviewed and considered quarterly reports regarding the receipt,
  investigation and treatment of whistleblower, ethics and internal
  controls complaints
.. reviewed quarterly the expenses of the Executive Leadership Team and
  annually reviewed the adequacy of, and compliance with, Company policies
  covering Executive Officers' expense accounts and perquisites and their
  use of corporate assets.


Enterprise Risk Management

.. reviewed the results of management's annual risk assessment, the
  identification of key risks and the engagement of executives to mitigate
  risk exposures
.. considered reports on the Company's business continuity, including
  potential situations of work stoppage, and disaster recovery plans
.. reviewed reports on management's approach for safeguarding corporate
  assets and information systems
.. monitored the Company's environmental risk management activities and
  results
.. reviewed the adequacy of the Company's insurance coverages.

                                 

Audit Committee Related Governance

.. received and reviewed with management frequent updates throughout the
  year regarding changing governance-related laws, rules and emerging best
  practices and implications of the proposals of Canadian and U.S.
  regulators with respect to the Audit Committee
.. reviewed and approved the implementation of procedures for the
  handling of employee and anonymous complaints and inquiries regarding
  accounting, auditing, ethics and internal control issues
.. oversaw the implementation of a process designed to enable all
  requests for non-audit services involving the external auditors to go to
  the Audit Committee for pre-approval
.. reviewed and recommended the Company's Disclosure Policy for approval
  by the Board
.. reviewed proposed updated Audit Committee terms of reference.


Signed, the members of the Audit Committee

/s/ Brian F. MacNeill                /s/ A. Charles Baillie
---------------------	             ----------------------
Brian F. MacNeill (Chair)	     A. Charles Baillie

/s/Micheline Bouchard
---------------------
Micheline Bouchard



                                 

Mandate and report of the human resources and compensation committee
--------------------------------------------------------------------

The Human Resources and Compensation Committee (the "Compensation Committee")
of the Board of Directors is responsible for developing the compensation
philosophy and guidelines on executive compensation, overseeing succession
planning for executive management, determining President and CEO goals and
objectives relative to compensation and evaluating President and CEO
performance, reviewing and recommending President and CEO compensation, and
determining executive compensation for executive management other than the
President and CEO. The Compensation Committee annually reviews and reports to
the Board on senior management organizational structure, management's
succession plans for the executive leadership team including specific
development plans and career planning for potential successors for both normal
career progression and emergency replacement situations. It administers the
Board-approved equity-based plans, employee benefit plans for the executive
leadership team (other than registered pension plans) and supplemental
retirement arrangements.

Membership
As at December 31, 2003, the Compensation Committee was comprised of
John S. Lacey (Chair), Donald P. Woodley, and Daniel C. Petri.
The current members, consisting of John S. Lacey (Chair), Donald P. Woodley and
R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck, were appointed on February 11, 2004. All members of the
Human Resources and Compensation Committee are independent. See Appendix A for
further information. There are no interlocking relationships between the
members of the Compensation Committee and the executive leadership team members
of the Company.
Non-employee directors, including Compensation Committee
members, are not eligible to participate in any of the Company's compensation
programs for employees except for the Share Option and Compensation Plan, which
contains separate provisions related to the purchase of shares and issuance of
deferred share units to non-employee directors.

Meetings
The Compensation Committee meets at least once each quarter and
reports on its activities to the Board. At each regularly scheduled quarterly
meeting, the Committee holds an in camera session without management present.
The Compensation Committee met four times during 2003.

Highlights

President and CEO

.. reviewed and approved the corporate goals and objectives relevant to
  President and CEO compensation
.. assessed the President and CEO's performance
.. reviewed the form and adequacy of President and CEO compensation
.. reviewed and recommended to the Board for approval the President and
  CEO's compensation based on the Compensation Committee's evaluation of
  President and CEO performance and its review of the form and adequacy of
  President and CEO compensation.

Executive Management

.. reviewed and recommended for approval to the Board the proposed
  appointment of individuals to Executive Management and as corporate
  officers of the Company
.. received the President and CEO's evaluations on the performance of
  individual members of Executive Management
.. reviewed and approved the form and adequacy of executive compensation
  for Executive Management other than the President and CEO
.. reviewed and approved the compensation (including annual variable pay
  and other incentive awards) of individual members of Executive
  Management other than the President and CEO, after taking into
  consideration the evaluation and recommendations of the President and
  CEO
.. reviewed the succession plans for each member of Executive Management
.. reviewed and approved the levels and types of benefits, including
  perquisites and vehicles, that may be granted to Executive Management.

Equity Plans

.. received regular updates from management on alternatives to the use of
  long-term incentives other than options and implications for the Company
  and its shareholders
.. received regular updates on regulatory changes in Canada and the
  United States regarding accounting treatment of options, requirements
  for shareholder approvals of equity grants, and implications for the
  Company

                                 

.. recommended to the Board for approval the Restricted Stock Unit Plan
  III
.. recommended to the Board for approval a long-term incentive program
  design that offers a mix of share options and restricted stock units
  granted under Restricted Stock Unit Plan III. See "Report on executive
  compensation."

Public Disclosure

.. prepared and approved for publication the report on executive
  compensation below
.. reviewed and commented on changes to the Committee's terms of
  reference to reflect new legal requirements and best practices.

Report on executive compensation

One of the Compensation Committee's roles is to design a compensation
arrangement for the Company's executive leadership team that will enhance the
growth and profitability of the Company and allow the Company to attract and
retain the key talent necessary to achieve the business objectives of the
Company, as approved by the Board.

Compensation objectives and principles

The goal is to create a clear linkage between compensation and the achievement
of business goals in the short-term, medium-term and long-term by providing
appropriate components of fixed compensation, compensation at-risk and future
income security.
The Compensation Committee has approved a performance management philosophy
that provides a direct linkage between short-, medium- and long-term
compensation at-risk and the execution strategies required to achieve the goals
of continuous growth, quality of service and operational excellence, while
providing a workplace of choice.
In establishing the appropriate compensation levels, the Compensation Committee
receives expert advice from outside consultants who conduct surveys and provide
competitive data, and recommendations from management.
The Compensation Committee relates total compensation levels for the executives
to the compensation paid to executives of two comparator groups: general
Canadian industry with revenue similar to that of the Company and Canadian
telecommunications companies. The Compensation Committee approves the selection
of external consultants and, from time to time, reviews the selection of
companies used for comparison purposes.

Performance management

For 2003, the Compensation Committee has continued with a rigorous,
comprehensive and holistic approach towards the assessment of the performance
of the executive leadership team. Each executive leadership team member is
evaluated using the following assessment tools:
.. personal value-add assessment model ("PVAAM")
.. individual, business unit and corporate balanced scorecards
.. strategic staffing model.

PVAAM is used to assess and rate an executive leadership team member's
achievement of results, leadership skills, retention criticality and value to
achieving strategy. These ratings, in conjunction with competitive market
compensation data and the balanced scorecard results, are used to determine an
executive leadership team member's base pay, annual variable pay, restricted
stock unit allocations and share option grants.
The strategic staffing model is a comprehensive assessment tool used to assess
each executive leadership team member's development and is relied on to design
and regularly update succession plans for executive positions.

Compensation mix

The key elements of the Company's executive compensation program are base
salary and at-risk compensation, which comprises annual variable pay,
medium-term incentives and long-term incentives. These key elements are
addressed separately below. The Compensation Committee has adopted a
market-based approach to ensure that the Company provides competitive
compensation. Total compensation is generally targeted to be at the 75th
percentile of the two comparator groups described above. The Compensation
Committee will also consider other elements of an executive's total
compensation including health and welfare benefits, retirement programs,
perquisites and severance arrangements.

                                 

Base salary

The above philosophy results in base salary comprising less than 50 per cent of
total compensation. In accordance with its market-based approach, the
Compensation Committee has targeted base salaries to be at approximately the
50th percentile of the comparator groups. Individual base salaries are adjusted
by the Compensation Committee to recognize varying levels of responsibility,
prior experience, breadth of knowledge, overall individual performance and
internal equity issues, as well as the pay practices of companies in the
comparator groups. For 2003, there were no base salary increases for the named
executives other than the President and CEO which is discussed below.

At-risk incentive pay

The Compensation Committee is a proponent of linking compensation directly to
the achievement of business objectives. As a result, the target at-risk
incentive pay for executives is greater than the base salary. The Company
adopts three strategies for at-risk incentive pay:

1. Annual variable pay plan

This annual plan implements the Company's pay-for-performance philosophy by
providing executives with direct financial incentive in the form of an annual
cash award based on the achievement of corporate, strategic business unit and
individual performance goals. The actual achievement of annual business plans
as reflected through performance measurement and quantifiable goals will
ultimately determine the annual variable compensation received.

  Specific targets were established using a balanced scorecard approach with
2003 corporate targets tied to profitable growth, customer metrics, business
efficiency, and employee engagement. The profitable growth metrics (40 per
cent) were wireless network and IP/data revenue, EBITDA, free cash flow, net
debt/EBITDA and earnings per share (from continuing operations). Customer
metrics (30 per cent) consisted of TELUS Mobility churn rate, a customer
loyalty index, and other indices that measure quality performance and customer
loyalty. Business efficiency metrics (20 per cent) consisted of EBITDA per
average total TELUS team member for TELUS Communications and EBITDA before cost
of acquisition for TELUS Mobility. Lastly, employee engagement (10 per cent)
was measured based on a survey of all employees. Balanced scorecard targets
were also set for each strategic business unit. The awards payable to the
executive leadership team members are determined based on meeting the corporate
targets and their respective strategic business unit targets as set out in the
corporate balanced scorecard and strategic business unit balanced scorecards,
respectively, and achieving the results set out in their personal performance
objectives. Results at less than target would result in a reduced or zero
award.
  All corporate and strategic business unit scorecard objectives were tied to
the six strategic imperatives of TELUS, which are as follows:

.. providing integrated solutions that differentiate TELUS from our
  competitors
.. building national capabilities across data, IP, voice and wireless
.. partnering, acquiring and divesting as necessary to accelerate the
  implementation of our strategy and focus our resources on core business
.. focusing relentlessly on the growth markets of data, IP and wireless
.. going to the market as one team, under a common brand, executing a
  single strategy
.. investing in internal capabilities to build a high-performance culture
  and efficient operation.

                                 

The weighting given to corporate results, strategic business unit ("SBU")
results and personal results for each executive leadership team member is set
out in the following table:



---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Component weighting	                                    Target award
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
						                   Average	     Average 		            % of
 		                  Corporate       SBU	           SBU               customer facing   Personal	    base
Position	 	          results	  results	   results	     SBU results       results	    salary
				  	           	            	             	       	    
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
President & CEO	                  30%	          -		    20%		     30%	       20%	    50%
EVP - Customer
facing SBU		          50%	          30%	            -		     -	               20%	    50%(1)
EVP - Business
enabling SBU	                  30%	          20%    	    -		     30%	       20%	    50%
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) The Executive Vice-President and CEO of TELUS Mobility's target award is
    100 per cent of base salary as he does not participate in any mid-term
    incentive or pension plans.



The award for the Executive Vice-President of a business enabling strategic
business unit, such as Finance and Human Resources, is based in part on the
success of the Company's customer facing strategic business units to ensure
direct line of sight to the achievement of customer facing business unit
objectives. The award for the President and CEO is based in part on the average
results of all the strategic business units.
  The personal performance of each member of the executive leadership team
(other than the President and CEO) is assessed by the President and CEO, and
the performance of the President and CEO is assessed by the Compensation
Committee. The personal performance scorecard component is then determined
based on the ratings set out in the following table:



Personal Performance

                                                                        Performance
Rating				                                        rating		   Multiplier
											   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below expectation		                                        2-3		   0.0-0.3
Needs improvement	                                                4-5		   0.4-0.7
Contributing			                                        6-7		   0.8-1.0
Superior			                                        8-9		   1.1-1.5
Distinguished		                                                 10		   Greater than 1.5
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


This approach ensures that payouts reflect performance levels that require
truly outstanding results to deliver multipliers greater than 1.0.
  For 2003, the overall annual variable pay plan results for the executive
leadership team members averaged 109 per cent of target. The corporate balanced
scorecard component of their variable plan was 141 per cent of target.
Following is a description of some of the results achieved in respect of the
various metrics comprising the corporate balanced scorecard:

TELUS achieved strong results in most metrics within the Profitable Growth
quadrant of the scorecard. TELUS exceeded its targets with respect to:
..  Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization
   ("EBITDA"), fuelled by strong TELUS Mobility results and the successful
   realization of benefits from the Operational Efficiency Program ("OEP")
   at TELUS Communications
..  free cash flow reflecting strong EBITDA and lower capital spending as
   well as a tax refund achieved through the settlement of tax matters with
   Canada Customs and Revenue Agency
..  net debt, reflecting strong EBITDA and earnings per share
..  earnings per share (from continuing operations)
..  wireless network and IP/data revenue results were below target
   due to a shortfall in IP/data revenue that was partially offset by
   favourable TELUS Mobility revenue.

Within the Customer Scorecard quadrant:
..  TELUS Mobility maintained its low customer churn rate and significantly
   exceeded its target
..  results for customer service levels were below target, reflecting the short
   -term customer service challenges the TELUS team faced throughout 2003 and
   resulting in a zero payout for some customer service metrics such as due
   date performance and access to business office
..  results for the loyalty index and the quality performance measurement were
   also below TELUS targets.

                                 

Within the Business Efficiency quadrant:

..  EBITDA/average total team member for TELUS Communications was below target,
   resulting primarily from weakness in wireline revenue growth that was
   partially offset by the cost savings achieved by the OEP
..  EBITDA before cost of acquisition for TELUS Mobility exceeded target,
   reflecting strong operational execution, growth and significant economies
   of scale.

Within the Employee Engagement quadrant:

..  results from TELUS' employee survey show that the Company has a solid
   foundation on its values, quality of leadership, sense of teamwork, and as a
   respectful and supportive workplace, but overall results were below the
   threshold target, reflecting in part customer service and collective
   bargaining challenges experienced in 2003.

2. Medium-Term Incentives

In 2003, the Compensation Committee continued with the Restricted Stock Unit
Plan II ("RSU Plan II"), a medium-term incentive plan that was implemented in
2002 for executive leadership team members and expanded in 2004 to include
designated senior management employees. The purpose of this plan is to link a
portion of the at-risk compensation to both the achievement of performance
targets and total shareholder return, and to promote the retention of
executives. Under RSU Plan II, participants are allocated restricted stock
units ("RSUs"). The amount and terms of any allocation are approved by the
Compensation Committee annually.
  Generally, the number of RSUs allocated to an executive is based both on the
achievement by the executive of performance targets and the share price
performance of non-voting shares during the plan year. Each RSU is equal in
value to the price of one non-voting share calculated in the manner provided in
the plan. When dividends on non-voting shares are paid during the life of an
RSU, a participant receives an equivalent credit that is converted to
additional RSUs in the participant's account.
  Unless otherwise determined with respect to any particular allocation, RSU
Plan II provides that the number of RSUs allocated to a participant is based
on a percentage of the participant's salary as determined under the RSU
II, based on actual performance results, then divided by the value of the
non-voting shares at the beginning or end of the year preceding the year of
allocation, whichever is higher. The value of the non-voting shares is
calculated on the basis of the weighted average trading price of the non-voting
shares on the Toronto Stock Exchange for the preceding 15 trading days. For
example, the value of RSUs allocated in 2004 under RSU Plan II was $24.09 per
RSU and was calculated based on the trading price of the non-voting shares for
the 15 trading days up to December 31, 2003, which was higher than the price
for the 15 trading days preceding January 1, 2003. This link, under RSU Plan
II, to the share price of non-voting shares is to further align the executive
leadership team's interests with shareholders' interests. In this manner, the
price of non-voting shares of the Company directly impacts the value of the
participant's incentive compensation.
  The Company had previously implemented a separate RSU Plan for 2001
performance for certain executives. RSU Plan I provided that RSUs were
allocated at a value equal to the weighted average trading price per non-voting
share on the Toronto Stock Exchange on the day preceding the date of
allocation.
  Retention is promoted through the vesting of RSUs. RSUs allocated under the
RSU Plan I vest on October 18, 2004 and are to be paid out prior to the 2004
year-end. RSUs allocated under RSU Plan II vest and become payable in equal
installments over approximately a three-year period, with all RSUs being paid
out before the end of the second year after the year of allocation. The value
of the RSUs at pay-out is based on the value of non-voting shares at that time,
calculated in the manner required by the applicable plan. In this manner, the
price of non-voting shares of the Company directly impacts the value of the
participant's incentive compensation at payout. Payments under the RSU Plan I
may be in cash or in non-voting shares purchased in the market. Payments under
the RSU Plan II may be in cash or non-voting shares purchased in the market or,
subject to all necessary corporate and regulatory approvals, in non-voting
shares issued from treasury.

                                 

3. Long-term incentives

Long-term incentives are provided under the Share Option and Compensation Plan
and Restricted Stock Unit Plan III ("RSU Plan III"), which were introduced in
2003. The purpose of the plans is to align the interests of executives with
those of shareholders and to provide incentive compensation based on the value
of non-voting shares. This strategy provides an opportunity for executives to
acquire, through share options and RSUs, an increased proprietary interest in
the Company.
  The amount and terms of any long-term incentives as determined by the
Compensation Committee will be consistent with the overall compensation
philosophy and objectives as set out above. As noted previously, long-term
incentives are based on two main factors: competitive market compensation
considerations and each executive leadership team member's PVAAM ratings. The
PVAAM assessments are based on four elements: Achieving Results and Leadership
Skills (the two performance components) and Value to Achieving Strategy and
Retention (the two potential components). The resulting assessment has a direct
bearing on the long-term incentive awards.
   Share options are granted at an exercise price not less than the market
value of the non-voting shares on the last business day before the grant date
as determined pursuant to the plan. For options granted in February 2004, the
vesting period was changed from graduated vesting over three years to 100 per
cent ("cliff-vesting") at the end of three years in order to strengthen
retention. George Cope was granted options with possible vesting by December
31, 2004 or the date of termination of his employment, whichever is earlier.
Prior option grants are not taken into account in determining whether and, if
so, how many new options would be granted.
   In order to provide a more appropriate mix of long-term incentives, the
February 2004 long-term incentive grant was split between share options and
RSUs under RSU Plan III. This split represents an approximate allocation of
one-third options and two-thirds RSUs to the executive leadership team on a
collective basis, based on an estimated after tax equivalency between the value
of the RSUs and the value of the options to be granted, using a Black-Scholes
valuation. In addition, in order to strengthen retention, both the options and
the RSUs granted in February 2004 will in most instances cliff-vest within a
three-year period. The Compensation Committee has the right to determine the
vesting of each RSU grant under RSU Plan III. Similar to RSU Plan II, all RSUs
granted under RSU Plan III must be paid out before the end of the second year
after the year of allocation. Each RSU is equal in value to the price of one
non-voting share calculated in the manner provided in RSU Plan III. When
dividends on non-voting shares are paid during the life of an RSU, a
participant receives an equivalent credit which is converted to additional RSUs
in the participant's account. The value of the RSUs at pay-out is based on the
value of non-voting shares at that time, calculated in the manner required by
RSU Plan III. In this manner, the price of non-voting shares of the Company
directly impacts the value of the participant's incentive compensation at
payout. Payments under RSU Plan III may be in cash or in non-voting shares
purchased in the market or, subject to all necessary corporate and regulatory
approvals, in non-voting shares issued from treasury.

Compensation of President and CEO

The principles used for determining the compensation of the President and CEO,
Darren Entwistle, were identical to those established for the other executives,
other than noted previously. The President and CEO's base salary was increased
in 2003 to move closer to the median of the comparator groups, but remained
below median for 2003 following the increase.

Share ownership guidelines

Share ownership guidelines were introduced for the executive leadership team
members in 2002 to provide a further link between the interests of executives
and those of our shareholders, thereby demonstrating the ongoing alignment of
executives' interests with the interests of shareholders. The share ownership
targets established in 2002 were a value of at least three times annual base
salary for the President and CEO and one times annual base salary for executive
vice presidents.
In 2003, the ownership target was increased to two times base salary for
executive vice presidents. The share ownership targets can be met through a mix
of common and non-voting shares and RSUs acquired over a five-year period.
Certain executive leadership team members already have significant
shareholdings and meet or exceed these target levels.

                                 

Executive shareholdings summary table

The following table provides information concerning total TELUS shareholdings
held by each named executive (as set out in the Executive compensation summary
table on page 29), dollar value of shareholdings and share ownership level
(based on dollar value) to base salary ratio, as at December 31, 2003 (see
Share ownership guidelines on page 27).




	                        TELUS shareholdings
	                        (common shares/non-voting		                           Share ownership
	                        shares/restricted stock units 	  Dollar value of	           level as a multiple
Name                            for non-voting shares)(1)         shareholdings ($)(2)             of base salary
							          			           
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle		16,042/72,363/111,258		  4,859,918		           5.4
George Cope			-/165,048/-			  3,994,162		           6.7
Robert McFarlane		-/115,129/21,618		  3,309,277		           8.3
John Maduri			9,062/-/5,848			  376,681		           1.0
Joseph Grech		        7,813/0/5,612			  338,558		           1.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1) Excludes TELUS non-voting shares that are to be delivered to the
    executive in 2004 in payment of RSUs that vested in December 2003
(2) At the close of trading on December 31, 2003, the market price of
    the common shares was $25.95 and the market price of the non-voting
    shares was $24.20.



Conclusion

The Compensation Committee believes that the various components of compensation
are appropriately balanced to provide direction and motivation for the
executive leadership team to make a positive contribution to the Company's
overall success, thereby enhancing the value of the Company for our
shareholders.

Signed, the members of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee

/s/ John S. Lacey            /s/ Donald P. Woodley
--------------               ---------------------
John S. Lacey (Chair)	     Donald P. Woodley

/s/ R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck
--------------------------
R.H. (Dick) Auchinleck

                                 


Executive compensation summary table

In accordance with executive compensation reporting requirements of applicable
securities regulations, the following table provides information concerning the
total compensation paid during the last three fiscal years to the President and
CEO of the Company in the year ended December 31, 2003, and the four other
executive officers employed by the Company as at December 31, 2003 who had the
highest individual aggregate annual salary and bonuses ("variable pay") for
2003 (collectively, the "named executives"). The figures shown for each of the
three years represent those amounts paid by the Company or its predecessors to
the named executives.




Compensation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 					Annual Compensation			                  Longer-term Compensation
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     	                                                                                    Number of
Name and	     	            	       	            	Other annual      securities      Restricted      All other
principal position        Year ended	Salary      Bonus(1)    compensation(2)   under options   stock units 	  compensation
		          December 31   ($)	    ($)	        ($)	 	  granted (3)	  (6)(7) ($)	  ($)
                                                                                             
=================================================================================================================================
Darren Entwistle          2003		857,500	    529,506	 95,915(4)	   40,000	  2,748,203	     20,700(8)
President & Chief         2002		785,000	    371,305	 97,247(4)	  163,255	  1,824,014	     60,183(8)
Executive Officer         2001		785,000	    510,250	109,075(5)	  380,000	    510,250	     60,183(8)
=================================================================================================================================
George Cope	          2003		600,000	     963,000	     -		   90,000	       -	       -
Executive Vice-President  2002	        600,000	     636,000	     -		   95,000	       -	       -
President & CEO, 	  2001	        560,080	     596,858	     -		  208,335	       -	  1,400,000(9)
TELUS Mobility
=================================================================================================================================
Robert McFarlane 	  2003	        400,000	     238,200	     -		     -		    672,025	      6,133(8)
Executive Vice-President  2002	        400,000	     183,600	     -		   50,000	    191,387	       -
& Chief Financial Officer 2001	        400,000	     238,800	     -		   50,000	    238,800	     15,333(8)
				           -	        -	     -		     -		       -	    875,000(9)
=================================================================================================================================
John Maduri		  2003	        360,000	     182,880	  3,609(13)	     -		    455,570	       -
Executive Vice-President  2002	        360,000	     138,060	171,260(10)	  80,000	    138,060	       -
& President,		  2001	        360,000	     361,080	368,479(11)	  75,000	       -	     11,040(8)
Business Solutions		          -	       -	   -		    -		       -	     10,000(12)
=================================================================================================================================
Joseph Grech		  2003	        350,000	    211,750	  8,825(14)	  11,700	    521,625	     11,040(8)
Executive Vice-President  2002	        350,000	    132,475	  8,250(14)  	  70,000	    132,475	      5,367(8)
& President,		  2001	        350,000	    369,250	 16,500(14)	  75,000	       -	     17,442(8)
Partner Solutions			   -	       -	   -		    -		       -	     10,000(12)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)Represents variable "at risk" component of cash compensation earned
   under the annual variable pay plan. Amounts are paid in first quarter of
   following year.
(2)Except as noted, the value of perquisites and other personal benefits
   received by named executives is no greater than the lesser of $50,000
   and 10 per cent of annual salary and bonus of the respective named
   executives.
(3)Annual option grants under the Share Option and Compensation Plan
   awarded to the named executives in relation to the 2003 financial year
   were approved by the Compensation Committee and the Board on the 10th
   and 11th of February 2004.
(4)Consists of $50,000 bonus paid to allow executive to repay Company
   loan in that amount, deemed interest on interest-free Company loan and
   bonus in an amount sufficient to cover the taxes on both the loan
   repayment bonus and the deemed interest.
(5)Consists of $50,000 bonus paid to allow executive to repay Company
   loan in that amount, deemed interest on interest-free Company loan,
   deemed interest on a relocation expense payment in 2000 in the amount of
   $49,350, and bonus in an amount sufficient to cover the taxes on both
   the loan repayment bonus and the deemed interest.
(6)The RSU grants in the Summary compensation table are made in the
   February of the following year. Therefore, the grants shown for 2003
   were made in February 2004.

                                 

(7)The aggregate number of RSUs (including accrued dividend equivalents)
   held by the named executives at December 31, 2003, their value at the
   date of grant, their value at closing market price at December 31, 2003,
   and their vesting are as follows:





---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
				Number of RSUs	        Value at date	        Value at	       Vesting
			        (Plan I/ Plan II)	 of grant	 	December 31, 2003      2004/2005
						        					       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle	        29,573/81,685 	        $1,781,413		$2,692,444		70,409/40,849
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
George Cope		              -			    -			    -			    -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert McFarlane	        13,840/7,778	          $378,677		$523,156		17,728/3,890
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Maduri		          0/5,848		   $94,639		$141,522		2,924/2,924
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph Grech	                  0/5,612		   $90,409		$135,810		2,806/2,806
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note that the figures in the above table exclude RSUs which vested on or before
December 31, 2003 that were not paid out until 2004 and exclude RSUs allocated
in February 2004. The details of the RSU plans are disclosed in the Report on
Executive Compensation.


 (8)Payment in lieu of accrued but unused vacation.
 (9)Payment of obligations assumed by TELUS upon acquisition of Clearnet
    Communications Inc.
(10)Consists of $100,000 bonus paid to allow executive to repay Company
    loan in that amount, deemed interest on interest-free Company loan and
    deemed interest on a housing cost-differential payment in the amount of
    $105,951 for 2002, and bonus in an amount sufficient to cover the taxes
    on both the loan repayment bonus and the deemed interest.
(11)Consists of $200,000 bonus paid to allow executive to repay Company
    loan in that amount, deemed interest on interest-free Company loan and
    deemed interest on a housing cost-differential payment in the amount of
    $205,951 for 2001, and bonus in an amount sufficient to cover the taxes
    on both the loan repayment bonus and the deemed interest.
(12)Relocation expense payment.
(13)Housing cost-differential payment.
(14)Deemed interest as a result of an interest-free repayable Company
    loan. Loan fully repaid on November 23, 2003.



Options granted for the most recently completed financial year

As noted previously, in order to provide a more appropriate mix of long-term
and medium-term incentives, the February 2004 grant was split between share
options and RSUs. This split represents an approximate allocation of one-third
options and two-thirds RSUs on a collective basis using a Black-Scholes
valuation. In addition, in order to strengthen retention the options and RSUs
granted in February 2004 will in most instances cliff-vest within a three-year
period.

In order to provide comprehensive and up-to-date information, the Company has
set forth in the table below option grants made in the current year.
Accordingly, the following option grants to the named executives were made in
February 2004 based on 2003 performance:


---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                	             Market value
									             of securities
	            Securities under 	 % of total options 	 Exercise or	     underlying options
	            options granted(1) 	 granted to employees	 base price	     on the date of grant
Name	            (#)			 in financial year(1)	 ($/security)(2)     ($/security)(3)	       Expiration date
	            			 		         		     		       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle    40,000		 0.99%			 $24.79		     $24.76		       February 11, 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
George Cope	    90,000		 2.22%			 $24.79		     $24.76		       February 11, 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert McFarlane      -		         0.00%			    -		        -			       -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Maduri	      -		         0.00%			    -		        -			       -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph Grech	    11,700		 0.29%			 $24.79		     $24.76	  	       February 11, 2011
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)All grants are in respect of non-voting shares. Percentage refers to
    percentage of total grant of TELUS share options, including all grants
    made in February 2004 based on 2003 performance.
 (2)TELUS options are granted at or above the weighted average trading
    price of the non-voting shares on the last business day before the date
    of grant.
 (3)Actual weighted average trading price on the date of grant.



                                 


The following option grants to the named executives were made in February 2003 based on 2002 performance:

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
							                            Market value
		    Securities				                            of securities
		    under options 	 % of total options 	 Exercise or	    underlying options
		    granted 	         granted to employees	 base price	    on the date of grant
Name		    (#)		         in financial year(1)	 ($/security)(2)    ($/security)(3)	       Expiration date
	            			 		         		     		       
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Darren Entwistle    163,255	         3.41			 $14.86		     $15.16		       February 12, 2010
George Cope	     95,000	         1.98			 $14.86		     $15.16		       February 12, 2010
Robert McFarlane     50,000	         1.04			 $14.86		     $15.16		       February 12, 2010
John Maduri	     80,000	         1.67			 $14.86		     $15.16		       February 12, 2010
Joseph Grech	     70,000	         1.46			 $14.86		     $15.16		       February 12, 2010
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)All grants are in respect of non-voting shares. Percentage refers to
    percentage of total grant of TELUS share options.
 (2)TELUS options are granted at or above the weighted average trading
    price of the non-voting shares on the last business day before the date
    of grant.
 (3)Actual weighted average trading price on the date of grant.




Aggregated options exercised during the most recently completed financial year
and financial year-end option values for the named executives

	             Securities	      Aggregate						               Value of unexercised
	             acquired on      value	             Unexercised options		       in the money options
	             exercise	      realized	                at FY-end(1)			            at FY-end
Name	             (#)	      ($)	       (#) exercisable/unexercisable		   ($) exercisable/unexercisable
	             	      	       		        		                   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
					               common shares/	        common shares/
					               non-voting shares	non-voting shares
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle       -		-		150,000/270,017	             0/488,263	       25,333	     1,575,468
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
George Cope	     204,500	      2,018,436	        261,852/268,983	             0/125,324	       41,667	       887,300
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Robert McFarlane        -		-	        102,774/209,673	        26,184/98,036	    1,744,037          473,667
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
John Maduri	        -		-	         87,083/46,172	 	22,917/140,586		5,000	       757,200
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph Grech	        -	        -	         26,800/45,584	 	     0/130,292		5,000	       663,800
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)At the close of trading on December 31, 2003, the market price of
    the common shares was $25.95 and the market price of the non-voting
    shares was $24.20.



TELUS Pension Plan

The TELUS Supplementary Retirement Arrangement ("SRA") establishes an overall
retirement income benefit which provides supplemental pension benefits to be
paid to a retired executive in addition to the pension income under the
existing registered Company pension plans.
  Named executives, other than George Cope, participate in the Company's
contributory registered pension plans. The SRA for the named executives, other
than George Cope, supplements these plans by providing a total benefit at
retirement determined as two per cent of a person's highest consecutive three
years' average pensionable remuneration times the total number of years of
credited service to a maximum of 35. Pensionable remuneration is base salary
increased by 50 per cent for annual variable compensation payments to the named
executives other than the President and CEO, and by 60 per cent for the
President and CEO.

                                 

The following table shows the total of the annual retirement benefits, payable
from both the SRA and registered pension plans, assuming retirement at age 60
or over:




			   	 	       		   		       		   
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pension plan table 2003
                                                           Years of service
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Remuneration ($)	   15		       20		   25		       30		   35
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  175,000		    52,500	        70,000		    87,500	         105,000	     122,500
  200,000		    60,000	        80,000		   100,000	         120,000	     140,000
  225,000		    67,500	        90,000		   112,500	         135,000	     157,500
  250,000		    75,000	       100,000	           125,000	         150,000	     175,000
  300,000		    90,000	       120,000	           150,000	         180,000	     210,000
  350,000		   105,000	       140,000	           175,000	         210,000	     245,000
  400,000		   120,000	       160,000	           200,000	         240,000	     280,000
  450,000		   135,000	       180,000	           225,000	         270,000	     315,000
  500,000		   150,000	       200,000	           250,000	         300,000	     350,000
  550,000		   165,000	       220,000	           275,000	         330,000	     385,000
  600,000		   180,000	       240,000	           300,000	         360,000	     420,000
  650,000		   195,000	       260,000	           325,000	         390,000	     455,000
  700,000		   210,000	       280,000	           350,000	         420,000	     490,000
  750,000		   225,000	       300,000	           375,000	         450,000	     525,000
  800,000		   240,000	       320,000	           400,000	         480,000	     560,000
  850,000		   255,000	       340,000	           425,000	         510,000	     595,000
  900,000		   270,000	       360,000	           450,000	         540,000	     630,000
  950,000		   285,000	       380,000	           475,000	         570,000	     665,000
1,000,000		   300,000	       400,000	           500,000	         600,000	     700,000
1,050,000		   315,000	       420,000	           525,000	         630,000	     735,000
1,100,000		   330,000	       440,000	           550,000	         660,000	     770,000
1,150,000		   345,000	       460,000	           575,000	         690,000	     805,000
1,200,000		   360,000	       480,000	           600,000	         720,000	     840,000
1,250,000		   375,000	       500,000	           625,000	         750,000	     875,000
1,300,000		   390,000	       520,000	           650,000	         780,000	     910,000
1,350,000	 	   405,000	       540,000	           675,000	         810,000	     945,000
1,400,000		   420,000	       560,000	           700,000	         840,000	     980,000
1,450,000		   435,000	       580,000	           725,000	         870,000	   1,015,000
1,500,000		   450,000	       600,000	           750,000	         900,000	   1,050,000
1,550,000		   465,000	       620,000	           775,000	         930,000	   1,085,000
1,600,000		   480,000	       640,000	           800,000	         960,000	   1,120,000
1,650,000	 	   495,000	       660,000	           825,000	         990,000	   1,155,000
1,700,000		   510,000	       680,000	           850,000	       1,020,000	   1,190,000
1,750,000		   525,000	       700,000	           875,000	       1,050,000	   1,225,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)The compensation covered by the SRA for each of the named executives
    is based on his respective salaries shown in the Executive compensation
    summary table plus 60 per cent for the President and CEO and 50 per cent
    for each of the other participating named executives.
 (2)The benefits under the registered pension plans and the SRA are
    payable for a member's lifetime with a 60 per cent benefit payable to
    the surviving spouse.
 (3)The pension at retirement, at age 60 with less than 15 years'
    service, will be reduced.
 (4)The above benefits are not offset by any CPP/QPP payments.



                                 

The years of credited service as of December 31, 2003 for pension plan purposes
for the named executives other than George Cope are as follows: Darren
Entwistle, three years and six months; Joseph Grech, six years and three
months; John Maduri, six years and eight months; and Robert McFarlane, three
years and two months. Mr. Grech is accruing two years of pensionable service
for each year from October 9, 2000 to October 9, 2005. Mr. Maduri is accruing
two years of pensionable service for each year from May 1, 2000 to May 1, 2005.

Employment agreements

TELUS has entered into executive employment agreements for an indefinite term
with Darren Entwistle and Joseph Grech. Each agreement provides that if the
employment of the executive were terminated at any time other than for just
cause or by reason of death, disability or retirement, the executive will be
paid a severance payment equal to two times his annual compensation and will be
provided with continued benefit coverage and continued accrual of pensionable
service for two years following the date of termination. Each agreement
contains a prohibition on the improper disclosure or use of confidential
information and a one-year non-competition restriction after termination.
  At the commencement of his employment, Darren Entwistle received a $250,000
interest-free forgivable loan net of tax obligations under his agreement, of
which $50,000 was forgiven in each of 2001, 2002 and 2003. Under his agreement,
Joseph Grech received a $300,000 interest-free loan which was repaid in full on
November 23, 2003. Joseph Grech is also entitled to credit under the SRA of two
years of pension service for each full year of employment during the first five
years.
  TELUS has entered into an agreement with John Maduri which is similar to
the agreements with Darren Entwistle and Joseph Grech, except that the
agreement with John Maduri provides that if the employment of the executive
were terminated other than for just cause or by reason of death, disability or
retirement, he will be paid a severance payment equal to one and one-half times
his annual compensation and will be provided with continued benefit coverage
and continued accrual of pension plan rights for 18 months following the date
of termination. John Maduri received a $300,000 interest-free forgivable loan
net of tax obligations under his agreement, of which $200,000 was forgiven in
2001 and $100,000 was forgiven in 2002. John Maduri is also entitled to credit
under the SRA of two years of pension service for each full year of employment
during the first five years.
  TELUS has entered into an agreement with George Cope that is similar to the
agreements with Darren Entwistle and Joseph Grech, except that the agreement
with George Cope is for a fixed term expiring on December 31, 2004 and he does
not participate in the pension plans of TELUS. George Cope's stock option
grants are structured to vest on December 31, 2004, subject to the terms of his
agreement. The agreement provides that if the employment of the executive were
terminated at any time prior to expiry of the term other than for just cause or
by reason of death or disability, he will be entitled to his salary for the
balance of the term of his agreement. In addition, if his employment were
terminated, with the result that the one-year competition restriction becomes
effective, the executive will be entitled to one year of annual compensation.
  TELUS has entered into an agreement with Robert McFarlane which is similar to
the agreement with Darren Entwistle and Joseph Grech, except that the agreement
with Robert McFarlane provides that if his employment were terminated with the
result that the one-year competition restriction becomes effective, he will be
entitled to one year of annual compensation.

Indebtedness of directors and officers

No director or officer of the Company or proposed nominee for election as a
director of the Company, or any associate thereof, is or has been indebted to
the Company or its subsidiaries since January 1, 2003 except with respect to
loans as noted below. The Company provided assistance by way of loans to
certain officers to minimize financial exposure associated with their
acceptance of a position with the Company or to assist with housing costs. The
aggregate amount of all indebtedness to the Company or to any of its
subsidiaries from directors or officers as at February 29, 2004 was $100,000.

                                 

The following table, presented in accordance with applicable securities laws,
shows the details of certain indebtedness owed by directors and officers of the
Company. All such indebtedness was incurred prior to July 30, 2002, the
enactment date of Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In compliance with that legislation, no
new personal loans to directors and executive officers were made or arranged,
and no pre-existing personal loans were renewed or modified, since July 30,
2002.



				  Involvement of		  Largest amount outstanding 	    Amount outstanding as at
Name and principal position	  issuer or subsidiary	          during 2003 ($)		    March 12, 2004 ($)
				  			          		                    
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Darren Entwistle
President & CEO		          Loan from Issuer(1)	          150,000			    100,000
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Joseph Grech
Executive Vice-President
& President, Partner Solutions	  Loan from Issuer(2)	          300,000			       -
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)Interest-free. Repayment in 2003 of $50,000 was offset by a Company
    bonus in an amount sufficient to cover the amount repaid and taxes
    thereon. Repayment of the balance of the loan in increments of $50,000
    due in 2004 and 2005 will be offset by Company bonuses in an amount
    sufficient to cover the amount repaid and taxes thereon if the executive
    is an employee at those times. The loan will be repaid in a similar
    manner on the executive's death or his termination without cause or as a
    result of disability.
 (2)Interest-free. Loan repaid in full in November 2003.




The following graph compares the yearly change over the past five years in the
cumulative total shareholder return on the common shares and non-voting shares
of TELUS1 with the cumulative total return on the S&P/TSX Composite Index,
assuming a $100 investment on December 31, 1998 and reinvestment of dividends.


                            [Performance Graph]




                                Dec. 31, 1998	Dec. 31, 1999	Dec. 31, 2000	Dec. 31, 2001	Dec. 31, 2002	Dec. 31, 2003
														
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TELUS common shares		100	         88		107		 65		 49		 75
TELUS non-voting shares 	100	         87		101	 	 63		 46		 71
S&P/TSX Composite Index 	100	        130		138		119		102		127
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 (1)For the period ended December 31, 1998, TELUS common shares and
    non-voting shares are calculated at the January 31, 1999 merger ratio of
    52.5 per cent for BC TELECOM's and 47.5 per cent for predecessor TELUS'
    shares.



                                 

Directors' and officers' insurance and indemnification

To the extent permitted by law, TELUS has entered into an indemnification
agreement with its directors and officers for liabilities incurred while
performing their duties. The Company also maintains insurance which protects
individual directors and officers and the Company against claims made, provided
they acted in good faith on behalf of TELUS, subject to policy restrictions.
Such insurance currently provides for an annual aggregate limit of $110 million
coverage with a $1 million deductible; where the Company is not able to
indemnify the deductible is nil. The approximate premium associated with the
insurance protection of directors and officers was $801,800 for 2003.

Additional matters and information

Additional information about the Company will be contained in the Company's
annual information form and the audited financial statements of the Company for
the year ended December 31, 2003. Copies of these documents will be available
upon request to TELUS' Corporate Secretary at 21st Floor, 3777 Kingsway,
Burnaby, British Columbia, V5H 3Z7.


                              

Board approval
--------------

The Board of Directors has approved in substance the contents of this
information circular and the sending of this information circular to the
holders of common shares and non-voting shares.

Certificate

The foregoing contains no untrue statement of a material fact and
does not omit to state a material fact that is required to be stated or that is
necessary to make a statement not misleading in the light of the circumstances
in which it was made.

/s/ Darren Entwistle                    /s/ Robert G. McFarlane
--------------------                    -----------------------
Darren Entwistle			Robert G. McFarlane
President &				Executive Vice-President
Chief Executive Officer		        & Chief Financial Officer


                                 

Appendix a: statement of TELUS' corporate governance practices
--------------------------------------------------------------

TELUS is committed to adopting effective and best practices in corporate
governance. TELUS consistently assesses and adopts emerging best practices. In
a year of continued focus on corporate governance, the following are the most
noteworthy corporate governance measures taken by securities regulators that
will impact TELUS:
.. revised continuous disclosure obligations issued by the Canadian
  Securities Administrators in June 2003
.. the Investor Confidence Rules issued by the Canadian Securities
  Administrators ("CSA Investor Confidence rules"), expected to come into
  force on March 31, 2004
.. the finalization of various rules adopted by the Securities and
  Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act ("SOX")
.. the finalization of the New York Stock Exchange Corporate
  Governance Rules ("NYSE Rules")
.. the coming into force on April 9, 2003 of certain sections of
  the Ontario Government's Keeping the Promise for a Strong Economy Act,
  2002 and Investor Protection Act, including those sections providing the
  Ontario Securities Commission with additional power to make rules with
  respect to corporate governance
.. the announcement by the Toronto Stock Exchange that it would
  relinquish responsibility for setting corporate governance guidelines to
  the provincial securities commissions
.. the release on January 2, 2004 by the Toronto Stock Exchange of
  proposed changes to its requirements regarding, among other things,
  shareholder approval of security-based compensation arrangements,
  and
.. the release on January 16, 2004 of proposed corporate governance
  guidelines by the Ontario Securities Commission and several other
  provincial commissions (the "proposed OSC Guidelines").

TELUS is committed to an ongoing process of clear disclosure of its corporate
governance practices in comparison with the TSX guidelines. TELUS has disclosed
its corporate governance practices in relation to the TSX guidelines since the
TSX adopted them in 1995. As a continued listing requirement of the TSX, TELUS
discloses in the next section its approach to corporate governance with
reference to the current TSX guidelines.
  TELUS is in full compliance with the current TSX guidelines. TELUS has also
reviewed its corporate governance practices against the proposed OSC Guidelines
and the NYSE Rules.
  Subject to the explanation noted below, TELUS is in full compliance with the
proposed OSC Guidelines. Subject to the minor exception noted below, TELUS is
also in full compliance with the NYSE Rules.

Proposed OSC Guidelines

Two TELUS directors, neither of whom serves on the Company's Audit Committee,
each have one immediate family member who is employed by the Company in a
non-executive position. The CSA Investor Confidence rules and proposed OSC
Guidelines currently state that such relationship would render the two
directors to be not independent. In its January 16, 2004 finalization of the
CSA Investor Confidence rules, the Ontario Securities Commission specifically
noted that immediate family members must be executive officers of a company in
order to preclude independence. The Company understands that a clarification to
this effect will be made to the applicable rules. On that basis, the TELUS
Board has determined that these two TELUS directors will be "independent". The
Company notes that these two directors are "independent" under the NYSE Rules
which, under a similar provision, specifically indicate that compensation
received by relatives for service as a non-executive employee of the Company
does not preclude independence.

NYSE Rules

The NYSE Rules require that CEO compensation be approved by the compensation
committee, alone or together with the independent directors of the board. The
proposed OSC Guidelines suggest that the compensation committee should
recommend the CEO compensation level to the board of directors for approval.
The Company will follow the proposed OSC Guidelines. As noted in this circular
under Mandate and Report of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee, the
Company's Compensation Committee currently evaluates the President and CEO and
the adequacy of his compensation against market data, and based on such
information, determines the President and CEO compensation and recommends it
for approval by the Board. In this manner, the Company ensures independence in
the assessment and determination of appropriate compensation parameters while
ensuring that the full Board of 11 directors (excluding the President and CEO)
reviews and is accountable for fixing the actual President and CEO
compensation.

                                 


Disclosure of TELUS' practices with reference to the current TSX guidelines
---------------------------------------------------------------------------


			          	         
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TSX Guidelines		          TELUS
                                  Alignment          TELUS' Practices
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 1: The Board	          yes	         .   The Board of Directors has assumed responsibility for the
explicitly assumes                                   stewardship of the Company by supervising the management of the business
responsibility for                                   and affairs of the Company and supervising management, which is
stewardship of the                                   responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the business.
Company   	                                 .   The TELUS Board Policy Manual was developed to assist members of
                          	                     the Board in fulfilling their obligations, both individually and
                                                     collectively. The manual, revised in February 2004, is a guideline for
                                                     the Board and sets out expectations for the Board, committees,
                                                     individual directors, the Chair and the President and CEO, along with
                                                     expectations for each of the committees through their respective terms
                                                     of references. It serves as a road map for the Board to help it meet its
                                                     responsibilities in the most effective manner possible on an ongoing
                                                     basis. A copy of the TELUS Board Policy Manual is available on TELUS'
                                                     Web site at telus.com.
                                                 .   To further delineate the responsibilities of the Board, a
                                                     Framework of Delegation of Decisions from the Board to executive
                                                     management was put in place in 1999. The framework provides guidance to
                                                     the Board and management on matters requiring Board approval including
                                                     major acquisitions, investments or divestitures, or any other specific
                                                     transaction. To help the Board fulfill its obligations, duties and
                                                     responsibilities under this framework, the Board delegates certain
                                                     duties and responsibilities to committees to ensure full review
                                                     of certain matters. The terms of references of the committees outline
                                                     the approval process for various matters and activities performed by the
                                                     committees. The committees then report back to the Board on their
                                                     activities, on a regular basis, and recommend certain matters to the
                                                     Board for its approval.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 1(a): The Board         yes            .   The Board has assumed responsibility for adoption of the strategic
assumes responsibility                               planning process. It ensures there are long-term goals and strategies in
for the adoption of the                              place. Goals and strategies are prepared and reviewed together by
strategic planning                                   management and the Board on an annual basis and are a component of the
process                                              Board's annual agenda. The Board as a whole participates in discussions
                                                     on corporate strategy, taking into account the opportunities and risks
                                                     of the business and, if appropriate, approves the strategies and
                                                     implementation plans recommended by management.
						 .   At least one extensive Board strategic planning session is held
                                                     annually. A comprehensive and interactive strategic planning session
                                                     with senior management took place in September 2003 at which the
                                                     directors reviewed current issues faced by TELUS and the
                                                     telecommunications sector as a whole.
                                                 .   The Board provides periodic guidance throughout the year on the
                                                     development of corporate strategies based on the strategic plan and
                                                     annual business plan. It also reviews any changes to corporate
                                                     strategies or the strategic plan that may be necessary in light of any
                                                     new developments that impact TELUS.

                                 

                                                 .   At least quarterly, the Board monitors the performance of
                                                     management in relation to both the strategic objectives and operational
                                                     objectives set out in the annual budget.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 1(b): The Board         yes            .   The Board has assumed responsibility for identifying the
assumes responsibility                               principal risks of the Company's business and for ensuring the integrity
for the identification                               of the Company's internal controls and management information systems,
of the principal risks                               as set out in the TELUS Board Policy Manual. The Board determines the
of the Company                                       principal risks associated with Company business, based on the Board's
                                                     knowledge of the telecommunications industry, the regulatory and
                                                     competitive environment, general economic conditions and information
                                                     provided by management. For a detailed summary of the risks and
                                                     uncertainties of the Company, see the risks and uncertainties section in
                                                     the MD&A in the 2003 annual report.
                                                 .   The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and monitoring
                                                     the risk management systems in place to mitigate the Company's exposure.
                                                     In July 2003, it reviewed the 2003/2004 risk assessment process
                                                     including risk management goals, proposed changes, annual risk
                                                     assessment flow, benefits, a risk management matrix and timeline. In
                                                     October 2003, the Audit Committee reviewed the results of the annual
                                                     TELUS risk assessment process which identified key risks, key management
                                                     risk owners tasked with mitigating the risks, internal controls and
                                                     internal 2004 audit plans to provide assurance to the Audit Committee
                                                     regarding the risks.
                                                 .   The Audit Committee receives quarterly reports on internal audit
                                                     program results and evaluation of internal control systems and risk
                                                     assessment updates, including legal and regulatory claims, environmental
                                                     issues, business continuity and disaster recovery plans, current
                                                     accounting policies, financial derivatives and other exposures.
                                                 .   The Audit Committee receives a compliance report on material
                                                     legal and regulatory obligations based on a quarterly compliance survey
                                                     cascaded to executives and senior management and an annual report on the
                                                     relationship with regulators and the accuracy and timeliness of
                                                     regulatory filings.
                                                 .   The Audit Committee has overseen the process for significantly
                                                     improving the risk-management of the control, governance and
                                                     operational processes across the Company. From a governance reporting
                                                     perspective, the Company requires the Vice-President, Risk
                                                     Management and Chief Internal Auditor to report to both the CFO and the
                                                     Chair of the Audit Committee, thereby enabling closer insight and
                                                     proactive monitoring of the accounting and financial management
                                                     processes, organizations and practices, the safeguarding of the
                                                     Company's assets and the efficiency and effectiveness of operations. A
                                                     Chief Compliance Officer was appointed in 2003 to work to ensure the
                                                     Company has appropriate policies, standards and practices in place to
                                                     comply with all legal and regulatory requirements.

                                 

                                                 .   The Chief Compliance Officer is required to report to both the
                                                     Chief General Counsel and the Chair of the Audit Committee. In September
                                                     2003, an extensive risk assessment survey of management employees was
                                                     conducted across TELUS, the results of which were reported back to the
                                                     Audit Committee. The results provided the Audit Committee with an
                                                     internal controls assessment of the entire organization and individual
                                                     business units.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 1(c): The Board         yes            .  The Board assumes the responsibility for succession planning and
assumes the responsibility                          delegates to the Compensation Committee the responsibility to oversee
for the succession                                  and approve the Company's plans for senior management succession,
planning, including                                 development and retention.
appointing, training and                         .  The Compensation Committee periodically reviews the Company's
monitoring senior management                        overall organizational structure for executive management.
                                                 .  The Compensation Committee reviews, approves and reports to the
                                                    Board on an annual basis, or more frequently as required, succession
                                                    plans for executive management including specific personal development
                                                    plans and career planning for potential successors.
                                                 .  The performance of executive management is annually measured against
                                                    specific objectives. See Report on Executive Compensation at page 23.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 1(d): The Board         yes            .  The Board has implemented appropriate structures to promote
assumes responsibility for                          complete, timely and effective communications between TELUS, its
a communications policy                             members, the public and regulatory agencies. Through the Audit Committee
                                                    all material public financial information is reviewed and recommended to
                                                    the Board for approval for release prior to public disclosure. In 2003,
                                                    the Board approved a Policy on Corporate Disclosure and Confidentiality
                                                    of Corporate Information, a copy of which is available on the TELUS Web
                                                    site at telus.com. The Policy sets out the Company's policies and
                                                    practices on corporate disclosure and maintaining confidentiality of
                                                    information. The Policy's objectives include:
                                                     i) disclosing information in a timely, consistent and appropriate
                                                        manner; and
                                                    ii)	disseminating material information pursuant to all applicable
		                                        legal requirements.
                                                    The Policy applies to TELUS directors, officers and employees.
                                                 .  Any material changes to TELUS' practices and this Policy, as
                                                    approved by the Disclosure Committee of the Company, will be reported
                                                    back to the Audit Committee and must be approved by the Board.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 

Guideline 1(e): The Board         yes            .  The Board is responsible for ensuring the integrity of internal
assumes responsibility for                          control and management information systems and executes its
the integrity of internal                           responsibility through its delegation to the Audit Committee. The Audit
control and management                              Committee receives quarterly reports on the internal audit activities
information systems                                 conducted during each quarter and updates on the internal control
                                                    systems. It also receives results from the Web enabled risk and control
                                                    assessment survey designed to identify strengths and weaknesses with the
                                                    system of internal controls within TELUS. This survey aligns with the
                                                    COSO (Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission)
                                                    model of internal controls and covers the following components of
                                                    internal controls: the control environment ("Tone at the Top"), risk
                                                    assessment, control activities (policies and procedures), information
                                                    and communications systems and monitoring.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee receives annual reporting of a Web enabled
                                                    conflict of interest report by senior managers and others with key roles
                                                    within the internal control system of the Company.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee reviews and approves methods of controlling
                                                    corporate assets and information systems. It also reviews on a quarterly
                                                    basis major accounting policies, including: the impact of alternative
                                                    accounting policies and key management estimates or judgments that could
                                                    materially affect financial results. The Audit Committee also receives
                                                    reports on the certification process implemented by the Company
                                                    regarding annual and quarterly financial reporting and disclosure
                                                    processes. See Mandate and Report of the Audit Committee at page 19.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 2: The Board            yes            .  Following the recommendations of the Corporate Governance
is constituted with a                               Committee, the Board has determined which directors are considered
majority of "unrelated"                             "unrelated" pursuant to the definitions set out in the current TSX
directors                                           guidelines.
                                                 .  Following the recommendations of the Corporate Governance
                                                    Committee, the Board has determined which directors are considered
                                                    "independent" pursuant to the definitions set out in the proposed OSC
                                                    Guidelines, the CSA Investor Confidence rules, SOX, the U.S. Securities
                                                    and Exchange Commission rules and the NYSE Rules.
                                                 .  On rigorous application of these definitions, nine of the 12
                                                    proposed directors of the Company are considered "unrelated" to the
                                                    Company. See subsection "Proposed OSC Guidelines" in this Appendix A for
                                                    a discussion of the Board's determination of independence.
                                                 .  The Company does not have a "significant shareholder" as defined
                                                    under the current TSX Guidelines. Pursuant to the Long-Term Relationship
                                                    Agreement dated January 31, 1999 among the Company and Verizon's
                                                    subsidiaries, GTE Corporation and Anglo-Canadian Telephone
                                                    Company, Brian A. Canfield, J.J. Lack and D.C. Petri have been
                                                    designated director nominees by Verizon.

                                 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 3: Disclose             yes            .  The Board has reviewed and analyzed each of the proposed
whether each director is                            directors' circumstances as they relate to TELUS. The Board has
"unrelated" or "related"                            determined that D. Entwistle (President and CEO), J.J. Lack and D.C.
to the circumstances of                             Petri are "related" directors pursuant to the current TSX Guidelines. If
each director and the                               elected at the meeting, Messrs. Entwistle, Lack and Petri will be the
analysis of the                                     only directors who are "related" directors.
application of supporting                        .  The Board has determined that D. Entwistle, J.J. Lack and D.C.
this conclusion                                     Petri are not "independent" directors pursuant to the proposed OSC
                                                    Guidelines and the NYSE Rules. See also subsections "Proposed OSC
                                                    Guidelines" and "NYSE Rules" in this Appendix A.
                                                 .  D. Entwistle is the only director who is also a member of
                                                    management of the	Company. Consequently, by virtue of being a
                                                    member of management, the Board has determined that a material business
                                                    relationship exists between TELUS and D. Entwistle.
                                                 .  The Board has determined that J.J. Lack and D.C. Petri have a
                                                    material business relationship with TELUS by virtue of their
                                                    relationship with Verizon and Verizon's relationship with TELUS. J.J.
                                                    Lack and D.C. Petri are senior management of Verizon.
                                                 .  B.A. Canfield is not considered a "related" director under the
                                                    current TSX guidelines. The Board has determined that the Chair is not
                                                    "related" by virtue of his office.	The Board considers B.A.
                                                    Canfield to be "independent" under the NYSE Rules. He was CEO of BC
                                                    TELECOM Inc., predecessor to TELUS, from October 1990 to July 1997. He
                                                    also served as President and CEO of the Company from September 1999 to
                                                    July 10, 2000, and therefore has passed the "cooling off period"
                                                    required by the NYSE Rules for establishing his "independence" from
                                                    management.
                                                 .  The Board is satisfied that there is no material relationship
                                                    existing between any of the proposed directors and the Company (based on
                                                    the information previously disclosed in subsection "Proposed OSC
                                                    Guidelines" in this Appendix A), either directly or as a partner,
                                                    shareholder or officer of an organization that has a material
                                                    relationship with the Company. Each director owns TELUS securities;
                                                    these holdings are disclosed in this information circular on pages nine
                                                    to 11, Election of Directors.
                                                 .  The Board has made such determinations based on a comprehensive
                                                    questionnaire completed by each director.
                                                 .  Additional disclosure on Board members, including their business
                                                    experience and backgrounds, can be found in Election of Directors in
                                                    this information circular, the annual information form, the 2003 annual
                                                    report, and the TELUS Web site at telus.com.

                                 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 4: The Board            yes            . The Corporate Governance Committee, which is comprised entirely of
has a committee responsible                        "unrelated" directors, is responsible for assessing and making
for appointment/assessment                         recommendations regarding Board effectiveness and establishing a process
of directors, composed of                          for identifying, recruiting, appointing, and providing ongoing education
exclusively non-management/                        and development for directors.
unrelated directors                              . The Corporate Governance Committee undertook an extensive review
                                                   to determine, in light of the opportunities and risks facing the
                                                   Company, the competencies, skills and personal qualities it should seek
                                                   in new Board members to add value to the Company. The Corporate
                                                   Governance Committee retained an external consultant for a director
                                                   search, and undertook a process for identifying an additional director
                                                   to be added to the proposed slate. See Guideline 7 below. Prospective
                                                   director candidates meet with the Chair and the President and CEO.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 5: The Board           yes             .  The Corporate Governance Committee, in conjunction with the
has implemented a process                           Chair, carries out an annual assessment process that rates the
for assessing the                                   effectiveness of the Board and reviews Board and committee processes and
effectiveness of the                                the Board's relationship with management.
Board, its committees                            .  A director peer evaluation program first implemented in 2002
and the contribution of                             provides each director with feedback from director peers on his
individual directors                                performance. It provides directors with suggestions for improving his or
                                                    her effectiveness as directors and contributions to the Board.
                                                 .  Going forward, each committee will also conduct an annual
                                                    evaluation of its own performance.
                                                 .  The Board also monitors and discloses attendance at Board and
                                                    committee meetings by the directors, as set out in the Election of
                                                    Directors on page 12 in the information circular.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 6: The Company,         yes            .  The TELUS Board Policy Manual was established to assist new and
as an integral part of                              existing Board members in understanding the role of the Board, the role
the process for appointing                          of Board committees and the contribution individual Board members are
new directors, has an                               expected to make, including the commitment of time and energy that the
orientation and education                           Company expects. The manual is subject to periodic review and approval
program for new directors                           by the Corporate Governance Committee and the Board, and was revised in
                                                    February 2004.
                                                 .  The Corporate Governance Committee reviews, approves and reports
                                                    to the Board on the directors' orientation processes and plans for the
                                                    ongoing development of existing Board members.

                                 

                                                 .  In 2003, R.H. Auchinleck was elected to the Board and A.C.
                                                    Baillie and J.J. Lack were appointed to the Board. On February 11, 2004,
                                                    Micheline Bouchard was appointed to the Board. The new directors
                                                    participated in an orientation process that includes each of them
                                                    receiving a large information package on TELUS, including the most
                                                    current annual information form and the annual report. Each of them,
                                                    with the exception of Ms. Bouchard (for whom an orientation is being
                                                    arranged), also attended an orientation session whereby key management
                                                    provided an overview on the TELUS organization structure, TELUS'
                                                    strategy and performance scorecard and TELUS' strategic financial plan.
                                                 .  As part of the strategic planning session in September 2003, the
                                                    President and CEO, in conjunction with the Chair, selected special
                                                    educational topics for presentation and discussion at the strategic
                                                    planning session. Topics dealt with the business and regulatory
                                                    environment, new technology and the telecommunications sector in
                                                    general.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 7: The Board            yes            .  An appropriate number of Board members presenting a diversity of
has examined the size                               views and business experience have been nominated for election to the
of the Board, and has                               Board in order for the Board to function effectively.
undertaken a program                             .  In 2002 the Corporate Governance Committee completed a
to reduce the number                                comprehensive review of the long-term plan for Board composition and
of directors with a                                 Board size and recommended that the size of the Board be reduced from 15
view to improve                                     to 13. The current size of the Board is 12 due to retirements and
effectiveness                                       resignations from the Board. In 2004, the Corporate Governance Committee
                                                    proposes that the Board be increased from 12 to 13 members upon the
                                                    completion of the ongoing search for an additional director.
                                                 .  The Board annually reviews the size and composition of the Board
                                                    and the committees, in accordance with the TELUS Board Policy Manual.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 8: The Board            yes            .  The Corporate Governance Committee reviews and recommends to the
has reviewed the adequacy                           Board the compensation and benefits of Board members. In this regard,
and form of compensation                            the Committee analyses market data, time commitments, fees payable by
of directors in light of                            other similar organizations and the responsibilities of directors in
the risks and responsibilities                      general. This year, the Corporate Governance Committee hired an external
of being a director                                 consultant to assist in its evaluation of director compensation and
                                                    ultimately recommended, and the Board approved, an increase to the
                                                    compensation paid to directors. For details, see Director Compensation
                                                    on page 16.
                                                 .  The Company has aligned the Board's interests with the interests
                                                    of shareholders, by increasing the equity ownership thresholds to be
                                                    attained by directors, and choosing payment of deferred share units to
                                                    directors in lieu of options.

                                 

                                                 .  In 2003, the Board approved an increase in the minimum equity
                                                    ownership level for directors from $100,000 to eight times the annual
                                                    Board retainer paid to a director, to be acquired within five years of
                                                    joining the Board. For the Chair, it increased to a value that is two
                                                    times the annual retainer paid to the Chair, to be acquired within five
                                                    years of joining the Board. As of March 12, 2004, nine of the 12
                                                    proposed directors have reached the minimum equity ownership level. As
                                                    well, the Company has a Share Option and Compensation Plan, which
                                                    provides for share compensation for directors. Pursuant to this plan, a
                                                    minimum level of the annual Board retainer is directed to the purchase
                                                    of TELUS shares, or paid in the form of deferred share units, until the
                                                    appropriate level is reached.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 9: Committees           yes            .  As a minimum requirement, each TELUS committee must be comprised
should generally be                                 of a majority of "unrelated" directors, all of whom are non-management
composed of non-management                          directors, and a majority of "independent" directors under the proposed
directors and the majority                          OSC Guidelines and the NYSE Rules. Directors who are also members of the
of committee members                                Company's management may not be members of any committee.
should be unrelated                              .  The Corporate Governance Committee is comprised solely of
                                                    "unrelated" and "non-management" directors.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee is comprised solely of "unrelated",
                                                    "non-management" and "independent" directors, in compliance with the CSA
                                                    Investor Confidence Rules and the requirements of SOX and the United
                                                    States Securities and Exchange Commission.
                                                 .  The Compensation Committee is comprised solely of "unrelated"
                                                    and "non-management" directors.
                                                 .  The President and CEO and Chair of the Board may attend all
                                                    committee meetings. The President and CEO may not be a member of any
                                                    committee. The Chair of the Board may not be Chair of any committee.
                                                 .  At the end of regularly scheduled committee meetings, the
                                                    committee members regularly meet in camera without management present.
                                                    Generally, the Chair of the committee presides over these sessions.
                                                 .  The Board encourages attendance by executive management at Board
                                                    and committee meetings to provide additional insight into the items
                                                    being discussed and exposure to executive management.

                                 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 10: Appoint             yes            .  The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for governance
a committee responsible                             issues, including:
for determining the	                            .  monitoring corporate governance developments, best practices for
Company's approach to                                  corporate governance and the effectiveness of the Company's corporate
corporate governance issues                            governance practices
and the Company's response                          .  recommending to the Board for approval, the Company's disclosure
to these governance guidelines                         in response to these guidelines
                                                    .  annually reviewing the TELUS Board Policy Manual, including all
                                                       terms of reference
	                                            .  periodically reviewing Board and committee composition and the
                                                       scope, duties and responsibilities of those committees.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 11: The Board,          yes            .  The Board has a broad responsibility for supervising the
together with the CEO,                              management of the business and affairs of the Company. This
has developed position                              responsibility is outlined in the TELUS Board Policy Manual. The Board
description for the Board                           has approved a Framework for Delegation from the Board to Executive
and CEO, including defining                         Management, which further defines the authority of executive management
limits to management's                              with regard to decisions involving the operations of the Company and its
responsibilities. The Board                         subsidiaries.
has approved the corporate                       .  The TELUS Board Policy Manual also includes terms of reference
objectives the CEO is                               for the President and CEO. The Board annually approves the Company's
responsible for meeting                             goals and objectives, which the President and CEO is responsible for
                                                    meeting. As well, his annual performance objectives relevant to
                                                    compensation, which are reviewed and approved by the Compensation
                                                    Committee, supplement his mandate. The Compensation Committee evaluates
                                                    the performance of the President and CEO against his annual objectives
                                                    and reports back to the Board. For further details, see Mandate and
                                                    Report of the Human Resources and Compensation Committee on page 22.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 12: The Board           yes            .  The Board recognizes that its independence from management is
has implemented structures                          primary to fulfilling its duties. The Board is committed to the
and procedures to enable                            principles of independence and accountability. Management is accountable
the Board to function                               to the Board. The Board has statutory obligations to act in the best
independently of management,                        interests of the Company and it has fiduciary responsibility to the
including separate roles                            shareholders. Refer to disclosure on Guideline 1 for further information
of the Board Chair and CEO                          on Board structure and processes to ensure the effective operation of
                                                    the Board.
                                                 .  The Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for
                                                    establishing structures and processes to enable the Board to function
                                                    independently, and to ensure that prospective candidates fully
                                                    understand the role of the Board and contributions they are expected to
                                                    make.
                                                 .  The TELUS Board Policy Manual stipulates that the positions of
                                                    the Chair and the President and CEO must be separate, further enabling
                                                    the independence of the Board. It also requires that the Chair of the
                                                    Board must be independent.

                                 

                                                 .  As a regular feature of each regularly scheduled Board meeting,
                                                    the Board meets without management other than the President and CEO,
                                                    followed by an in camera session without the President and CEO. The
                                                    Chair generally presides over these in camera sessions of the Board,
                                                    going forward. The Board will also conduct a regularly scheduled in
                                                    camera session without non-independent directors present.
                                                 .  Each committee has specific authority to retain external
                                                    advisors.
                                                 .  The Board also encourages attendance by executive management and
                                                    senior management, who are subject matter experts, at Board and
                                                    committee meetings, to further the Board's exposure to management and
                                                    knowledge in certain subjects.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 13: The Audit           yes            .  The Audit Committee is comprised entirely of "independent"
Committee has a                                     directors as defined under the CSA Investor Confidence Rules and SOX.
specifically defined                             .  The Board has determined that all current Audit Committee
mandate,with all members                            members are "financially literate" and the Chair of the Audit Committee
being outside directors,                            is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under the CSA
including direct                                    Investor Confidence Rules, SOX and the final SEC rules and all current
communication channels                              Audit Committee members have "accounting or related financial management
with the internal and                               expertise" as defined under the NYSE Rules.
external auditors and                            .  The Audit Committee has direct communication channels with the
oversight for management                            internal and external auditors to discuss and review specific issues as
reporting on internal control                       appropriate. The Audit Committee has sole authority to recommend for
                                                    approval by shareholders the external auditors, and the external
                                                    auditors will report directly to the Audit Committee.
                                                 .  The Vice-President, Risk Management and Chief Internal Auditor
                                                    has a dual reporting function and reports directly to both the CFO and
                                                    the Chair of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee meets separately
                                                    in camera at every regular Committee meeting, with both the external
                                                    auditors and internal auditor, without management present. The Audit
                                                    Committee also meets separately with management and by itself, without
                                                    management present, at each regularly scheduled meeting.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the Company's
                                                    audit functions and financial statements, and reviewing and recommending
                                                    for approval for release to the Board material public disclosure
                                                    information such as financial statements, quarterly reports, financial
                                                    news releases, annual information forms, management's discussion and
                                                    analysis and prospectuses.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Company's
                                                    internal control function and ensuring that management has effective
                                                    internal control systems in place. It reviews the scope of
                                                    responsibilities and effectiveness of the internal audit group,
                                                    including internal audit reporting lines and their working relationship
                                                    with the external auditors.

                                 

                                                 .  The Audit Committee is also responsible for overseeing the
                                                    process with the external auditors including:
                                                    .  reviewing and approving the annual audit plan, including the
                                                       scope of the audit to be performed, the audit plan and any changes
                                                       therein and the fees involved
                                                    .  pre-approving all audit and non-audit services and fees related
                                                       thereto
                                                    .  reviewing and confirming the independence of the external
                                                       auditors
                                                    .  reviewing any problems found in performing the audit, such as
                                                       significant disagreements with management regarding financial
                                                       reporting and limitations or restrictions imposed by management
                                                    .  the Company's major accounting policies, including the impact of
                                                       alternative accounting policies and key management estimates and
                                                       judgments that could materially affect the financial results, and
                                                    .  emerging accounting issues and their potential impact on the
                                                       Company's financial reporting.
                                                 .  The Audit Committee terms of reference explicitly set out the
                                                    role and oversight responsibility of the Audit Committee. For further
                                                    details, see the Mandate and Report of the Audit Committee on page 19 in
                                                    this information circular. These practices are in compliance with the
                                                    CSA Investor Confidence Rules.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Guideline 14: The Board           yes            .  In addition to the authority of the Board and committees to
has implemented a system                            retain external advisors in connection with their responsibilities,
to enable individual                                individual directors may engage outside advisors at any time to provide
directors to engage outside                         advice with respect to a corporate decision or action.
advisers, at the Company's expense
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


                                 

TELUS Corporation
555 Robson Street
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada V6B 3K9






Exhibit 6: Code of Ethics
==============================================================================


                         TELUS ETHICS POLICY
                            February 2004


==============================================================================


                          TELUS Ethics Policy


                           Table of Contents

   Introduction  	 	                               		3
   Responsibilities							4
     Team TELUS	        						4
     Compliance/Exceptions						4
     Managers								5
     Senior Managers (EVP's, VP's and Directors)	               	5
     TELUS Board of Directors Members and Employees Who Serve as
     Directors on Other Organization Boards	                    	5
     Ethics Office							5
     Ethics Work Group							5
   Ethical Decision Making						6
      1.  Questions to Ask Yourself					6
      2.  Review Guidelines and Policies				6
      3.  Talk to Your Manager						7
      4.  Expert Assistance						7
      5.  TELUS EthicsLine						7
      6.  Last Resort Resolution					8
   Ethical Guidelines							9
     Customer and Team TELUS Information				9
      Privacy of Communications						9
      Confidentiality of Information					9
      Case Studies							9
   Integrity								11
      Personal and Corporate Integrity					11
      Proprietary Rights of Others					11
      Compliance with Laws						11
      Public Safety							11
      Political Activities						11
      Case Studies							12
   Company Assets							14
      Company Information						14
      Business Records							14
      Financial Transactions						14
      Property								15
      Case Studies							15
   Conflict of Interest							17
      Competition							17
      Future Business							17
      Outside Demands							18
      Relationships							18
      Information							18
      Insider Trading							18
      Gifts and Benefits						19
      Case Studies							19

Introduction
------------

At TELUS, our job is to make the future friendly. One of the critical elements
in doing that job well is to ensure that our individual and collective
reputation is above reproach. Our reputation is built on the actions and
decisions of each and every member of our team. As such we each have a personal
responsibility to strive to ensure our behaviour is ethical in all our
professional and business dealings.

The TELUS Ethics Policy outlines the responsibilities and guidelines that
describe the ethical standard expected of all team members. It is intended to
affect positively the activities and decisions of all team members by providing
a decision making process supporting the resolution of ethical issues including
the identification of members of the TELUS team who are available for help and
advice. Real-life case studies are provided to illustrate how the ethical
responsibilities and guidelines apply in everyday situations.

At TELUS how we work is just as important as what we do. Basing our actions on
the ethical standard outlined in this policy is a reflection of our integrity.
Through our continued dedication to these ideals, we build pride in our company
and nurture the relationships we want with customers, shareholders, suppliers,
co-workers and the community.

This Policy applies to all of TELUS, including members of the Board of
Directors, officers and employees of TELUS Corporation and its subsidiaries
(referred to as Team TELUS or team members). TELUS expects all suppliers,
contractors and consultants to abide by generally accepted ethical standards
and business practices.

It is not intended that there be any waivers to this Policy. In the unlikely
event that a waiver is considered and granted it must receive prior approval by
the Board of Directors or their delegate. In such circumstances, any waivers or
amendments will be disclosed subject to the TELUS Policy on Corporate
Disclosure and Confidentiality of Information.

In reviewing this Policy, team members are reminded that TELUS reserves the
right to vary, revoke or amend any terms of the Policy as is required by the
needs of the business. TELUS will notify team members of any amendments to the
Ethics Policy prior to the changes becoming binding. Nevertheless, team members
are encouraged periodically to review this Policy (at least annually) in order
to remain familiar with its terms. To assist this review, team members are
requested to complete the e.ethics training module each year. The Ethics Policy
constitutes a term of the employment contract.

This Policy is available on the Company's intranet and is publicly available on
the Company's website, at www.telus.com, www.telusmobility.com and
www.telusquebec.com.

Responsibilities
----------------

Team TELUS

All members of the TELUS team are expected to act honestly in all
dealings, comply with the laws and regulations governing our businesses, and
maintain an ethical work environment. This standard requires that each member
of our team understand and apply the guidelines in this policy to everyday
actions and decisions.

At TELUS, we not only do things right, but we should strive to do the right
things. Each member of our team takes responsibility for their actions
including:
    * Observance of the guidelines outlined in this and other company policies
      whether working inside or outside of Canada
    * Compliance with applicable local, provincial and federal laws and
      regulations
    * Compliance with regulations, tariffs and Terms of Service issued by the
      CRTC, Industry Canada,etc.

All business activities should be able to stand up to possible public scrutiny.

The guidelines in this policy are based upon generally accepted standards of
ethical business conduct in Canada, and applicable civil and criminal laws. The
absence of a guideline covering a particular situation does not relieve any of
us from the responsibility for acting ethically.

Team TELUS members, or any person acting under the direction thereof, are
prohibited from directly or indirectly taking any action to improperly
influence, coerce, manipulate or mislead the Company's external or internal
auditors.

Compliance/Exceptions

In situations where the right ethical behaviour is unclear, or where there may
be the appearance of a contravention of these guidelines, we support each other
in seeking advice and clarification. If you are unsure as to the ethical course
of action, you should first discuss the situation with your manager or the
applicable department identified in this policy.

If you become aware of a possible violation of the Ethics Policy you are
requested to report this to the Director- Ethics and Controls Compliance at
1-866-515-6333 (for more details please refer to the TELUS EthicsLine section).
Members of the Board of Directors may also advise the Chair of the Board of
potential violations. The Chair will refer the matter to the Director - Ethics
and Controls Compliance for investigation, resolution and reporting.

Failure to act in accordance with the guidelines outlined in this policy may
have consequences for the individual, may create potential harm to TELUS'
reputation and brand, and may put TELUS at risk for legal penalty. Individual
consequences may include disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.
Corporate consequences may include civil and criminal penalties. Therefore,
please regard the requirement to understand and to act in accordance with the
TELUS Ethics Policy as a most serious matter.

Managers

In addition to the aforementioned responsibilities, TELUS managers have the
additional responsibility to:

    * Be familiar with the TELUS Ethics Policy and resolution procedures
    * Promote and maintain a climate in which honest, ethical and legal
      business conduct is the norm
    * Communicate TELUS' commitment to such conduct to all members of the
      TELUS team
    * Encourage open discussion and resolution of all business concerns
    * Accept and investigate reports of possible business misconduct
    * Maintain, without compromise, our ethical standards in achieving goals
      and objectives, no matter how important the goal or objective may be
    * Review the Ethics Policy with teams and colleagues on a regular basis
     (at least annually)

Senior Managers (EVP's, VP's and Directors)

In addition to the aforementioned responsibilities, TELUS team members who have
roles regarding internal controls and financial reporting and disclosure
controls have, as outlined in the Policy on Corporate Disclosure and
Confidentiality of Information , the responsibility to make full, fair,
accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that
TELUS files with, or submits to, securities commissions and in other public
communications made by TELUS.

TELUS Board of Directors Members and Employees Who Serve as Directors on Other
Organization Boards

In addition to the aforementioned responsibilities, but subject to the
requirement that such individuals comply with their fiduciary obligations as a
director of another organization, TELUS Board members have the responsibility
to notify the Chair of the Board of TELUS or, in case of TELUS employees who
serve on the Boards of other organizations, the TELUS Ethics Work Group of any
potential perceived conflict of interest or other Ethics Policy issues which
arise during the course of their Board service.

Ethics Office

The Ethics Office is established to provide Team TELUS with a resource
regarding ethical matters. This Office conducts investigations, provides advice
on ethical dilemmas, develops ethics training, establishes and updates
appropriate policies, guidelines and processes for TELUS' expected standards of
business conduct, and reports on EthicsLine complaints to the Audit Committee
of the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.

Ethics Work Group

An Ethics Work Group oversees the Ethics Policy and annual reporting to senior
management and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors. If an ethical
issue is unresolved, as a body of last resort, the Ethics Work Group is
available to discuss and guide issue resolution and provide input on any
ethical situations brought forward. Members of the Ethics Work Group include
representatives from Risk Management, Human Resources, Corporate Affairs &
Chief General Counsel and the Chief Financial Officer.

Ethical Decision Making
-----------------------

This policy reflects our commitment to high standards of ethical behaviour in
our professional and business dealings. The TELUS Ethics Policy is intended as
a living document, that supports open and frank discussion and the satisfactory
resolution of ethical dilemmas.

Each of us is responsible for striving to ensure our behaviour is ethical and
for taking steps to resolve ethical dilemmas. The guidelines in this policy are
provided to assist with ethical decision-making. As business becomes
increasingly complex, the policy cannot provide guidance about every possible
situation. In these circumstances, discuss your situation with your manager or
with colleagues in support of determining the appropriate, ethical course of
action.

If you would like to discuss ethics further or have a dilemma with which you
would like help, follow the process below, stopping at the point at which your
situation has been resolved.

1.  Questions to Ask Yourself

Gather information and then determine if the situation you face is an ethical
dilemma. The questions below may help to clarify your situation and ethical
action.

    * What is my immediate feeling about this?
    * Is this an expected part of my job?
    * What is the cost - emotional, personal or financial - of this action?
    * How would others perceive this action?
    * What would my decision/action be if my team members, peers, or
      supervisor were present?
    * Would I be embarrassed if someone found out about this?
    * How would it look if this situation were discussed in the newspaper?
    * Would I be putting TELUS or myself at unnecessary risk?
    * What impact would this have on my or the company's reputation?
    * Would I do this if this were my company?
    * Is this taking revenue or customers away from TELUS?
    * Does this benefit one person (me) or a group?
    * Was this intended to, or does this, influence my decisions?
    * What is the dollar value? Is it excessive?

2.  Review Guidelines and Policies

Review the guidelines in this policy and the case studies. If you need further
assistance, consider the following related policies as they may apply to your
situation.

    Corporate Security Policy
    Respectful Workplace (harassment) Policies
    TELUS Health and Safety Policy
    Environmental Policy
    TELUS Privacy Code
    Corporate Credit Card Policy
    Corporate Disclosure and Confidentiality of Information
    Document Retention Policy (To be issued)
    Insider Trading Policy

3.  Talk to Your Manager

Often your manager is in the best position to help you work through the
dilemma. Your manager is responsible for supporting open discussion, working
through the ethical questions you have, and guiding your access to further
assistance as required. In situations where you are uncomfortable talking with
your manager, or your manager is unable to help, you should refer to the next
level of management or seek expert assistance as detailed in the next section.

4.  Expert Assistance

If you have tried the above sources but still have questions, assistance is
available through designated subject matter experts in Human Resources, Legal,
Privacy, Security, Regulatory Services and Accounting Policies. Names and
contact telephone numbers are listed on the company's internal website, under
Ethics. TELUS Mobility and TELUS Quebec team members should seek advice from
their local HR Representative, the TELUS Mobility HR Director or the TELUS
Quebec Director-Employee Relations.

5. TELUS EthicsLine

You may also contact the TELUS EthicsLine, toll-free, at 1-866-515-6333, send
an email to ethicsline@telus.com or complete the EthicsLine Reporting Form
located on the Intranet to request guidance or make a good-faith report about
misconduct or a perceived violation of this Policy, another company policy or
procedure or a government law or regulation, questionable business practices,
or accounting or auditing matters that may not be in compliance with this
Policy. Reports may be made anonymously.

Handling of the Report

For Inquiries:
--------------
The Ethics Office will assist team members in ethical decision-making by
providing guidance concerning this Policy. The Ethics Office may also refer
team members to or involve subject matter experts within TELUS for assistance.

For Complaints:
---------------
a) Assessment of complaint

   The Ethics Office will assess the nature of the complaint. The following
   matters for which other remedies exist will not be investigated by the
   Ethics Office and will be redirected as follows:

    * Union collective agreement or CIRB related issues - Immediate manager
      or other members of management

    * Personnel matters such as promotions, reprimands, suspensions,
      dismissals, harassment, discrimination - Human Resources

    * Customer service complaints - Customer Care or Client Care

With the exception of issues relating to the union collective agreement or
CIRB, the Ethics Office will track all complaints, including those that are
redirected to other areas of expert assistance, until they are resolved.

b) Investigation

   All reports are taken seriously. Each allegation will be promptly
   investigated by the Ethics Office in conjunction with subject matter
   experts within TELUS if necessary. The Ethics Office may request the
   assistance of TELUS Security for investigation of the allegation or
   other related issues. If substantiated, the allegation will be resolved
   through appropriate corrective action and/or discipline. If you choose
   to identify yourself, you will be provided with feedback when the Ethics
   Office has completed its review. Every effort will be made to maintain
   confidentiality for those who contact the Ethics Office or who are
   accused of a breach of this Policy (although disclosure may be necessary
   in some cases to effectively conduct an investigation or support legal
   proceedings). It is expected that all reports to the Ethics Office will
   be made in good faith. Deliberately making false claims will result in
   disciplinary action.

c) Protection for Reporting

   Retaliation or retribution against a team member for contacting the
   Ethics Office violates our ethical principles and will not be tolerated.
   If you feel you have been retaliated against, you should contact Human
   Resources or the Director-Ethics & Controls Compliance immediately.

d) Opportunity to Respond

   If it has been found that a team member has breached or may likely have
   breached the Policy, this team member will be informed of the
   allegations in due course and be provided the opportunity 1) to respond
   to them, and 2) where appropriate, to contribute to the correction of
   the breach.

e) Reporting of Breaches

   Any breach of the Policy will be reported to senior management with
   recommendations for action. Ethical issues reported to the Ethics Office
   will be summarized quarterly and reported to the Audit Committee of the
   Board of Directors, together with results of investigations,
   recommendations and management action.

f) File Documentation

   Records of the report and investigation, including contents of meetings,
   interviews, results of investigations and other relevant material, will
   be maintained by the Ethics Office in a separate file, and managed in
   accordance with the TELUS Privacy Code. Disclosure of information will
   be strictly limited on a need-to-know basis only.

 6.  Last Resort Resolution

If an ethical issue remains unresolved, the Ethics Work Group is available as
the body of last resort to discuss the issue and guide the resolution of any
conflict of interest or other ethical situation brought forward. Members of the
Ethics Work Group are drawn from Risk Management, Corporate Affairs & Chief
General Counsel, Chief Financial Officer and Human Resources. Their names and
contact telephone numbers are listed on the company's internal website, under
Ethics.

The Ethics Work Group has a reporting relationship with the Audit Committee of
the Board of Directors to ensure compliance with this Policy, and a process for
reporting potential breaches of the Policy through the Director - Ethics &
Controls Compliance without fear of retribution.

Ethical Guidelines
------------------

Customer and Team TELUS Information

Privacy of Communications

We protect the privacy of customer communications, ensuring no tampering,
intrusion or disclosure except as authorized by law. This includes ensuring the
content, nature and existence of telephone calls and data transmissions are not
released to third parties.

A team member may intercept a private communication only when such interception
is necessary for the purpose of providing the service, for the purpose of
quality control checks, to protect the company's facilities from fraudulent
abuse, or when authorized by law.

Confidentiality of Information

We respect customer and team member related information and protect its
security, confidentiality and integrity. The definition of 'customer' includes
our direct customers, customers who are our competitors, third party customers
(customers of our clients), and team members who are our customers. All
customer and team member personal information is confidential and may not be
disclosed except as outlined in the TELUS Privacy Code and permitted by law or
by applicable regulations.

Access to customer and team member personal information is strictly controlled
on a "need to know" basis and is used for legitimate business purposes only.

The TELUS Privacy Code and related practices set out guidelines for managing
customer and team member personal information. Various areas of the company may
have additional supporting management practices in place. Refer to your manager
for more information.

Case Studies

Problem
Joanne sells TELUS Business Solutions products and services. In meeting
with a customer in a specific industry, she learns her customer has plans to
aggressively expand their business to another city, but this information is not
publicly known. The next day, Joanne meets with a competitor to her previous
day's customer. The competitor indirectly asks several questions about the
first customer's business strategy. Joanne knows if she subtly mentions the
first customer's business plans, she can sell more TELUS products and services.

     Action
     Joanne's job is to sell TELUS products and services; however, she
     cannot disclose confidential information for any reason. Joanne must
     maintain the confidentiality of her customer's information.

Problem
TELUS Mobility recently hired someone who held an executive position with one
of our competitors. This person was deeply involved in planning the
competitor's expansion strategy, and has information that would be very
valuable to us. Can we ask him to disclose this information?

     Action
     Absolutely not. The new team member has an obligation to protect
     his former company's confidential or proprietary information, just as
     you would be obliged to protect the confidential or proprietary
     information of TELUS if you were to leave the company. You must respect
     the team member's personal integrity as well as his obligation to his
     former employer.

Problem
I am a customer service representative for the residential market. A competitor
informed me that a customer authorized him to obtain information about the
customer's service record from TELUS. Should I provide the information?

     Action
     As a general rule, TELUS does not disclose any customer
     information other than the customer's name, address and listed telephone
     number. Before releasing any information to the competitor, you should
     check that the customer did indeed authorize the competitor's
     representative to obtain the information. If you do not find written
     authorization, ask the competitor's representative to obtain the
     customer's consent in writing.

Problem

Kalev is a member of a large, dedicated team. He likes to personally recognize
his co-workers for their continued efforts by remembering their birthdays with
a card. Kalev asks a friend who has access to team member records, for a list
of his co-workers birth dates. Should his friend provide Kalev with the
information?

     Action
     While Kalev's intention is well meaning, his friend should not
     provide Kalev with a list of birth dates. Team member personal
     information is confidential and is to be used for legitimate business
     reasons only. Kalev should ask his co-workers directly for this
     information, so that they may decide whether or not to provide Kalev
     with their birth dates.

Integrity

Personal and Corporate Integrity

Individually and collectively, our personal integrity supports the honest use
of time, funds and property in ethical dealings with co-workers and others.
Business needs must take priority in the allocation of our time at work. Use of
company time and property is for business purposes only unless otherwise
authorized by management.

We consciously apply high standards of courtesy, professionalism, and honesty
in our interactions with customers, shareholders, suppliers, co-workers and the
community. We are fair in representing others' products and services and do not
improperly seek corporate trade secrets or confidential information.

We establish and maintain an ethical work place. We treat people fairly and
respect human rights. We recognize that there are differences among individuals
that go beyond race and gender, and value the contribution our differences
bring to the business. We provide team members with the training, tools, and
coaching necessary for the job.

Proprietary Rights of Others

We honour the proprietary rights of others as expressed in patents, copyrights,
trademarks and industrial designs. We respect conditions of use. Copyright
materials are not copied in whole or in part, or used in violation of any law
or agreement with vendors, licensors or other similar parties. Software license
conditions may be included in instruction manuals, in separate documents, or on
the disk itself, and breaking the seal on a disk package may constitute
acceptance of the stated agreement.

Compliance with Laws

We comply with all applicable laws and regulations.

Public Safety

When working on customer premises and public thoroughfares, we safeguard the
rights and safety of the customer, the public, the environment and ourselves.
We are expected to report fit for work; such that our ability to work safely is
not impaired by alcohol, drugs, medications or any other substance. Our actions
in these instances not only reflect on us as individuals, but on TELUS as a
whole.

Political Activities

As private citizens, we are free to make contributions to causes, candidates or
political parties of our choice. Unless expressly approved by TELUS, we will
not associate TELUS with our personal political activities. TELUS will comply
with all relevant laws regulating its participation in political affairs,
including political contributions.

Case Studies

Problem

Jerry , an installer is called to an out of town, visibly neglected acreage.
The customer, an elderly woman, tells Jerry several times that she is never
very comfortable when the phone does not work. It is important to her, being
out in the country, to have reliable service. Jerry discovers her repair is
very minor, consisting of a simple adjustment, and is hesitant to inform her of
the service charge. He looks around her modest home and feels she cannot afford
the service charge.

     Action
     Jerry's compassion is admirable. He should, however, inform his customer
     of the service charge. TELUS is legally required to apply tariff charges
     to every customer. Jerry is also presuming the elderly woman's financial
     status. In fact, she may be very able to pay the service charge. If she
     says she has a problem paying, Jerry can suggest some of TELUS' payment
     options or identify areas of the company where she can get more
     information.

Problem

My manager frequently makes racist comments about one of my co-workers. This
personally offends me but, because my manager is involved, I don't feel I can
speak up. What should I do?

     Action
     Racist comments are unacceptable. You have a right to express your
     disapproval of such comments - without fear of reprisal. If you are
     uncomfortable approaching your manager, you should speak to the Human
     Rights Coordinator or your manager's manager.

Problem

Anna is feeling the time crunch. It is only 15 days until Christmas and she has
not started shopping for gifts. With all her commitments - work, volunteer
activities, and family responsibilities - she is not sure when she can fit it
all in. Then a co-worker mentions how easy it is to buy gifts on-line and that
the gifts are delivered right to your door. Through the next two days, Anna
completes her Christmas shopping at work by ordering on the Internet - and it
only takes 4 hours instead of 4 days of trotting through the shopping mall!
Anna's Christmas crunch is solved, but was her solution a good one?

     Action
     As members of the TELUS team each of us has a responsibility to do a
     fair day's work. If Anna's activities occurred on company time, her work
     responsibilities would have been adversely affected. Anna's actions may
     have tied up office equipment like the printer or impacted network
     response time affecting her colleagues' ability to get the job done.
     Company time and tools, such as the Internet and e-mail, are provided
     for business purposes only and should not be used for personal use
     unless authorized by management.

Problem

TELUS, in partnership with a supplier, is offering an on-line Team TELUS
discount program on the purchase of books, CD's, and magazines. Cindy and Raj
would like to place orders, but do not have a PC at home from which to access
the web site. A co-worker suggests they use their work PC to place their
personal orders. They are very busy at present dealing with a backlog of ADSL
service requests. Is this an appropriate use of company equipment and time?

     Action
     Being a member of the TELUS team has privileges. From time to time,
     TELUS offers programs and incentives specifically for team members.
     Personal use of company property such as PC's is permitted, when
     approved by a team member's manager or corporately authorized, to enable
     team members to take advantage of these opportunities. Cindy and Raj may
     use company PC's to place their orders since the discount program has
     been authorized by management. Team members are reminded that authorized
     personal use should not interfere with business priorities and should be
     conducted on personal time.

Company Assets

Company Information

Technological change and an increasingly competitive environment make it
essential for us to safeguard company information. Unless specifically
published for external use, and public dissemination has occurred, all company
records, information, reports, data, plans, processes and methods are
considered as confidential, proprietary company information. Such information
is prohibited from disclosure without proper authorization and access should be
limited to those employees with a legitimate business reason to seek the
information.

Furthermore, TELUS is subject to strict securities rules regarding disclosure
of financial and other material information to the public. Selective disclosure
of confidential information by any team member can create liabilities for
TELUS. All discussions about TELUS in a public environment should comply with
the TELUS Policy on Corporate Disclosure and Confidentiality of Information.
For example, if a team member participates in an investment-related discussion
forum, chat room or bulletin board on the Internet, he or she must not disclose
any information about TELUS that may be confidential or potentially misleading
to investors.

Team members, including past members, must not use or disclose corporate trade
secrets, competitive information or other confidential, proprietary information
to benefit themselves or others. In situations where we would be willing to
share information, our Legal Department can draw up a confidentiality agreement
or license agreement to protect TELUS.

No team member should knowingly invoke a program or code that could damage
TELUS' information assets. All team members are responsible for taking
reasonable measures to ensure that software and data is clear of malicious code
and safe for use in TELUS' electronic data processing environment. It is also
important that you not share your computer access password.

Business Records

Accurate, reliable records are essential for effective company management to
enable us to meet our business, legal and financial obligations. We strive to
ensure all reports (whether for external or internal use), records, and other
data are factual, fair, complete, timely and understandable and are maintained
according to company practices and legal requirements. Information of
significant confidentiality should be properly identified, and respected as
such. To protect the accuracy of our records, only legal and approved software
is to be used on TELUS equipment.

Financial Transactions

It is expected those responsible for company financial transactions and records
follow approved procedures to protect, report, control, and accurately reflect
these transactions.

It is a violation to falsify time sheets or expense statements or to misuse
company-issued credit cards.

Team members whose duties involve authentication are responsible for the close
scrutiny and timely verification of all documents upon which monies are paid
out or received.

Property

We protect company facilities, equipment, tools,
supplies, vehicles, property, communication networks and information systems
against loss, theft, damage, vandalism, unauthorized use and unauthorized
disposal.

Team members are expected to take reasonable measures to safeguard access
controls such as codes, identification cards, keys, cards and hand-held user
authentication devices. Team members are the first line of defense in
protecting TELUS assets.

The misuse or misappropriation of TELUS network, property or funds is not
permitted. Some examples of actions that are not allowed include:

     * Unauthorized use, or possession of TELUS property. This includes any
       and all types of equipment and supplies

     * Unauthorized use of the long distance network, fax machines, cellular
       phones, Internet, and email

     * Tampering with the network to bypass toll billing

     * Billing unauthorized charges

     * Unauthorized crediting of customer accounts

Team members in customer or client contact roles must not make adjustments to
their own accounts or services, or to those of family members, friends,
co-workers or acquaintances. Customer facing business units may exercise their
discretion to establish policies for the adjustment of team member accounts.
Team members in Technology & Operations may only do so if specifically
authorized by trouble ticket or customer order.

Case Studies

Problem
How do I tell if a document (paper or electronic) is proprietary if it is not
marked as such?

     Action
     You should begin by asking the person who issued the document. If you
     cannot find the source of the information, consider the nature of the
     information itself. For example, does the information deal with highly
     sensitive company strategy, sales and marketing initiatives, or
     important human resources issues? If you are still uncertain, speak to
     your manager.

Problem
I am attending an important sales meeting next week and I have to prepare a
presentation using slides and fairly complicated charts. My co-worker has the
software I need to put the presentation together, and he has offered to lend me
his diskettes so I can install the program on my computer. Can I go ahead?

     Action
     No. The use of software on unlicensed computers is strictly prohibited
     by law. You must verify and respect the manufacturer's conditions of
     license or the agreement under which the software was acquired. By
     copying your colleague's software into your computer, you may be
     breaking the software company's agreement as well as copyright laws and
     placing the company at risk of prosecution for copyright infringement.
     You should speak to your group's computer administrator to discuss your
     software needs.

Problem
Chris is part of a team working on a piece of the quarterly financial results.
In the course of her work, she regularly sees the draft package of all the
results before they are approved for release. One evening, her neighbour asks
her, "How is TELUS doing these days?" In this casual conversation, is it
acceptable if she answers, "Well, I can tell you one thing; the results are
really good this quarter.

     Action
     No, it is not. This information is not yet public and therefore it
     should be regarded as confidential proprietary company information. In
     addition, if this information is material (i.e. would reasonably be
     expected to have a significant effect on the value or price of TELUS
     shares), Chris may also have engaged in "tipping" in violation of
     securities law.

Problem
Trina, a TELUS employee, and her partner Timothy are traveling to San Francisco
where Trina is attending a two-day conference on the convergence of data, IP,
and broadcasting technologies. Trina and Timothy are saving up to buy a new
home and carefully manage their personal expenses, so Trina is glad that the
Company calling card and credit card will be used to cover all business related
expenses. Timothy has brought only enough cash to pay for his meals and
incidental expenses.

While Trina is attending the conference, Timothy goes browsing and spots the
perfect gift for his parents' 40th wedding anniversary. It is a specialty item
that can't be purchased in Canada. Not only is it perfect, but it is on sale at
a 40% discount off the regular price. That evening Timothy tells Trina about
the gift and they talk about whether or not to buy it. They make several calls
home to talk with Timothy's brother and sisters about the gift, using Trina's
calling card. The next evening Trina and Timothy go to the store to purchase
the gift, using the company credit card. While they know the card is for
business use, they have left their personal credit cards at home and intend to
repay the Company as soon as they get back home. They are both so excited about
finding the perfect gift that neither realizes that Trina may be in serious
trouble when she returns to the office.

     Action
     Company issued assets such as calling cards and credit cards are for
     business use only. Even when assets such as calling cards have been
     authorized for personal use, such use must be reasonable and
     appropriate. For instance, a brief call home to talk with the family
     would be fine while several calls home to friends and extended families
     should be at one's personal expense. Use of the corporate credit card is
     strictly for business use only, and should not be used for personal
     purchases of any kind. Intent to repay does not negate the fact that the
     credit card has been used inappropriately. Since Trina has misused both
     the company calling card and credit card she may face discipline as a
     result of her actions.

Conflict of Interest

As team members, our first business loyalty must be to TELUS. We must avoid
situations or relationships that may be harmful or detrimental to the best
interests of the Company and result in a conflict of interest. A conflict
arises whenever we face a choice between what is in our personal interest
(financial or otherwise) and the interests of TELUS. We must not only avoid any
actual or potential conflict of interest, but also situations where there is an
appearance of conflict of interest.

We must disclose actual or potential conflicts of interest to our manager. Each
situation must be considered individually and the potential for conflict of
interest determined based on the parties involved, level of access to business
information, decision-making authority, job duties / responsibilities, position
within the organization, and potential impact on others.

Conflict of interest may exist when:
    * A team member has an ownership interest or is a director, officer or
      employee of a party that is engaged in a commercial relationship with
      TELUS and in the course of his or her employment with TELUS such team
      member:
        o Would be in a position to influence decisions that TELUS may make
          with respect to such third party; or
        o Would be exposed to TELUS confidential information relating to such
          party.
    * A relative or a person with whom a team member has a close personal
      relationship is an employee or significant shareholder of a competing
      company and is in a position to influence decisions affecting TELUS.
    * A team member is engaged on his or her own time in activities that
      compete with products and services offered by TELUS.
    * A team member is in a position to influence a decision to hire a
      relative, or friend of such team member.

This section is intended as a guide in those areas in which conflicts of
interest most often arise. It is not intended to be definitive or
all-inclusive, as guidelines cannot cover every situation that could give rise
to a conflict of interest.

Competition

Conflict of interest may occur when a team member or family member gains
personal benefit from an outside business in competition with TELUS. In such
circumstances, team members must take action to eliminate the conflict of
interest or the perception of conflict of interest.

This guideline does not prohibit team members from holding publicly traded
shares of a competitor provided that the team member does not have a
significant investment in the competing company and does not acquire the shares
based on material undisclosed confidential information obtained as a result of
employment with TELUS or by being a member of the Board of Directors of a TELUS
company.

Future Business

Over time, companies (including TELUS) may expand into new businesses or change
their product lines or services. Team members are responsible for re-examining
their individual situations on a regular basis to avoid becoming involved in a
conflict of interest situation where no such conflict previously existed.

Outside Demands

It is a conflict of interest to have an outside interest that demands so much
time and energy that it interferes with the team member's ability to do TELUS
work. This could include any charitable activities that require time and effort
during normal working hours, except for those activities previously approved by
the President and Chief Executive Officer or the Human Resources and
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors or situations where the
individual is acting in a representative capacity at the request of TELUS with
the explicit and written permission of his or her manager.

Relationships

Conflict of interest may occur when a team or family member gains personal
benefit from a business relationship with TELUS, or from an outside business
with which TELUS has a relationship including suppliers, customers, or
contractors. In such circumstances, team members must take action to eliminate
the conflict of interest or the perception of conflict of interest.

Team members must not be involved in any negotiations or transactions with
suppliers, contractors, customers, or outside parties where the team member has
a personal, commercial or financial interest in the outcome of the
negotiations.

Board Members, Executives and Senior Finance Managers have a duty to disclose
whether they have a relationship with the Company's External Auditor.

Information

Team members may not disclose or use for any personal reason, including
personal gain, any confidential information (including competitive
intelligence) obtained through employment with TELUS or by being a member of
the Board of Directors of a TELUS company.

Insider Trading

As detailed in the TELUS Insider Trading Policy and summarized here, team
members may not trade in shares or securities of TELUS or any other company
while in possession of undisclosed material information relative to the shares
being traded. Nor may team members inform any other person, including their
immediate family, of any undisclosed material information, other than in the
"necessary course of business". The "necessary course of business" exception is
a limited one and exists so as not to unduly interfere with a company's
ordinary business activities. Please see the TELUS Insider Trading Policy for
more information.

Material information is information that could reasonably be expected to have a
significant effect on the market price or value of such securities.

Gifts and Benefits

TELUS team members shall not accept, directly or indirectly, gifts, gratuities,
rewards, favours or benefits from any organization or person having business
dealings with TELUS other than in the normal course of business.

TELUS team members shall not offer or provide gifts, gratuities, rewards,
favours or benefits to employees of any other company to secure or maintain
business other than in the normal course of business.

It is not a conflict of interest to accept hospitality or entertainment,
provided it is reasonable, and is within the limits of responsible and
generally accepted business practices. However, team members should not accept
gifts that are intended to influence, or appear to influence, a particular
business decision. Acceptable benefits in the normal course of business for
TELUS employees typically are less than $250 and include:
    * Transportation to or from the customer's or supplier's place of
      business
    * Hospitality suites
    * Attendance at sporting or cultural events
    * Business lunches or dinners
    * Small seasonal holiday gifts or prizes to be used in office draws and
      raffles

Team members with supplier selection, negotiation, purchasing or contract
management roles within TELUS are subject to more stringent professional
purchasing requirements regarding gifts and benefits and maintaining
appropriate relationships with suppliers and should therefore not accept any
gifts or benefits from suppliers or potential suppliers without the explicit
and written permission of his or her manager.

Case Studies

Problem
Arnold, a long time team TELUS member, and his wife have been looking for a way
to make some extra money. His neighbour introduces them to a multi-level
marketing firm that distributes hundreds of products at wholesale prices to
individuals. The individuals, in turn, sell the items to others at
higher-than-wholesale prices. Arnold's wife is confident she can sell the
products and they would benefit from the extra income. However, as Arnold flips
through the company catalogue, he sees the company sells products from a TELUS
competitor. His neighbour insists Arnold's wife can and should sell everything
in the catalogue. When Arnold points out the products in competition with
products offered by TELUS, his neighbour tells Arnold that since his wife is
not a team TELUS member it is okay for her to give her customers what they
want.

     Action
     Although Arnold's wife is selling a competitor's product, this does not
     automatically create a conflict of interest position. A conflict of
     interest will exist if Arnold's ability to act in the best interests of
     TELUS is compromised. Arnold and his wife need to carefully consider
     whether one or both of them have access to confidential or proprietary
     information such as, but not limited to, product specifications,
     marketing plans, or confidential team member, supplier, contractor, or
     customer information. Obtaining from, or disclosing to, one another such
     information will create a conflict of interest. Assuming no such
     situation exists, it is possible that Arnold would not be in a conflict
     of interest position. If he is in any doubt, Arnold should disclose and
     discuss the situation with his manager.

Problem
Jean Pierre, who works in a senior marketing position at TELUS, operates his
own business after hours. Though Jean Pierre uses his marketing skills, the
business in no way competes with TELUS business. Jean Pierre started small -
out of his basement. But his business is gradually generating more and more
revenue. He is considering hiring a part-time manager, as he is not ready to
leave his full time employment. Once his own business can pay him as much as
his salary does, Jean Pierre believes he will devote his full attention to it.
Jean Pierre believes he has the best of both worlds - a salary and a blossoming
business for future security. Is Jean Pierre in a conflict of interest?

     Action
     No. If, however, Jean Pierre's employer, TELUS, decides in the future to
     enter the same line of business Jean Pierre's company is in, Jean Pierre
     will be in a conflict of interest position, even though he was in that
     business first. Jean Pierre must then decide which of his two interests,
     his own company or his employer's, will receive his full attention.
     Since TELUS is not currently in the same line of business as Jean
     Pierre's company, Jean Pierre is operating ethically, as long as it
     remains an after- hours pursuit.

Problem
Courtney, a team member of TELUS Mobility, recently married a fellow who runs
his own business: he owns a local franchise selling a competitor's cellular
phone service. Courtney and her husband have agreed not to talk about their
business days. Instead their private conversations are filled with hopes and
dreams for their future, discussion of hobbies and mutual family events. One
day, Courtney's manager advises Courtney that she could be in a conflict of
interest position. What should Courtney do?

     Action
     Courtney is in a situation that may leave the impression of a conflict
     of interest. Even though she and her new husband have decided not to
     talk about their business lives, people outside the marriage-including
     her employer-may perceive she is in a conflict of interest position.
     Courtney should discuss her situation with her manager and identify the
     extent to which Courtney's access to TELUS Mobility's information could
     benefit her husband's company and develop alternatives to avoid any
     appearance of a conflict of interest.

Problem
I install telecommunications inside wiring for small-and medium-sized business
customers. With the growth of the Internet and other communications services,
demand for my expertise is booming. Can I take advantage of this opportunity
and start up an installation business on my own time?

     Action
     No. You cannot engage in any outside activity that might take business
     away from TELUS or any of its subsidiaries. Furthermore, as a team
     member, you are expected to contribute your energy and ideas to your job
     at TELUS. To avoid a conflict of interest, or even the appearance of
     such a conflict, you should discuss your planned outside business
     activities with your manager.

Problem
My husband has just become an executive sales manager for a company that
services the computers in my department. Do I need to tell anyone about this?

     Action
     Yes. One of your husband's competitors or a fellow TELUS team member
     could claim that your husband gets TELUS' business because you are a
     TELUS team member. You should notify your manager and make sure you are
     not involved in any decisions regarding your husband's company.

Problem
Tashie, a contract administrator with TELUS, loves the mountains. She has
mentioned her fondness for mountain parks a few times in general conversations
with a particular company supplier. While seeking bids for a major order,
Tashie receives a phone call from that supplier. He offers her and her family
free use of his luxury condominium in Banff. He says he is not using it and
says it would be a shame to have it sit empty when he knows how much Tashie
enjoys the mountains.

     Action
     The supplier has made a generous offer. Too generous. Her family's use
     of the condominium appears offered in exchange for future special
     treatment from Tashie in her position with TELUS. Tashie should decline
     the offer.

Problem
While at lunch, I overheard a conversation between two other TELUS team members
regarding company plans to invest in a minority stake in a business that
develops communications software. Can I buy shares in the software company or
suggest to my spouse that she do so?

     Action
     No. Although you found out about TELUS' planned investment by accident,
     you are prohibited from buying shares by virtue of the fact that you are
     a member of the TELUS team. Your spouse is also prohibited, because she
     obtained information about the proposed investment from you, a TELUS
     team member. However, you and your spouse will be able to buy shares
     when TELUS' stake in the software company becomes public.

Problem
Jack, a network engineer with TELUS, has significant influence over the
selection of the company's suppliers. Jack and the owner of one of TELUS'
suppliers, Don, have known each other since they were kids and have always
maintained a close personal relationship. Jack has no personal, commercial or
financial interest in the supplier. Is there still an appearance of conflict?

     Action
     Yes. Although Jack may not have a personal, commercial or financial
     interest in the outcome of the business relationship with Don, there may
     still be an appearance of bias or preferential treatment towards Don's
     company. Jack must take action to eliminate the perception of conflict
     of interest. Examples of such actions include removing his involvement
     from the selection of the company's preferred suppliers or having a
     second person (a superior or a peer) co-approve the supplier selection
     decision.







Exhibit 7:  Consent of Auditor.
==============================================================================

We consent to the use of our report dated February 2, 2004 (except as to
Note 16(c), which is as of February 12, 2004) appearing in this Annual Report
on Form 40-F of TELUS Corporation for the year ended December 31,2003.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
-------------------------
Vancouver, British Columbia
Canada
May 3, 2004